WO2023029883A1 - Communication method, signal processing method, and related devices - Google Patents

Communication method, signal processing method, and related devices Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023029883A1
WO2023029883A1 PCT/CN2022/110610 CN2022110610W WO2023029883A1 WO 2023029883 A1 WO2023029883 A1 WO 2023029883A1 CN 2022110610 W CN2022110610 W CN 2022110610W WO 2023029883 A1 WO2023029883 A1 WO 2023029883A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
relay
signal
frequency shift
frequency
shift value
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/110610
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
颜矛
刘凤威
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023029883A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023029883A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/14—Relay systems
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/14—Relay systems
    • H04B7/15—Active relay systems
    • H04B7/155—Ground-based stations
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L27/00—Modulated-carrier systems
    • H04L27/26—Systems using multi-frequency codes

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a communication method, a signal processing method, and related devices.
  • the terminal device may not be able to communicate directly with the network device.
  • the signal received from the sending end is amplified and forwarded to the receiving end (if the sending end is a network device, the receiving end is a terminal device; if the sending end is a terminal device, Then the receiving end is a network device).
  • the method of amplification and forwarding by the relay can be divided into two types: same-frequency amplification and forwarding and frequency-shifting amplification and forwarding.
  • the same-frequency amplification and forwarding may be affected by the self-excitation effect, resulting in insufficient amplification gain (or amplification factor) of the signal by the relay.
  • Frequency-shifting amplification and forwarding may filter the received signal before amplification, which is not easy to produce self-excitation effect, so it can have greater amplification gain.
  • the frequency shifting amplification and forwarding of the relay makes there is a phase deviation between the signal received by the relay from the transmitter and the signal sent to the receiver, which makes it impossible for the receiver to perform signal transmission. demodulation.
  • the embodiment of the present application discloses a communication method, a signal processing method and a related device, so that the phase of each symbol between the signal forwarded by the relay and the signal to be sent by the sending end is the same, and the success rate of demodulation can be improved.
  • the present application proposes a first signal processing method, which is applied to network equipment, including: obtaining the frequency shift value of the relay; performing phase compensation on the first signal according to the frequency shift value to obtain the second signal, so
  • the first signal is a signal received from the relay, or a signal to be sent.
  • the phases of each symbol between the signal forwarded by the relay and the signal to be transmitted by the transmitting end are made the same, which can improve the success rate of demodulation.
  • the phase caused by the frequency shift is pre-compensated by the network equipment, so that the existing terminal equipment in the network can maintain normal operation, that is, it supports forward compatibility.
  • the method before the acquiring the frequency shift value of the relay, the method further includes: receiving capability information of the relay from the relay, where the capability information includes at least one of the following: supported The signal type, frequency shifting range, frequency shifting value, signal amplification factor, power parameter, working bandwidth, and working carrier frequency of frequency shifting amplification and forwarding; the acquisition of the frequency shifting value of the relay includes: obtaining the frequency shifting value according to the capability information. Frequency shift value of the above-mentioned relay. In this way, the frequency shift value of the relay can be obtained through the capability information including the frequency shift capability of the relay, which can improve the accuracy of obtaining the frequency shift value.
  • the frequency shift value of the relay is obtained from at least one of the following information: the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the signal received by the relay, the frequency range of the signal received by the relay, the The frequency range of the transmitted signal, the maximum amplification factor supported by the relay, the power headroom of the relay, the amplification factor headroom of the relay, the maximum output power supported by the relay, the reception of the relay.
  • the power of the signal the path loss between the transmitting signal antenna of the relay and the receiving signal antenna of the relay, the type of amplified and forwarded signal of the relay, and the frequency shift range of the relay. In this way, the accuracy and flexibility of obtaining the frequency shift value can be further improved.
  • the frequency shift value of the relay is acquired according to the actual amplification factor of the relay. In this way, the indication overhead of the network device can be reduced, and a certain degree of flexibility can be maintained.
  • the method further includes: sending a frequency shift parameter of the relay to the relay, where the frequency shift parameter is used for the relay to determine at least one of the following information: the The frequency of the signal received by the relay, the frequency of the signal sent by the relay, and the frequency shift value of the relay.
  • the relay performs frequency shift based on the frequency shift parameter
  • the network device can perform phase (or pre) compensation based on the frequency shift value corresponding to the frequency shift parameter, so as to improve the success rate of demodulation.
  • the first signal is A and the second signal B satisfies
  • the f ⁇ is the frequency shift value
  • the phase compensation value of the first signal A is related to at least one of the following parameters: OFDM symbol index l, transmission frequency f 0 of network equipment, frequency shift value f ⁇ of the relay, the The frequency f rn,rx of the signal received by the relay, and the frequency f rn,tx after the frequency shift of the relay.
  • phase compensation value of the first signal can be obtained with the above parameters, and phase compensation is performed based on the phase compensation value, so that the phase of each symbol between the signal forwarded by the relay and the signal to be transmitted by the transmitting end is the same, which can improve demodulation success rate.
  • the first signal is an OFDM baseband signal to be sent
  • the second signal satisfies or Among them, the is the baseband signal of the network device
  • the p is the antenna port of the network device
  • the t is the transmission time of the network device
  • the ⁇ is the subcarrier spacing index
  • the is the starting position of the time domain
  • the is the cyclic prefix length
  • the T c is the sampling interval
  • the f 0 is the sending frequency.
  • the present application proposes a communication method, which is applied to network equipment, and the method includes: sending indication information to the relay, and the indication information is used to determine that the frequency shift value of the relay is 32 K A resource block, the K is an integer.
  • the relay can frequency-shift, amplify, and forward the signal received from the sending end according to the indication information, so as to control the magnitude of the frequency shift value so as not to change the phase of the signal between the sending end and the receiving end. Therefore, the sending end, the relay and the receiving end may not perform phase compensation or phase pre-compensation on the frequency shift value of the relay, which improves communication efficiency.
  • the frequency shift value is obtained from at least one of the following information: the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay sent signal Frequency range, maximum amplification factor supported by the relay, power margin of the relay, amplification factor margin of the relay, maximum output power supported by the relay, power of the signal received by the relay , the path loss between the transmitting signal antenna of the relay and the receiving signal antenna of the relay, the signal type of the amplified and forwarded signal of the relay, the frequency shift range of the relay, and the actual amplification of the relay Multiple, the capability information of the relay.
  • the relay can perform frequency shift based on the above information, which can improve the effect of phase compensation and the flexibility of frequency shift.
  • the method further includes: sending configuration information to the relay, where the configuration information is used to instruct the relay to perform frequency shift amplification and forwarding.
  • the relay can perform frequency shifting amplification and forwarding based on the configuration information sent by the network device, which can improve the accuracy of frequency shifting.
  • the present application proposes a second signal processing method, which is applied to the relay, and the method includes: receiving indication information from the network device, and the indication information is used to determine that the frequency shift value of the relay is 32 ⁇ K resource blocks, the K is an integer; the signal received from the network device is frequency-shifted, amplified, and forwarded according to the indication information.
  • the relay can frequency-shift, amplify, and forward the signal received from the sending end according to the indication information, so as to control the magnitude of the frequency shift value so as not to change the phase of the signal between the sending end and the receiving end. Therefore, the sending end, the relay and the receiving end may not perform phase compensation or phase pre-compensation on the frequency shift value of the relay, which improves communication efficiency.
  • the transmitted signal of the relay satisfies or Among them, the is the received signal of the relay, the q is the antenna port of the relay, the t is the transmission time of the transmitted signal, the ⁇ is the subcarrier spacing index, and the l is the OFDM symbol index, The f ⁇ is the frequency shift value.
  • the present application proposes a third signal processing method, which is applied to a relay, and the method includes: performing phase compensation on a frequency-shifted signal according to a frequency shift value of the relay.
  • the relay performs phase compensation, so that neither the network device nor the terminal device needs to perform additional phase compensation, and is not affected by the different phases on each symbol caused by the frequency shift.
  • this kind of relay can also be deployed to improve the coverage of the existing network.
  • the method further includes: acquiring a time-domain starting position, a frequency shift value, a subcarrier spacing index, and a cyclic prefix length of the signal to be forwarded; according to the time-domain starting position, the shifting Frequency value, the subcarrier interval index, the cyclic prefix length, and the sampling interval determine the phase compensation value of the relay; perform phase compensation on the signal to be forwarded according to the phase compensation value, and perform frequency shift amplification Forward.
  • the relay compensates for the phase deviation caused by the frequency shift, which can improve the success rate of demodulation.
  • the transmitted signal of the relay satisfies or Among them, the is the received signal of the relay, the q is the antenna port of the relay, the t is the transmission time of the transmitted signal, the ⁇ is the subcarrier spacing index, and the l is an OFDM symbol index, the f ⁇ is the frequency shift value, the is the starting position of the time domain, the is the cyclic prefix length, and the T c is the sampling interval.
  • the frequency shift value is obtained from at least one of the following information: the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the relay received signal, the Frequency range, the frequency range of the signal sent by the relay, the maximum amplification factor supported by the relay, the power margin of the relay, the amplification factor margin of the relay, and the maximum output supported by the relay power, the power of the relay receiving signal, the path loss between the relay transmitting signal antenna and the relay receiving signal antenna, the signal type of the relay amplifying and forwarding signal, the relay moving frequency range, the actual amplification factor of the relay, and the capability information of the relay.
  • the relay can perform frequency shift based on the above information, which can improve the effect of phase compensation and the flexibility of frequency shift.
  • the method further includes: receiving configuration information from the network device, where the configuration information is used to instruct the relay to perform frequency shift amplification and forwarding.
  • the relay can perform frequency shifting amplification and forwarding based on the configuration information sent by the network device, which can improve the accuracy of frequency shifting.
  • the present application proposes a fourth signal processing method, which is applied to a terminal device.
  • the method includes: performing phase compensation on a signal to be transmitted or a signal received from the relay according to a frequency shift value of the relay.
  • the phases of each symbol between the signal forwarded by the relay and the signal to be transmitted by the transmitting end are made the same, which can improve the success rate of demodulation.
  • the terminal equipment performs phase compensation, so that the relay frequency shift operation does not affect the demodulation signal of the network equipment deployed in the existing network, and also simplifies the implementation complexity of the newly deployed network equipment (supports the relay frequency shift forwarding).
  • the present application proposes a first communication device, including: a processing unit configured to obtain a frequency shift value of a relay; perform phase compensation on a first signal according to the frequency shift value to obtain a second signal, and the first signal A signal is a signal received from the relay, or a signal to be transmitted.
  • a processing unit configured to obtain a frequency shift value of a relay
  • the first signal is a signal received from the relay, or a signal to be transmitted.
  • the phases of each symbol between the signal forwarded by the relay and the signal to be transmitted by the transmitting end are made the same, which can improve the success rate of demodulation.
  • the phase caused by the frequency shift is pre-compensated by the network equipment, so that the existing terminal equipment in the network can maintain normal operation, that is, it supports forward compatibility.
  • the communication device further includes: a communication unit, further configured to receive capability information of the relay from the relay, where the capability information includes at least one of the following: supported frequency shift amplification and forwarding The signal type, frequency shift range, frequency shift value, signal amplification factor, power parameter, working bandwidth, and working carrier frequency; the processing unit is specifically configured to acquire the frequency shift value of the relay according to the capability information.
  • the frequency shift value of the relay can be obtained through the capability information including the frequency shift capability of the relay, which can improve the accuracy of obtaining the frequency shift value.
  • the frequency shift value of the relay is obtained from at least one of the following information: the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the signal received by the relay, the frequency range of the signal received by the relay, the The frequency range of the transmitted signal, the maximum amplification factor supported by the relay, the power headroom of the relay, the amplification factor headroom of the relay, the maximum output power supported by the relay, the reception of the relay.
  • the power of the signal the path loss between the transmitting signal antenna of the relay and the receiving signal antenna of the relay, the type of amplified and forwarded signal of the relay, and the frequency shift range of the relay. In this way, the accuracy of obtaining the frequency shift value can be further improved.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to acquire a frequency shift value of the relay according to an actual amplification factor of the relay. In this way, the indication overhead of the network device can be reduced, and a certain degree of flexibility can be maintained.
  • the apparatus further includes a communication unit, configured to send a frequency shift parameter of the relay to the relay, where the frequency shift parameter is used by the relay to determine at least one of the following Information: the frequency of the signal received by the relay, the frequency of the signal sent by the relay, and the frequency shift value of the relay.
  • the relay performs frequency shift based on the frequency shift parameter
  • the network device can perform phase (or pre) compensation based on the frequency shift value corresponding to the frequency shift parameter, so as to improve the success rate of demodulation.
  • the first signal is A and the second signal B satisfies
  • the f ⁇ is the frequency shift value
  • the phase compensation value of the first signal A is related to at least one of the following parameters: OFDM symbol index l, transmission frequency f 0 of network equipment, frequency shift value f ⁇ of the relay, the The frequency f rn,rx of the signal received by the relay, and the frequency f rn,tx after the frequency shift of the relay.
  • phase compensation value of the first signal can be obtained with the above parameters, and phase compensation is performed based on the phase compensation value, so that the phase of each symbol between the signal forwarded by the relay and the signal to be transmitted by the transmitting end is the same, which can improve demodulation success rate.
  • the first signal is an OFDM baseband signal to be sent
  • the second signal satisfies or Among them, the is the baseband signal of the network device
  • the p is the antenna port of the network device
  • the t is the transmission time of the network device
  • the ⁇ is the subcarrier spacing index
  • the is the starting position of the time domain
  • the is the cyclic prefix length
  • the T c is the sampling interval
  • the f 0 is the sending frequency.
  • the present application proposes a second communication device, including: a communication unit, configured to send indication information to the relay, and the indication information is used to determine that the size of the frequency shift value of the relay is 32 ⁇ K resources block, the K is an integer.
  • the relay can frequency-shift, amplify, and forward the signal received from the sending end according to the indication information, so as to control the magnitude of the frequency shift value so as not to change the phase of the signal between the sending end and the receiving end. Therefore, the sending end, the relay and the receiving end may not perform phase compensation or phase pre-compensation on the frequency shift value of the relay, which improves communication efficiency.
  • the frequency shift value is obtained from at least one of the following information: the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay sent signal Frequency range, maximum amplification factor supported by the relay, power margin of the relay, amplification factor margin of the relay, maximum output power supported by the relay, power of the signal received by the relay , the path loss between the transmitting signal antenna of the relay and the receiving signal antenna of the relay, the signal type of the amplified and forwarded signal of the relay, the frequency shift range of the relay, and the actual amplification of the relay Multiple, the capability information of the relay.
  • the relay can perform frequency shift based on the above information, which can improve the effect of phase compensation and the flexibility of frequency shift.
  • the communication device further includes a communication unit, configured to send configuration information to the relay, where the configuration information is used to instruct the relay to perform Frequency shift amplification and forwarding.
  • the relay can perform frequency shifting amplification and forwarding based on the configuration information sent by the network device, which can improve the accuracy of frequency shifting.
  • the present application proposes a third communication device, including: a communication unit, configured to receive indication information from a network device, the indication information is used to determine that the size of the frequency shift value of the relay is 32 ⁇ K resource blocks, The K is an integer; a processing unit, configured to frequency-shift, amplify, and forward the signal received from the network device according to the indication information.
  • the relay can control the frequency shift value to meet the preset condition according to the indication information, so that the phase of the signal forwarded by the relay and the phase of the received signal do not change, therefore, phase compensation may not be performed on the frequency shift value of the relay, Improve communication efficiency.
  • the transmitted signal of the relay satisfies or Among them, the is the received signal of the relay, the q is the antenna port of the relay, the t is the transmission time of the transmitted signal, the ⁇ is the subcarrier spacing index, and the l is the OFDM symbol index, The f ⁇ is the frequency shift value.
  • the present application proposes a fourth communication device, including: a processing unit configured to perform phase compensation on a signal received from a transmitting end according to a frequency shift value of a relay.
  • a processing unit configured to perform phase compensation on a signal received from a transmitting end according to a frequency shift value of a relay.
  • the relay performs phase compensation, so that neither the network device nor the terminal device needs to perform additional phase compensation, and is not affected by the different phases on each symbol caused by the frequency shift.
  • this kind of relay can also be deployed to improve the coverage of the existing network.
  • the processing unit is further configured to obtain a time-domain starting position, a frequency shift value, a subcarrier spacing index, and a cyclic prefix length of the signal to be forwarded; according to the time-domain starting position, the The frequency shift value, the subcarrier spacing index, the cyclic prefix length, and the sampling interval determine the phase compensation value of the relay; perform phase compensation on the signal to be forwarded according to the phase compensation value, and perform frequency shift Zoom forward. In this way, the relay compensates for the phase deviation caused by the frequency shift, which can improve the success rate of demodulation.
  • the transmitted signal of the relay satisfies or Among them, the is the received signal of the relay, the q is the antenna port of the relay, the t is the transmission time of the transmitted signal, the ⁇ is the subcarrier spacing index, and the l is an OFDM symbol index, the f ⁇ is the frequency shift value, the is the starting position of the time domain, the is the cyclic prefix length, and the T c is the sampling interval.
  • the frequency shift value is obtained from at least one of the following information: the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the relay received signal, the Frequency range, the frequency range of the signal sent by the relay, the maximum amplification factor supported by the relay, the power margin of the relay, the amplification factor margin of the relay, and the maximum output supported by the relay power, the power of the relay receiving signal, the path loss between the relay transmitting signal antenna and the relay receiving signal antenna, the signal type of the relay amplifying and forwarding signal, the relay moving frequency range, the actual amplification factor of the relay, and the capability information of the relay.
  • the relay can perform frequency shift based on the above information, which can improve the effect of phase compensation and the flexibility of frequency shift.
  • the communication unit is further configured to receive configuration information from the network device, the configuration information is used to instruct the relay to perform frequency shift amplification and forwarding .
  • the relay can perform frequency shifting amplification and forwarding based on the configuration information sent by the network device, which can improve the accuracy of frequency shifting.
  • the present application proposes a fifth communication device, including: a processing unit configured to perform phase compensation on a signal to be transmitted or a signal received from the relay according to a frequency shift value of the relay.
  • a processing unit configured to perform phase compensation on a signal to be transmitted or a signal received from the relay according to a frequency shift value of the relay.
  • the phases of each symbol between the signal forwarded by the relay and the signal to be transmitted by the transmitting end are made the same, which can improve the success rate of demodulation.
  • the terminal equipment performs phase compensation, so that the relay frequency shift operation does not affect the demodulation signal of the network equipment deployed in the existing network, and also simplifies the implementation complexity of the newly deployed network equipment (supports the relay frequency shift forwarding).
  • the present application proposes a sixth communication device, which includes a processor, a memory connected to the processor, and a communication interface, the memory is used to store one or more programs, and is configured for the processor to execute any of the above aspects step.
  • the embodiment of the present application discloses a computer-readable storage medium, in which instructions are stored, and when the instruction is run on a computer, the computer is made to execute the method of any aspect above.
  • the embodiment of the present application discloses a computer program product.
  • the computer program product is used to store a computer program, and when the computer program is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute the method of any one of the above aspects.
  • the embodiment of the present application discloses the first chip, including a processor and a memory, and the processor is used to call and execute instructions stored in the memory from the memory, so that the device equipped with the chip executes the method of any one of the above aspects .
  • the embodiment of the present application discloses a second chip, including: an input interface, an output interface, and a processing circuit.
  • the input interface, the output interface, and the processing circuit are connected through an internal connection path, and the processing circuit is used to perform the above tasks.
  • the embodiment of the present application discloses a third chip, including: an input interface, an output interface, a processor, and optionally a memory, and the input interface, the output interface, the processor, and the memory are connected internally The paths are connected, the processor is used to execute the code in the memory, and when the code is executed, the processor is used to execute the method in any one of the above aspects.
  • the embodiment of the present application discloses a chip system, including at least one processor, a memory and an interface circuit, the memory, the transceiver and the at least one processor are interconnected through lines, and at least one memory stores a computer program; the computer The program is executed by the processor to execute the method in any one of the above aspects.
  • FIG. 1 is a system architecture diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a relay provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of relay amplification and forwarding during uplink communication provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a relay performing same-frequency forwarding provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of frequency-shifting and forwarding by a relay during uplink communication provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of frequency-shifting and forwarding by a relay during downlink communication provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of a signal processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 12 is a schematic flowchart of another signal processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system 100 may include at least one network device (for example, network device 101), at least one relay node (relay node, RN) (for example, relay node 102), and at least one terminal device (for example, terminal device 103 and terminal device 104).
  • network device 101 for example, network device 101
  • relay node, RN relay node
  • terminal device for example, terminal device 103 and terminal device 104.
  • the network device may communicate with the relay node through one or more antennas, or perform wireless communication with the terminal device through the relay node (for example, the terminal device 103 performs wireless communication with the network device 101 through the relay node 102), or directly A wireless connection is made with the terminal device (for example, the terminal 104 directly communicates wirelessly with the network device 101).
  • Each network device may provide communication coverage for a respective coverage area (eg, coverage area 105 of network device 101 ).
  • the coverage area can be divided into a plurality of sectors (sectors), and each sector corresponds to a part of the coverage area (not shown in FIG. 1 ).
  • the network equipment 101 may also be connected to core network equipment not shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the communication system in the embodiment of the present application may be a communication system supporting second generation (second generation, 2G) mobile communication technology, for example, global system for mobile communication (global system for mobile communication, GSM) access technology, code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA) access technology; or, the communication system may be a communication system supporting third generation (third generation, 3G) mobile communication technology, for example, wideband code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA) access technology, etc.; or, the communication system may be a communication system supporting fourth generation (fourth generation, 4G) mobile communication technology, for example, long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) access technology; or, the communication The system may be a communication system supporting the fifth generation (fifth generation, 5G) mobile communication technology, for example, NR access technology; or, the communication system may be a communication system supporting multiple wireless technologies, for example, supporting LTE technology and NR Technology communication system. In addition, the communication system can be adapted to future-oriented communication technologies.
  • second generation second generation
  • the terminal device is a device with a wireless transceiver function.
  • the terminal device can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld, wearable or vehicle-mounted.
  • the terminal device can also be deployed on water (such as a ship, etc.) or in the air (such as an airplane, a balloon, and a satellite, etc.).
  • the terminal device can be a mobile phone, a tablet computer (Pad), a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) terminal device, an industrial control (industrial control), wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, and transportation safety Wireless terminals, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, etc.
  • a virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) terminal device an augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) terminal device
  • industrial control industrial control
  • wireless terminals in self-driving wireless terminals in remote medical
  • wireless terminals in smart grid wireless terminals in smart grid
  • transportation safety Wireless terminals wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, etc.
  • a terminal device may also sometimes be called a user equipment (user equipment, UE), a terminal (terminal), an access terminal, a UE unit, a UE station, a mobile device, a mobile station, a mobile station (mobile station), a mobile terminal, a mobile client , mobile unit, remote station, remote terminal equipment, remote unit, wireless unit, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc.
  • UE user equipment
  • terminal terminal
  • an access terminal a UE unit, a UE station
  • mobile device a mobile station, a mobile station (mobile station)
  • mobile terminal a mobile client , mobile unit, remote station, remote terminal equipment, remote unit, wireless unit, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc.
  • the access terminal may be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (session initiation protocol, SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (wireless local loop, WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a Handheld devices with wireless communication functions, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in future 5G or future evolution of public land mobile network (PLMN) networks terminal equipment, etc.
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • Handheld devices with wireless communication functions computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems
  • vehicle-mounted devices wearable devices
  • terminal devices in future 5G or future evolution of public land mobile network (PLMN) networks terminal equipment etc.
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device 200 in FIG. 2 may be the terminal device 103 and the terminal device 104 in the communication system 100 shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the terminal device 200 may include an input and output module (including an audio input and output module 218, a key input module 216, and a display 220, etc.), a user interface 202, at least one processor 204, and a transmitter (transmit, TX) 206 , a receiver (receive, RX) 208 , a coupler 210 , an antenna 214 and a memory 212 .
  • TX transmit, TX
  • RX receiver
  • FIG. 2 uses a connection through a bus 205 as an example. in:
  • Antenna 214 may be used to convert electromagnetic energy into electromagnetic waves in free space, or convert electromagnetic waves in free space into electromagnetic energy in a transmission line.
  • the coupler 210 is used to divide the mobile communication signal received by the antenna 214 into multiple paths and distribute them to multiple receivers 208 .
  • the transmitter 206 can be used for transmitting the signal output by the processor 204 .
  • the receiver 208 can be used for receiving and processing the mobile communication signal received by the antenna 214 .
  • the transmitter 206 and the receiver 208 can be regarded as a wireless modem.
  • the terminal device 200 there may be one or more transmitters 206 and one or more receivers 208 .
  • the terminal device 200 may also include other communication components.
  • a global positioning system global positioning system, GPS
  • Bluetooth Bluetooth
  • wireless high-fidelity wireless fidelity, Wi-Fi
  • the terminal device 200 can also support Other wireless communication signals, such as satellite signals, short-wave signals, etc.
  • the terminal device 200 may also be configured with a wired network interface (such as a local area network (LAN) interface) 201 to support wired communication.
  • LAN local area network
  • the input and output module can be used to realize the interaction between the terminal device 200 and the user/external environment, and can mainly include an audio input and output module 218, a key input module 216, a display 220, and the like.
  • the input-output module may also include a camera, a touch screen, a sensor, and the like.
  • the input-output module can communicate with the processor 204 through the user interface 202 .
  • the memory 212 may be coupled with the processor 204 through a bus or an input/output port, and the memory 212 may also be integrated with the processor 204 .
  • the memory 212 is used to store various software programs and/or sets of instructions.
  • the memory 212 may include high-speed random access memory, or may include non-volatile memory. For example, one or more disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state storage devices.
  • the memory 212 may store an operating system (hereinafter referred to as the system), for example, an embedded operating system such as ANDROID, IOS, WINDOWS, or LINUX.
  • the memory 212 can also store a network communication program, which can be used to communicate with one or more additional devices, one or more terminal devices, and one or more network devices.
  • the memory 212 can also store a user interface program, which can vividly display the content of the application program through a graphical operation interface, or can receive user control of the application program through input controls such as menus, dialog boxes, and buttons. operate.
  • the memory 212 may be used to store an implementation program on the side of the terminal device 200 of the data transmission method provided by one or more embodiments of the present application.
  • Processor 204 is operable to read and execute computer readable instructions. Specifically, the processor 204 can be used to call the program stored in the memory 212, for example, the implementation program of the data transmission method provided by one or more embodiments of the present application on the side of the terminal device 200, and execute the instructions contained in the program In order to realize the methods involved in the subsequent embodiments.
  • the processor 204 may support one or more communication technologies of 2G, 3G, 4G, 5G, and the like.
  • the processor 204 sends any message or data, it specifically drives or controls the transmitter 206 to do the sending.
  • the processor 204 receives any message or data, it specifically drives or controls the receiver 208 to do the receiving. Therefore, the processor 204 can be regarded as a control center for performing sending or receiving, and the transmitter 206 and the receiver 208 are specific performers of the sending and receiving operations.
  • the terminal device 200 shown in FIG. 2 is an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application. In practical applications, the terminal device 200 may include more or fewer components, which is not limited here.
  • the network device is a device that supports a terminal device to access a communication system, or may be configured in a chip of the device.
  • the network equipment may be a base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS) in a GSM system or a CDMA system, or may be a base station node (NodeB, NB) in a WCDMA system, or may be an evolved node (evolved node) in an LTE system.
  • Node B, eNB or gNB or transmission point (transmission and reception point, TRP or transmission point, TP) in the 5G system, etc.
  • the network device may be one or a group (including multiple antenna panels) of antenna panels in a base station in a 5G system, or a network node constituting a gNB or a transmission point.
  • a baseband unit baseband unit, BBU
  • a distributed unit distributed unit, DU
  • the network device can also be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario, a home base station (for example, home evolved Node B, or home Node B, HNB), a baseband unit (baseband unit, BBU ), wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WIFI) system access point (access point, AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, etc.
  • the network device may also be a base station device in a future 5G network or a network device in a future evolved PLMN network.
  • the network device may also be a wearable device or a vehicle-mounted device, etc., which is not limited here.
  • the base station is mostly used as an example for network equipment.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided in an embodiment of the present application. It can be understood that the network device 300 in FIG. 3 may be the network device 101 in the communication system 100 shown in FIG. 1 . As shown in FIG. 3 , the network device 300 may include: at least one processor 301 , memory 302 , network interface 303 , transmitter 305 , receiver 306 , coupler 307 and antenna 308 . These components may be connected through the bus 304 or in other ways, and FIG. 3 takes the connection through the bus as an example. in:
  • the network interface 303 can be used for the network device 300 to communicate with other communication devices (eg, other network devices).
  • the network interface 303 may be a wired interface.
  • the transmitter 305 may be used to perform transmission processing on the signal output by the processor 301 .
  • the receiver 306 can be used for receiving and processing the mobile communication signal received by the antenna 308 .
  • signal demodulation In some embodiments of the present application, the transmitter 305 and the receiver 306 can be regarded as a wireless modem.
  • the network device 300 there may be one or more transmitters 305 and one or more receivers 306 .
  • Antenna 308 may be used to convert electromagnetic energy in a transmission line to electromagnetic waves in free space, or to convert electromagnetic waves in free space to electromagnetic energy in a transmission line.
  • the coupler 307 can be used to split the mobile communication signal into multiple paths and distribute to multiple receivers 306 .
  • the memory 302 may be coupled with the processor 301 through the bus 304 or an input and output port, and the memory 302 may also be integrated with the processor 301 .
  • the memory 302 is used to store various software programs and/or sets of instructions.
  • the memory 302 may include a high-speed random access memory, or may include a non-volatile memory.
  • the memory 302 can store an operating system (hereinafter referred to as system).
  • system for example, uCOS, VxWorks, RTLinux and other embedded operating systems.
  • the memory 302 can also store a network communication program, which can be used to communicate with one or more additional devices, one or more terminal devices, and one or more network devices.
  • the processor 301 can be used to manage wireless channels, implement call and communication link establishment and teardown, and provide cell switching control for users in the control area.
  • the processor 301 may include: a central management/communication module (administration module/communication module, AM/CM) for channel switching and information switching, for completing call processing, signaling processing, radio resource management,
  • the basic module (basic module, BM) of wireless link management and circuit maintenance functions, the transcoder and sub multiplexer (TCSM) used to complete the functions of multiplexing, demultiplexing and transcoding, etc.
  • the processor 301 may be used to read and execute computer-readable instructions. Specifically, the processor 301 can be used to call programs stored in the memory 302 .
  • the data transmission method provided by one or more embodiments of the present application implements a program on the network device 300 side, and executes instructions included in the program.
  • the network device 300 shown in FIG. 3 is an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application. In practical applications, the network device 300 may include more or fewer components, which is not limited here.
  • system and “network” in the embodiments of the present application may be used interchangeably.
  • Multiple means two or more, and in view of this, “multiple” can also be understood as “at least two” in the embodiments of the present application.
  • And/or describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there may be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B may indicate: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists independently.
  • the character “/" unless otherwise specified, generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or” relationship.
  • the receiving end described in the following embodiments may be the above-mentioned terminal device, and the sending end may be the above-mentioned network device.
  • the receiving end described in the following embodiments may be the above-mentioned network device, and the sending end may be the above-mentioned terminal device.
  • the relay node may directly or indirectly connect to the network device through other relay nodes, or indirectly connect to the terminal device through other relay nodes.
  • the present application collectively refers to relay nodes between network devices and terminal devices as relays.
  • Relays may have different names in different communication systems.
  • a relay may be called a wireless backhaul node or a wireless backhaul device; in a 5G system, a relay may be called an integrated access backhaul node (integrated access and backhaul node, IAB node).
  • IAB node integrated access and backhaul node
  • the relay may have different names, which are not limited here.
  • the relay can also be called a reflector, or a reflective surface, an intelligent reflecting surface, a reflective array, an intelligent reflecting array, a reflector, an intelligent reflector, or a backscatter device ), passive device, semi-passive device, ambient signal device, reconfigurable intelligent surface (RIS), etc.
  • a relay can also be considered as a special form of terminal equipment.
  • a relay may be a node that provides a wireless backhaul service, and the wireless backhaul service refers to a data and/or signaling backhaul service provided through a wireless backhaul link.
  • the relay can provide wireless access services for terminal devices through an access link (access link, AL).
  • a relay can be connected to a network device through a one-hop or multi-hop backhaul link (BL). In this way, the relay can realize the forwarding of data and/or signaling between the terminal device and the network device, and expand the coverage of the communication system.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a relay provided in an embodiment of the present application. It can be understood that the relay 400 in FIG. 4 may be the relay node 102 in the communication system 100 shown in FIG. 1 . As shown in FIG. 4 , the relay 400 includes at least one controller 401 , a signal amplifier 402 , a signal transceiving unit 403 and a signal transceiving unit 404 .
  • the signal transceiving unit is used to implement communication and signaling interaction, signal amplification, and the like with network devices and terminal devices. It should be noted that there may be two sets of signal transceiving units in the relay, including a signal transceiving unit 403 and a signal transceiving unit 404 as shown in FIG. 4 .
  • the functions of the signal transceiving unit may be different. For example, during downlink communication, the signal transceiving unit 403 receives (the base station) signal, and the signal transceiving unit 404 forwards the signal (to the terminal). For another example, during uplink communication, the signal transceiving unit 403 receives (terminal) signals, and the signal transceiving unit 404 forwards signals (to the base station).
  • the signal transceiving unit may include a transmitter, a receiver and an antenna.
  • the signal transceiving unit 403 includes a transmitter 4031 , a receiver 4032 and an antenna 4043
  • the signal transceiving unit 404 includes a transmitter 4041 , a receiver 4042 and an antenna 4043 .
  • the transmitter sends the signal through the corresponding antenna
  • the receiver receives the signal through the corresponding antenna.
  • the controller 401 may communicate with network devices or terminal devices by means of a signal transceiver unit.
  • the controller 401 communicates with the base station through the signal transceiver unit 403, and is used for establishing a communication link and beam alignment between the relay and the base station; the controller 401 may also be used to receive configuration/instruction information of the base station, thereby facilitating Control the working time, working state, or working mode of the repeater.
  • the controller 401 may be configured to receive a trigger signal from the terminal, so that the relay enters a corresponding working mode as required.
  • the controller 401 can also determine the working state of the signal amplifier (such as the amplification factor and phase) according to the indication information of the base station or its own measurement information. It can be understood that each unit may be one or more. For example, there are multiple signal amplifiers 402, corresponding to different polarization directions or relay radio frequency channels.
  • the signal amplifier 402 is used to amplify the signal.
  • the relay may also move the carrier frequency of the signal, or may demodulate the signal and then re-modulate it before forwarding, or may also reduce the noise of the signal before forwarding it. Therefore, the relay can be in any of the following forms: reflection, amplification and forwarding, demodulation and forwarding, frequency shifting and forwarding, and noise reduction forwarding.
  • demodulation and forwarding refers to demodulating the received modulated signal and then forwarding it to the receiving end.
  • Noise reduction forwarding means that the received signal is forwarded to the receiving end after noise reduction processing.
  • the working modes of amplification forwarding and frequency shifting forwarding are mainly considered, and demodulation forwarding and noise reduction forwarding can be processed when the relay supports it.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a relay performing amplification and forwarding during uplink communication according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the relay amplifies the signal 1 received from the terminal, and forwards the amplified signal 2 to the base station.
  • Amplification and forwarding can be divided into two types: same-frequency amplification and forwarding and frequency-shifting amplification and forwarding according to whether the frequency changes.
  • the same-frequency amplification and forwarding may be affected by the self-excitation effect, which makes the receiving signal of the receiving antenna of the relay continue to amplify, exceeding the normal working range of the device, resulting in signal distortion.
  • Frequency-shifting amplification and forwarding may filter the received signal before amplification, which is not easy to produce self-excitation effect, so it can have greater amplification gain.
  • the frequency shifting amplification and forwarding mode is used to work. If the relay does not support frequency shift forwarding or frequency shift forwarding is not enabled, it will work in the same frequency amplification and forwarding mode.
  • Figure 6 Please refer to Figure 6 for a schematic diagram of the same-frequency forwarding by the relay.
  • the frequency of the signal received by the relay from the terminal and the frequency of the signal sent by the relay to the base station The frequency is the same, both are f.
  • the frequency of the signal received by the relay from the base station and the frequency sent by the relay to the terminal are also the same, which is also f. It can be seen that when the relay performs co-frequency forwarding, the frequencies of the transmitted signal and the received signal are equal.
  • the frequency of the signal received by the relay from the terminal device may be equal to or different from the frequency of the signal received by the relay from the network device.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a relay performing frequency shift forwarding during uplink communication
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a relay performing frequency shift forwarding during downlink communication.
  • the frequency of relaying the signal received from the terminal is f 0 .
  • the frequency of the signal obtained by the relay through frequency shift processing is f rn , and the relay can send the signal with the frequency f rn to the base station.
  • the frequency f 0 is used to relay the signal received from the base station.
  • the frequency of the signal obtained by the relay through frequency shift processing is f rn , and the relay sends the signal with the frequency f rn to the terminal. It can be seen that when the relay performs frequency shift forwarding, the frequency of the transmitted signal is different from the frequency of the received signal, so a frequency offset occurs.
  • FIG. 6 , FIG. 7 and FIG. 8 describe the process of signal amplification.
  • amplifying and forwarding refers to amplifying the amplitude of a signal.
  • the same-frequency amplification and forwarding mode does not perform frequency shifting steps, while the frequency shifting amplification and forwarding mode performs frequency shifting steps.
  • frequency shifting, amplifying and forwarding refers to performing frequency shifting, amplifying, and forwarding operations on signals. This application does not limit the execution steps of frequency shifting and amplifying.
  • the frequency shifting step can be processed before the signal amplifying step. Or it can be processed after the signal is amplified, which is not limited here. After performing processing operations such as frequency shifting and amplification, a forwarding operation is performed to send the processed signal to the receiving end.
  • Modulation and demodulation are the process of processing the information of the signal source and adding it to the carrier to make it into a form suitable for channel transmission.
  • Modulation methods may include multi-carrier modulation, single-carrier modulation, quadrature amplitude modulation (QAM), pulse amplitude modulation (PAM), phase shift keying (PSK) modulation, amplitude keying Amplitude shift keying (ASK) modulation, binary phase shift keying (binary phase shift keying, BPSK) modulation, etc.
  • Demodulation is the inverse of modulation, recovering the original data bits or symbols from the signal. Demodulation can also sometimes be called detection.
  • the carrier signal refers to a waveform modulated to transmit a signal, generally a sine wave.
  • the carrier signal loads the ordinary signal (sound, image) on the high-frequency signal of a certain frequency.
  • the amplitude of the high-frequency signal is fixed. After loading, the amplitude changes with the ordinary signal. And change.
  • the subcarrier is the carrier based on the data in the time domain diagram, that is to say, in the multi-carrier waveform, the transmitted signal is a bandwidth signal, and there are many signals of different frequencies in the bandwidth signal, and the intervals of these frequencies are the same. These different frequencies are called subcarriers.
  • the data of the network device and the terminal device are modulated onto these subcarriers, and these subcarriers are orthogonal within a period of time.
  • ⁇ f is a sub-carrier space (sub-carrier space, SCS).
  • ⁇ is an index corresponding to the subcarrier spacing (or called a configuration parameter, or called a subcarrier spacing index or a subcarrier spacing configuration, hereinafter referred to as a subcarrier spacing index).
  • the supported subcarrier spacing ⁇ f is shown in Table 1 below, including five types: 15KHz, 30KHz, 60KHz, 120KHz and 240KHz.
  • NCP normal cyclic prefix
  • extended cyclic prefix extended cyclic prefix
  • NCP 1 30 NCP 2 60 NCP, ECP 3 120 NCP 4 240 NCP
  • Resource block also known as physical resource block (physical resource block), is the basic unit of frequency resources in a communication system based on Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM).
  • a resource block generally consists of N resource elements (resource elements, REs), and a resource element is also called a subcarrier. Wherein, N is generally 12, that is, one RB corresponds to 12 REs, and each half resource block corresponds to 6 REs.
  • resource block group Several resource blocks form a resource block group (resource block group, RBG), or may be called a physical resource block group.
  • RBG resource block group
  • precoding is performed in units of resource blocks or resource block groups, and the basic unit for precoding transmission is also called a precoding resource block group (PRG).
  • PRG precoding resource block group
  • One precoding resource group may not be smaller than one resource block group.
  • Transmission layer also known as layer (Layer).
  • Complex symbols (modulation symbols) obtained after performing scrambling and modulation on one or two codewords are mapped to one or more transmission layers after layer mapping.
  • the transport layer is usually mapped to an antenna port and is therefore also called an antenna port.
  • Each layer corresponds to a valid data stream.
  • the number of transmission layers that is, the number of layers is called "transmission order" or "transmission rank”.
  • the transmission rank can be changed dynamically.
  • the number of layers should be less than or equal to the minimum value of the number of transmitting antenna ports and the number of receiving antenna ports, that is, "number of layers ⁇ min (number of transmitting antenna ports, number of receiving antenna ports)".
  • the number of transmission layers is equal to the number of antenna ports.
  • the downlink control channel indicate the number of layers and/or the number of antenna ports (or further include the number of each antenna port) used for data and demodulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal, DMRS) transmission.
  • an antenna port may also correspond to a transmission configuration index (transmission configuration index, TCI), a beam, and the like.
  • TCI transmission configuration index
  • TCI transmission configuration index
  • a beam and the like.
  • one TCI corresponds to multiple antenna ports
  • one beam corresponds to multiple antenna ports.
  • the TCI, the transmission layer, the antenna port, and the beam may be collectively referred to as airspace.
  • Precoding and codebook Precoding and codebook.
  • precoding can be used to reduce system overhead, maximize the system capacity of multiple input multiple output (MIMO), and can also be used to reduce the complexity of eliminating the influence between channels at the receiving end.
  • MIMO multiple input multiple output
  • the mathematical expression is shown in (1) below,
  • P is a precoding matrix (or vector)
  • H is a MIMO channel
  • x is a transmitted signal
  • n noise.
  • P can be selected from a predefined matrix (or vector) set, which is called a codebook (codebook), and this method is also called a codebook-based transmission method. If the sender can know all the information of H, then P can be obtained by itself at the sender. This method is also called non-codebook sending method (non-codebook, NCB).
  • NCB non-codebook sending method
  • OFDM discrete Fourier transform - extended OFDM
  • DFT-s-OFDM discrete Fourier transformation spreading OFDM
  • OFDM technology converts high-speed data streams into multiple parallel low-speed data streams through serial/parallel conversion, and then distributes them to several sub-carriers of different frequencies for transmission.
  • OFDM technology utilizes subcarriers that are orthogonal to each other, so that the frequency spectrums of the subcarriers overlap.
  • FDM frequency divided multiplexing
  • DFT-s-OFDM is a derivative technology based on OFDM.
  • DFT-s-OFDM has a low peak to average power ratio (PAPR) characteristic of a single carrier, and is currently used in LTE and NR to transmit uplink signals.
  • PAPR peak to average power ratio
  • the following is an example of a signal transmission method based on OFDM technology, and the sending end is described in detail, and the receiving end is the reverse process, so no explanation is given.
  • the sending end first performs channel coding and modulation on the signal, and then performs frequency domain mapping to obtain a signal suitable for transmission in the channel. It is then OFDM modulated and sent to the channel.
  • at least one of the aforementioned QAM, PAM, PSK modulation, ASK modulation, BPSK modulation, etc. may be used as a channel coding modulation method, which is not limited here.
  • OFDM modulation is performed, that is, a cyclic prefix CP is added, and inverse fast Fourier transform (IFFT) is performed.
  • IFFT inverse fast Fourier transform
  • the signal can also undergo a series of processing such as adjusting the transmission power.
  • the antenna at the receiving end performs a series of processing on the received signal, for example, automatic gain control, etc., so that the receiving end can process the signal reasonably.
  • the signal transmission method based on DFT-s-OFDM technology has more steps of performing DFT on the channel coded and modulated signal after channel coding modulation and before frequency domain mapping.
  • DFT is also called "transform precoding".
  • the size R of the DFT is the number of resource elements RE scheduled by the terminal, and one RE corresponds to one subcarrier.
  • the scheduling unit is a resource block RB.
  • the constraint R in the existing LTE and NR protocols satisfies the following formula (2):
  • DFT-s-OFDM performs DFT processing on the subcarriers used by each user, and transforms from the time domain to the frequency domain. Then the frequency domain signals of each user are subjected to OFDM modulation, so that the signals of each user are converted to the time domain and sent together. After the improvement of DFT, the signal returns to the time domain signal from the frequency domain signal (same as the single carrier system). Because in this technology, the modulated signal waveform is similar to a single carrier, some people regard it as a single carrier technology.
  • OFDM can be any form of precoding codebook. It can be understood that performing precoding before frequency domain mapping can be used to reduce system overhead, maximize the system capacity of MIMO, and can also be used to reduce the complexity of implementing elimination of inter-channel influence at the receiving end.
  • p is the antenna port of the transmitting end
  • q is the antenna port of the relay
  • p′ is the antenna port of the receiving end.
  • the base station can send signals through antenna port p
  • the terminal can receive signals through antenna port p′.
  • the terminal can send signals through antenna port p
  • the base station can receive signals through antenna port p′.
  • the relay receives signals or transmits signals (or relays signals) through the antenna port q.
  • t is the sending time of the sending signal.
  • l is an OFDM symbol index (an index of an OFDM symbol in a subframe or time slot or system frame).
  • CP is an abbreviation for cyclic prefix as mentioned earlier, is the length of the cyclic prefix (in the protocol, the cyclic prefix is a type of waveform parameter, so the cyclic prefix type is determined by the waveform parameter (numerology)).
  • the frequency position refers to the carrier frequency position, or the center frequency position of the carrier, or the start frequency position of the signal on the carrier, or the center frequency position of the signal on the carrier, or the end frequency position of the signal on the carrier, etc. , is not limited here.
  • f rn,rx is the frequency before the frequency shift of the relay, that is, the frequency of the signal received by the relay from the transmitting end is f rn,rx .
  • the frequency after the frequency shift of the relay can be recorded as f rn,tx , that is, the frequency of the signal sent by the relay to the receiving end is f rn,tx .
  • the carrier frequency of the signal received by the relay and the carrier frequency of the signal after the frequency shift of the relay can be in the same carrier frequency range, that is to say, the carrier frequency of the signal received by the relay and the carrier frequency of the signal sent by the relay belong to the same carrier Frequency Range.
  • the carrier frequency of the signal received by the relay and the carrier frequency of the signal shifted by the relay may also be in different carrier frequency ranges, which are not limited here.
  • the relay frequency shift means that the relay amplifies and forwards the received signal, and performs frequency shift.
  • the frequency shift value of the relay may also be referred to as a frequency offset value, a phase change value, a phase parameter, and a frequency parameter.
  • the baseband signal on the antenna port p of the transmitter The expression of satisfies the formula in Table 2 below.
  • ⁇ is the time domain start position of the transmitted signal, which can be understood as the start time of OFDM symbol index 1.
  • Symb represents the OFDM symbol, is the OFDM symbol time length corresponding to the subcarrier spacing index ⁇ .
  • Corresponding baseband signal. is a transmitted signal (which may be a modulated signal, or a modulated signal subjected to DFT, or a baseband signal subjected to at least one item of modulation, DFT, and precoding, etc.).
  • ⁇ is the subcarrier spacing index
  • x is the link type, for example, downlink (downlink, DL), uplink (uplink, UL), edge link (sidelink, SL) wait.
  • RB means resource block, is the number of subcarriers (subcarrier, SC) of a resource block.
  • k is the subcarrier index, is the subcarrier (or resource element resource element) position.
  • ⁇ 0 is the largest value in the set of subcarrier spacing index values configured on the link (such as uplink, downlink, edge link), is the common resource block location, is the length of the cyclic prefix.
  • the baseband signal at the transmitter Perform up-modulation/up-conversion to the transmission carrier frequency f tx to obtain the transmitted signal Then based on the carrier frequency f tx the signal sent to the receiving end.
  • the following can be It is briefly denoted as s l (t), Denoted briefly as x l (t), the sending signal can be Briefly denoted as a k,l , the expression of s l (t) can refer to formula (5), and the expression of the relationship between x l (t) and s l (t) can refer to formula (6a) or formula ( 6b).
  • the receiving end receives the signal based on the carrier frequency f rx After that, the received signal is first Down-convert the signal to get the Then perform processing operations such as demodulation to restore the original data.
  • the following signals can be received by the receiver Denoted briefly as y l (t), we can write Briefly denoted as z l (t), the expression between z l (t) and s l (t) can refer to formula (7).
  • the frequency (for example, carrier frequency, center frequency, start frequency, center frequency or end frequency of the signal on the carrier, etc.) between the transmitting end and the receiving end may be the same (or called alignment), It can be recorded as f 0 .
  • the frequencies between the sender and receiver can be the same or different.
  • the receiving end converts the received signal y l (t) to a signal z l (t ) can satisfy formula (8).
  • the baseband signal can be directly converted into a subcarrier offset, for example, (f tx -f rx ) / ⁇ f.
  • the carrier frequency can be a negative value, or the carrier frequency can be a positive value, and the corresponding up-conversion signal is in the following form:
  • the corresponding down-conversion signal is:
  • the relationship between the signal x l (t) sent by the sender to the relay and the baseband signal s l (t) of the sender can be referred to in formula (6a).
  • the signal y l (t) received by the relay from the sender can satisfy expression (9).
  • the signal z l (t ) can satisfy expression (10).
  • f 0 is the frequency of the sending end
  • f 2 is the frequency of the relay sending end.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method includes S100-S109.
  • the relay in this method supports the frequency shifting, amplifying and forwarding mode, that is, the steps of frequency shifting, amplifying and forwarding of signals can be realized. In this method, some operation steps can be reduced or adjusted.
  • the method is illustrated by taking a base station as a network device and a terminal as a terminal device. in:
  • S100 The relay accesses the base station.
  • Step S100 may include a step of the relay sending a connection request message to the base station, and the base station responding to the connection request message, so that the relay accesses the base station.
  • the request message may be sent after the relay is started, or after receiving the system information or indication information sent by the base station, which is not limited here.
  • S101 The relay reports the capability information of the relay to the base station.
  • the capability information of the relay may include the relay supports frequency shift amplification and forwarding, the signal type of the frequency shift amplification and forwarding supported by the relay, the frequency shift range of the relay, the frequency shift value of the relay, the The signal amplification factor of the relay, the operating bandwidth (or passband width) of the relay, the operating carrier frequency of the relay, the power parameters of the relay, etc.
  • the capability information of the relay can be reported in a differential manner, so as to reduce the reporting overhead.
  • Step S101 may be an optional step.
  • whether the relay can support frequency shift amplification and forwarding is used to determine whether the relay can enable the frequency shift amplification and forwarding mode. If so, the frequency shifting amplification and forwarding mode can be turned on to perform frequency shifting, amplification, and forwarding of the received signal. Otherwise, the received signal cannot be amplified and forwarded by frequency shifting, and the received signal can be amplified and forwarded at the same frequency. Usually, if the relay supports frequency shift forwarding, it supports frequency shift amplification forwarding.
  • the signal type may include an uplink signal and a downlink signal, or a broadcast signal and other signals.
  • the uplink signal may be a signal carried on at least one of the following channels: physical uplink shared channel (physical uplink shared channel, PUSCH), physical layer uplink control channel (physical uplink control channel, PUCCH), physical random access channel (physical random access channel, PRACH).
  • the uplink signal may also be at least one of the following: sounding reference signal (sounding reference signal, SRS), DMRS.
  • the downlink signal can be a signal carried on at least one of the following channels: physical layer uplink shared channel (physical downlink shared channel, PDSCH), physical layer downlink control channel (physical downlink control channel, PDCCH), physical broadcast channel (physical broadcast channel, PBCH) ), synchronization signal/broadcast channel block (SS/PBCH block).
  • the downlink signal may be at least one of the following: channel state information reference signal (channel state information reference signal, CSI-RS), DMRS, phase tracking reference signal (physical tracking reference signal, PTRS), tracking reference signal (tracking reference signal, TRS ), isolation measurement reference signal (ILM-RS).
  • the broadcast signal may refer to any of the following: synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel block (SS/PBCH block), system message, paging message, and messages involved in the random access process (for example, message 1, Message 2, message 3, message 4), control channel, physical random access channel (physical random access channel, PRACH), TRS.
  • SS/PBCH block synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel block
  • system message paging message
  • messages involved in the random access process for example, message 1, Message 2, message 3, message 4
  • control channel for example, message 1, Message 2, message 3, message 4
  • physical random access channel physical random access channel (physical random access channel, PRACH), TRS.
  • Other signals may refer to unicast signals, CSI-RS, SRS.
  • signals for user-specific control and data channels may be a control channel scrambled by a cell-radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI), a configured scheduling RNTI (configured scheduling RNTI, CS-RNTI), and a corresponding data channel.
  • C-RNTI cell-radio network temporary identifier
  • configured scheduling RNTI configured scheduling RNTI
  • CS-RNTI configured scheduling RNTI
  • the signal type supported by the relay through frequency shift amplification and forwarding may be at least one of the foregoing signal types. It can be understood that the relay may perform frequency shift amplification and forwarding on signals of supported signal types through frequency shift amplification and forwarding. For example, if the signal type supported by the relay through frequency shift amplification and forwarding is an uplink signal, the relay is allowed to perform frequency shift amplification and forwarding on signals received from the terminal. If the signal type supported by the relay is a broadcast signal, the relay is allowed to perform frequency shift amplification and forwarding on the broadcast signal received from the base station. If there is a corresponding relationship between the signal type supported by the relay for frequency shift amplification forwarding and the frequency shift value, the relay may also report the corresponding relationship as capability information to the base station, so as to facilitate the base station to schedule corresponding signals.
  • the frequency shift range of the relay refers to the frequency range in which the relay performs frequency shift.
  • the frequency shift value of the relay includes the value (or candidate value) and/or value range of the frequency shift value. Reporting the frequency shifting range of the relay to the base station as capability information enables the base station to determine whether to perform frequency shifting processing. Reporting the frequency shift value of the relay to the base station as capability information enables the base station to determine whether to perform frequency shift processing and determine the magnitude of the frequency shift value.
  • the signal amplification factor refers to the ratio of amplitude or power between the signal after signal amplification and the signal before signal amplification.
  • the signal amplification factor corresponding to the signal amplification processing performed by the relay may be referred to as an actual amplification factor.
  • the maximum value among the signal amplification factors may be called the maximum amplification factor supported by the relay. If there is a corresponding relationship between the actual amplification factor or the maximum amplification factor in the signal amplification factor and the frequency shift value, the relay may also report the corresponding relationship as capability information to the base station. In this way, different maximum amplification factors can be determined based on different frequency shift values.
  • the frequency shift value when the frequency shift value is 0, it corresponds to the maximum magnification factor A1; when the frequency shift value is f ⁇ 1 , it corresponds to the maximum magnification factor A2; when the frequency shift value is f ⁇ 2 , it corresponds to the maximum magnification factor A3.
  • the signal amplification factor of the relay may be related to the path loss between the transmitting signal antenna of the relay and the receiving signal antenna of the relay (which may correspond to the isolation between the relay antennas).
  • the signal amplification factor of the relay should be smaller than the isolation degree, which can prevent the transmitted signal from being received by the receiving end and be cyclically amplified, and avoid the self-excitation effect.
  • Bandwidth also called bandwidth, corresponds to the number of frequency domain resources occupied by data transmission.
  • the working bandwidth of the relay may include a signal bandwidth that the relay can support, that is, the relay performs almost lossless (or relatively small loss) amplification on signals within the bandwidth.
  • there may be a corresponding relationship between the working bandwidth and the frequency shift value that is, the frequency shift values corresponding to different bandwidths are different. For example, when the working bandwidth is in the first range, the corresponding frequency shift value is 0; when the working bandwidth is in the second range, the corresponding frequency shift value is f ⁇ 1 ; when the working bandwidth is in the third range, the corresponding frequency shift value is f ⁇ 2 . If there is a corresponding relationship between the working bandwidth and the frequency shift value, the relay may also report the corresponding relationship as capability information to the base station.
  • the working carrier frequency of the relay may include the frequency range of the carrier frequency f rn,tx of the relay received signal, the frequency range of the carrier frequency f rn,rx of the relay transmitted signal, and the like. If there is a corresponding relationship between the carrier frequency of the relay and the frequency shift value, the relay may also report the corresponding relationship as capability information to the base station.
  • the power parameters of the relay may include a rated current, a rated voltage, a maximum input current, a maximum input power, a maximum output power, and the like of the relay. If there is a corresponding relationship between the information in the power parameter and the frequency shift value, the relay may also report the corresponding relationship as capability information to the base station.
  • the capability information of the relay may further include a delay for the relay to process the control command, and the delay refers to a delay for the relay to respond to the control command after receiving the control command.
  • the capability information of the relay may be information reported after the relay successfully connects with the base station. Or it may be the information reported after receiving the indication from the base station. Or it may be the information reported after the relay accesses the new terminal. Or it may be the information reported to the base station when the preset duration arrives, which is not limited here.
  • Step S101 is an optional step.
  • Step S102 may include the relay determining to enable the relay mode according to the indication information of the base station.
  • the indication information can be used to instruct the relay to turn on the amplification and forwarding mode, and can be further used to indicate the amplification factor, the frequency position f rn,rx of the received signal and/or the frequency position f rn,tx of the frequency-shifted signal, and the frequency shift value f ⁇ , the bandwidth of the amplified signal, downlink transmission power, uplink transmission power, working time (for example, time slot/OFDM symbol position and/or time length, open period) and other information.
  • the base station may determine whether to send the indication information according to whether the relay is connected to the terminal. For example, if the base station determines that a user (or terminal) enters the working area of the relay, the base station may send indication information to the relay to instruct the relay to start working.
  • Step S102 may include that the relay determines to enable the relay mode according to information such as system information, for example, SS/PBCH block, random access, sending cycle and/or sending time of paging messages, and the like.
  • Step S102 may also include the relay determining to start working according to the signal of the terminal. For example, when the frequency of the signal received by the relay from the terminal is low, or the strength of the signal is low, etc., it may be determined to enable the relay mode.
  • the relay determines to enable the frequency-shifting amplification and forwarding mode.
  • enabling the frequency shifting amplification and forwarding mode refers to using the frequency shifting, amplification and forwarding functions of the relay to perform signal processing.
  • Step S103 may determine to enable the frequency shifting amplification and forwarding mode according to at least one of the following information: signal strength, signal quality, signal amplification factor of the received signal, and path loss between the relay transmitting antenna and the receiving antenna.
  • the frequency shifting amplification and forwarding mode is turned on.
  • the relay can adopt a larger amplification factor for the received signal, and improve the communication quality between the relay terminal and the base station.
  • the frequency shifting amplification and forwarding mode will not be enabled or the same frequency amplification and forwarding will be used to assist downlink communication, otherwise the frequency shifting amplification and forwarding will be used Mode assists downlink communication.
  • the frequency shifting amplification and forwarding mode is not enabled, or the same frequency amplification and forwarding is used to assist uplink communication, otherwise the frequency shifting amplification and forwarding is adopted Mode assists uplink communication.
  • the threshold value of the signal quality or the threshold value of the signal amplification factor may be determined by configuration information of the base station, or be a pre-configured value.
  • Step S103 may be that the base station determines whether the relay needs to turn on the frequency shifting amplification and forwarding mode according to the signal quality requirements of downlink communication or uplink communication (or, quality of service (QoS) requirements for delay and rate, etc.) . If determined, the base station may instruct the relay to perform frequency shifting, amplifying and forwarding. The base station may further indicate a frequency shift value, and the terminal determines a specific frequency shift value according to the indication, and enters a frequency shift amplifying and forwarding mode.
  • QoS quality of service
  • S104 The relay receives configuration information from the base station.
  • the configuration information is used to instruct the relay to perform frequency shift amplification and forwarding.
  • the frequency shift parameter may be determined by the base station to be sent to the relay; it may also be determined by the relay after determining one or more values of the frequency shift parameter according to its own conditions (for example, relay capability information and parameters associated with frequency shift), Request specific values configured by the base station; it can also be one or more values of the frequency shift parameters determined by the terminal, and one or more values of the frequency shift parameters determined by the relay, and report these parameters between the terminal and the relay Afterwards, the base station finally determines the frequency shift parameters and the like, which are not limited here.
  • the configuration information may include at least one of the following: the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay sent signal, the The actual magnification of the relay, the maximum magnification supported by the relay, the power headroom of the relay, the magnification headroom of the relay, the maximum output power supported by the relay, the Information related to frequency shifting, such as the power of the received signal, the type of signal that is amplified and forwarded by the relay frequency shifting, and the frequency shifting range of the relaying.
  • the frequency range of the relay sending signal and the frequency range of the relay receiving signal refer to the above description of the working carrier frequency.
  • the actual amplification factor of the relay and the maximum amplification supported For the multiplier please refer to the description of the aforementioned signal amplification factor.
  • the maximum output power supported by the relay please refer to the description of the aforementioned relay power parameters.
  • the type of signal forwarded by the relay frequency shift amplification please refer to the aforementioned frequency shift amplification supported by the relay.
  • the description of the forwarded signal type and the frequency shifting range of the relay refer to the description of the frequency shifting range of the relay described above, which will not be repeated here.
  • the power headroom of the relay refers to the residual power of the relay, which may be equal to the difference between the maximum output power and the actual output power.
  • the magnification margin of the relay refers to the remaining magnification of the relay, which can be equal to the difference between the maximum magnification and the actual magnification.
  • the power of the signal received by the relay refers to the power of the signal received by the relay.
  • the above information includes relay capability information and supportable remaining capability information, all of which can affect the value of the frequency shift value of the relay.
  • the configuration information may include a method of determining a frequency shift value according to information associated with the frequency shift.
  • the method may include a mapping relationship between information associated with frequency shifting and magnitudes of frequency shifting values, and the mapping relationship may be described by a table.
  • the relay can determine the magnitude of the frequency shift value of the relay according to the method and the information associated with the frequency shift. For details, refer to the example description in step S201 below.
  • the configuration information includes indication information, and the indication information is used to determine that the size of the frequency shift value of the relay is 32 ⁇ K resource blocks, where K is an integer.
  • the indication information is used to determine that the size of the frequency shift value of the relay is 32 ⁇ K resource blocks, where K is an integer.
  • the configuration information may be carried on a physical broadcast channel (physical broadcast channel, PBCH), remaining minimum system information (remaining minimum system information, RMSI), system information block (system information block, SIB) 1, SIB2, SIB3, media access control control element (media access control-control element, MAC-CE), downlink control information (down link control information, DCI), radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) and any of the system information one item.
  • PBCH physical broadcast channel
  • RMSI remaining minimum system information
  • system information block system information block
  • SIB media access control control element
  • DCI downlink control information
  • RRC radio resource control
  • step S103 and step S104 which can be exchanged or executed at the same time.
  • the relay enters a frequency-shifting amplifying and forwarding mode according to the configuration information.
  • Step S105 is an optional step, that is, the relay can perform relay amplification and forwarding of the signal according to the configuration information. If frequency shifting is performed, it will enter the frequency shifting amplification and forwarding mode by default. Refer to the schematic diagrams shown in FIG. 7 and FIG. 8 . Otherwise, it will not enter the frequency shifting amplification and forwarding mode. If the relay does not receive the configuration information, the relay can enter the frequency shifting amplification and forwarding mode according to the preset algorithm.
  • steps S100-S105 if the relay accesses the base station, it is first determined whether to enable the relay mode. If yes, it is further determined whether to enable the frequency shifting amplification and forwarding mode of the relay. If so, the base station configures the configuration information of the frequency shift amplification and forwarding mode, and sends it to the relay, so that the relay enters the frequency shift amplification and forwarding mode according to the configuration information, so that the relay performs frequency shift amplification and forwarding of the received signal to assist Uplink and/or downlink communication between a terminal and a base station.
  • step S105 if the sending end performs phase pre-compensation on the signal to be sent, or the receiving end performs phase compensation on the signal after receiving the frequency-shifted signal forwarded by the relay, the signal received by the receiving end and the sending end.
  • the phases of each symbol between the transmitted signals are the same, which can improve the success rate of demodulation.
  • step S105 if the relay performs phase compensation on the signal received from the transmitting end according to the configuration information, neither the base station nor the terminal needs to perform additional phase compensation, and the phases on each symbol are not the same due to frequency shift Impact.
  • this kind of relay can also be deployed, which is forward compatible with existing terminal equipment and network equipment, thereby improving the coverage capability of the existing network. For details, refer to the method for performing signal processing by relay described later.
  • S106 The relay determines to turn off the frequency-shifting amplification and forwarding mode. This step is optional.
  • disabling the frequency-shifting amplification and forwarding mode refers to not using the frequency-shifting forwarding function of the relay for signal processing, that is, using the same-frequency amplification and forwarding mode for signal processing.
  • Step S106 may determine to disable the frequency shifting amplification and forwarding mode according to at least one of the following information: signal strength, signal quality, signal amplification factor of the received signal, and path loss between the relay transmitting antenna and the receiving antenna.
  • the frequency shifting amplification forwarding mode is turned off. In this way, the relay does not perform frequency shift when the received signal is amplified and forwarded, thereby simplifying the relay operation and reducing power consumption and complexity.
  • the frequency shifting amplification and forwarding mode will not be enabled or the same frequency amplification and forwarding will be used to assist downlink communication, otherwise the frequency shifting amplification and forwarding will be used Mode assists downlink communication.
  • the frequency shifting amplification and forwarding mode is not enabled, or the same frequency amplification and forwarding is used to assist uplink communication, otherwise the frequency shifting amplification and forwarding is adopted Mode assists uplink communication.
  • the threshold value of the signal quality or the threshold value of the signal amplification factor may be determined by configuration information of the base station, or be a pre-configured value.
  • the base station may determine whether the relay needs to turn off the frequency shift amplification and forwarding mode according to the signal quality requirements of downlink communication or uplink communication (or QoS requirements for delay and rate, etc.). If determined, the base station may instruct the relay to turn off the frequency-shifting amplification and forwarding mode, or instruct the relay to enter the same-frequency forwarding and relaying mode.
  • step S103 and step S106 The premise of step S103 and step S106 is that the relay supports determining whether to enable or disable the frequency shift forwarding mode according to the configuration information. It should be noted that this configuration information is different from the configuration information in step S104.
  • the configuration information here is used to indicate whether to turn on or off the frequency shift amplification and forwarding mode.
  • the configuration information in step S104 is used to instruct the relay to perform frequency shift amplification and forwarding. And determine the frequency shift value.
  • S107 The relay enters the same-frequency amplification and forwarding mode. This step is optional.
  • the relay amplifies and forwards the received signal to assist the uplink and/or downlink communication between the terminal and the base station without performing frequency shift processing.
  • the relay Refer to the schematic diagram shown in FIG. 6 .
  • S108 The relay determines to turn off the relay mode. This step is optional.
  • turning off the relay mode refers to turning off the relay function, which can be understood as turning off the amplification and forwarding mode.
  • Step S108 may include determining to turn off the relay mode according to the indication information of the base station.
  • the indication information may be used to instruct the relay to disable the amplification and forwarding mode, or to determine to disable the relay mode.
  • the base station may determine whether to send the indication information according to whether the relay is connected to the terminal. For example, if the base station determines that no or a small number of users (or terminals) enter the working area of the relay, the base station may send indication information to the relay to instruct the relay to turn off the relay mode.
  • Step S108 may also include the relay determining to disable the relay mode according to information such as system information and terminal signals. It can be understood that after the relay is disabled by the relay, the terminal can directly communicate with the relay.
  • S109 The terminal directly communicates with the base station. This step is optional.
  • steps S106-S109 if the relay determines to disable the frequency-shifting amplification and forwarding mode, it enters the same-frequency amplification and forwarding mode. If the relay determines to turn off the relay mode, the relay stops working, and the terminal directly communicates with the base station, which can improve communication efficiency.
  • the network device may perform phase pre-compensation on the signal to be transmitted based on the pre-acquired frequency shift value.
  • the terminal device may perform phase pre-compensation on the signal to be transmitted based on the pre-acquired frequency shift value. If the transmitting end does not perform phase pre-compensation, the receiving end can perform phase compensation on the signal forwarded by the relay, or the relay can perform phase compensation on the signal after the frequency shift, or perform phase pre-compensation on the signal before the frequency shift.
  • the method for performing signal processing on the frequency-shifted signal of the relay will be described below using the network device, the relay, and the terminal device respectively.
  • FIG. 10 is a signal processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application, and the method is applied to a network device in the system shown in FIG. 1 .
  • a base station is used as a network device and a terminal is used as an example for illustration.
  • the relay in this method can execute the communication method shown in FIG. 9 .
  • the method may include step S201 and step S202, wherein:
  • the base station acquires a frequency shift value of the relay.
  • the method further includes: sending configuration information to the relay, where the configuration information is used to instruct the relay to perform frequency shift amplification and forwarding.
  • the configuration information may include the frequency shift parameters of the relay, or may include the subcarrier interval corresponding to the signal received by the relay, the frequency range of the signal received by the relay, the frequency range of the signal sent by the relay, the actual amplification factor of the relay, the The maximum amplification factor supported by the relay, the power margin of the relay, the amplification factor margin of the relay, the maximum output power supported by the relay, the power of the signal received by the relay, the signal type of the relay frequency shifting amplification and forwarding, the relay’s Information related to frequency shifting, such as frequency shifting range and relay capability information. Or it may include indication information for determining that the size of the frequency shift value of the relay is 32 ⁇ K resource blocks, where K is an integer.
  • step S104 For the configuration information, reference may be made to the description of step S104, which will not be repeated here.
  • both the base station and the relay can obtain the frequency shift value of the relay based on the above information.
  • the relay performs frequency shifting, amplifying and forwarding according to the configuration information, which can improve the accuracy of frequency shifting.
  • the frequency shift value of the relay may be the actual working frequency shift value of the relay. That is to say, the relay does not receive the configuration information sent by the base station or the information related to the frequency shift value, and the relay enters the frequency shift amplification and forwarding mode according to a preset algorithm. After the relay is frequency shifted, the relay can report the frequency shift value of the relay to the base station, or the frequency f rn,tx of the transmitted signal of the relay is related to the frequency f rn,rx of the received signal of the relay, or the frequency shift information, etc. In this way, the base station can directly obtain the frequency shift value of the relay according to the frequency shift value reported by the relay.
  • the frequency shift value of the relay may be obtained according to the difference between the frequency f rn,tx of the transmitted signal and the frequency f rn,rx of the received signal reported by the relay.
  • the base station may obtain the frequency shift value of the relay according to the information related to the frequency shift reported by the relay, and the method of determining the magnitude of the frequency shift value based on the preset information.
  • the method further includes the following step: the base station sends a frequency shift parameter of the relay to the relay, where the frequency shift parameter is used for the relay to determine at least one of the following information: the relay The frequency of the received signal, the frequency of the signal sent by the relay, and the frequency shift value of the relay.
  • the base station can obtain the frequency shift value of the relay according to the frequency shift parameters when the relay does not report the frequency shift value of the relay or the frequency of signals before and after frequency shift.
  • the relay performs frequency shift based on the frequency shift parameter, and the network device can perform phase (or pre) compensation based on the frequency shift value corresponding to the frequency shift parameter, so as to improve the success rate of demodulation.
  • step S201 the following steps are further included: the base station receives capability information of the relay from the relay; step S201 includes: the base station obtains the frequency shift of the relay according to the capability information value.
  • the capability information of the relay may include the signal type supported by frequency shift amplification forwarding, frequency shift range, frequency shift value, signal amplification factor, power parameter, working bandwidth, working carrier frequency, etc., here No longer. It can be understood that the capability information of the relay can be used to describe the frequency shifting capability of the relay. In this way, the accuracy of obtaining the offset value of the relay can be improved.
  • step S201 includes: the base station acquires a frequency shift value of the relay according to an actual amplification factor of the relay.
  • the frequency shift value of the relay may be related to the actual amplification factor of the relay. Please refer to Table 3 for an example illustrating the relationship between the value of the frequency shift value f ⁇ and the actual magnification factor ⁇ (the unit may be db).
  • ⁇ 0 ⁇ 1 , ⁇ 0 or ⁇ 1 may be related to the capability of the relay, or may be determined according to the indication information of the base station or the capability information of the relay.
  • the values of i, h and j are respectively the number of optional frequency shift values f ⁇ corresponding to ⁇ 0 , ⁇ 0 ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 1 ⁇ , and the values of i, h and j can be Positive integers that are equal or not equal.
  • Table 3 when the actual magnification ⁇ 0 , it can be obtained from Select the frequency shift value f ⁇ from the f values of .
  • the actual magnification ⁇ 0 and ⁇ 1 it can be obtained from Select the frequency shift value f ⁇ from the h values of .
  • the actual magnification ⁇ 1 it can be obtained from Select the frequency shift value f ⁇ from the j values of . In this way, associating the value of the frequency shift value f ⁇ with the actual amplification factor can reduce the indication overhead of the base station and maintain a certain degree of flexibility.
  • the frequency shift value is 0 in a corresponding situation, indicating that no frequency shift is required.
  • the required amplification factor is relatively small, it is easy to meet the isolation requirement at this time, so frequency shifting is not required.
  • Table 3 is illustrated with 3 levels of actual magnification, and it can be any other number of levels in practice, so as to achieve different flexibility and compromise between indication overhead/performance.
  • the frequency shift value of the relay is obtained from at least one of the following information: the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay received signal, the relay sent signal The frequency range of the relay, the maximum amplification factor supported by the relay, the power headroom of the relay, the amplification factor margin of the relay, the maximum output power supported by the relay, the signal received by the relay power, the path loss between the relay transmitting signal antenna and the relay receiving signal antenna, the signal type of frequency shifting amplification and forwarding of the relay, and the frequency shifting range of the relay.
  • the above information includes relay capability information and supportable remaining capability information, both of which can affect the value of the frequency shift value of the relay. In this way, the accuracy and flexibility of obtaining the offset value of the relay can be further improved.
  • the first frequency may be called frequency rage 1, or FR1.
  • the frequency range of the first frequency is f 4 to f 3 .
  • the second frequency may be called frequency rage 2, or FR2, or FR2-1, or FR2-2.
  • the frequency range of the second frequency is f 5 to f 6 .
  • the present application does not limit the size of f 4 , f 3 , f 6 and f 5 , f 6 >f 5 , and f 3 >f 4 .
  • the frequency range of the relay belongs to f 4 to f 3 , it can be obtained from Select the frequency shift value f ⁇ from the b values of . If the frequency range of the repeater belongs to f 5 to f 6 , it can be obtained from Select the frequency shift value f ⁇ from the d values of .
  • Table 4 is described with 2 frequency ranges, but in practice, it can be any other frequency range, or be extended to other frequency bands, so as to achieve different flexibility and compromise between indication overhead/performance.
  • a, c, x and y are the numbers of optional frequency shift values corresponding to uplink signals, downlink signals, broadcast signals and other signals, and their values may be equal or unequal positive integers.
  • the frequency shift value f ⁇ may have the same value in different signal types. As shown in Table 5A, if the signal type supported by the relay is an uplink signal, it can be transmitted from Select the frequency shift value f ⁇ from the a values of . If the type of signal forwarded by frequency shift amplification supported by the relay is a downlink signal, it can be accessed from Select the frequency shift value f ⁇ from the c values of .
  • the signal type supported by the relay is a broadcast signal, it can be transmitted from Select the frequency shift value f ⁇ from the x values of . If the type of signal forwarded by frequency shift amplification supported by the relay is other signals, it can be accessed from Select the frequency shift value f ⁇ from the y values of .
  • Table 5A and Table 5B are examples of signal types of different classifications. In practice, it can be any other signal type supported by the relay and the frequency shift value corresponding to the signal type, and each signal type can correspond to At least one corresponding frequency shift value to achieve different flexibility and to indicate trade-off between overhead/performance.
  • some signals do not support (or do not need) frequency shift forwarding by default, and some signals can (or need) be configured as frequency shift forwarding.
  • the downlink signal does not support (or does not need) frequency shift forwarding, but the uplink signal can (or needs) frequency shift forwarding (for example, the working method of frequency shift forwarding is as described in any implementation mode of the present invention).
  • the frequency range and signal type are used as examples for illustration. In fact, they can be replaced by the maximum amplification factor supported by the relay, power margin, amplification factor margin, maximum output power supported by the relay, and the relay receiving Any one or more of the signal power and the value range of the relay frequency shift value can form more similar embodiments.
  • the greatest common multiple of the multiple optional values may be selected, or the maximum or minimum value of the multiple optional values may be selected. If the optional value corresponds to a piece of configuration information, the maximum value among the multiple optional values corresponding to the configuration information may be selected. If the optional value corresponds to a plurality of configuration information, the preset order in the plurality of configuration information can be selected, and the frequency shift value can be selected from the configuration information with the highest preset order, etc.
  • the method for selecting the frequency shift value in this application No limit.
  • S202 The base station performs phase compensation on the first signal according to the frequency shift value to obtain a second signal.
  • the first signal is A and the second signal B satisfies
  • the f ⁇ is the frequency shift value
  • the is the phase compensation value of the first signal.
  • the phase compensation value It may be related to at least one of the following parameters: frequency shift value f ⁇ and OFDM symbol index l, transmission frequency f 0 of network equipment (for example, base station), frequency shift value f ⁇ of the relay, signal received by the relay The frequency f rn,rx of , the frequency f rn,tx of the relay after frequency shifting.
  • the phase compensation value of the first signal can be obtained with the above parameters, and phase compensation is performed based on the phase compensation value, so that the phase of each symbol between the signal forwarded by the relay and the signal to be transmitted by the transmitting end is the same, which can improve demodulation success rate.
  • the duration of one subframe may be 1 millisecond.
  • the frequency shift value f ⁇ f rn,tx ⁇ f 0 of the relay in the downlink communication.
  • Phase compensation value middle At least one of the following can be met:
  • phase compensation value At least one of the following can be met:
  • the OFDM symbol index l and the subcarrier spacing index ⁇ of the first signal can determine the time domain starting position and the cyclic prefix length
  • the phase compensation value can be related to the time domain starting position cyclic prefix length
  • the sampling interval T c is related to the frequency shift value.
  • performing phase compensation on a signal may be understood as performing weighting or preprocessing on a signal.
  • the "phase compensation value” may also be called a weighted value, a preprocessing value, or other terms, which are not limited herein.
  • the first signal may be a signal to be sent.
  • the signal to be transmitted may include an OFDM baseband signal modulated and up-converted by the base station during downlink communication (hereinafter referred to as the OFDM baseband signal to be transmitted), or a baseband signal not subjected to OFDM modulation and up-conversion by the base station.
  • the first signal may be an OFDM baseband signal to be transmitted, and after OFDM modulation and up-conversion, the base station (transmitter) may perform phase (pre) compensation on the first signal according to the frequency shift value Get the second signal. Then send the second signal to the relay.
  • the antenna port number of the base station (transmitter) is p
  • the frequency of the base station’s signal transmission is f 0
  • the transmission time of the base station’s signal transmission is t
  • the first signal after the base station performs up-conversion can satisfy at least one of the following kind:
  • the baseband signal of the base station transmitter
  • the first signal is an OFDM baseband signal to be sent, and the frequency f rn,tx of the signal forwarded by the relay to the terminal (receiving end) and the frequency f rn ,tx of the signal received by the relay from the base station
  • the frequency shift value between rx is f ⁇ .
  • the obtained second signal may satisfy at least one of the following conditions:
  • phase compensation value above can act on The form in Table 6A or Table 6B below may be satisfied.
  • the parameters in Table 6A and Table 6B can refer to the description in Table 2, and will not be repeated here.
  • the first signal may be a baseband signal that is not subjected to OFDM modulation and up-conversion during downlink communication, then the base station (transmitter) may perform phase (pre) compensation on the first signal according to the frequency shift value
  • the second signal is obtained, and the second signal is subjected to OFDM modulation, up-conversion and other processing, and then sent to the relay.
  • the first signal can satisfy the baseband signal shown in Table 2
  • the second signal can be The OFDM baseband signal after the second signal is modulated and up-converted may satisfy at least one of the following:
  • the antenna port number of the relay is q
  • the received signal received by the relay from the base station (transmitter) is The signal after the frequency shift of the relay can meet at least one of the following requirements:
  • the subcarrier index is k, and during downlink communication, the antenna port number of the terminal (receiving end) receiving the signal is p'.
  • the equivalent channel coefficient from the base station (transmitter) to the terminal (receiver) through the relay is Noise and interference are
  • the terminal (receiving end) receives the downlink signal forwarded by the relay based on the frequency f2 , the downlink signal is converted to a signal obtained by downlinking the signal At least one of the following expressions can be satisfied:
  • the first signal may be a signal received from the relay, that is, a signal not subjected to OFDM demodulation and frequency down-conversion during uplink communication. That is to say, the base station (receiving end) receives the forwarded signal of the terminal (sending end) from the relay, and the base station (receiving end) may first process the first signal according to the frequency shift value to obtain the second signal. Then OFDM demodulation and frequency down conversion are performed to restore the signal sent by the terminal.
  • the antenna port of the terminal is p
  • the transmission time of the terminal is t
  • the frequency of the signal sent by the terminal is f 0
  • the signal after the terminal is up-converted
  • the antenna port number of the relay is q
  • the received signal received by the relay from the terminal is The frequency offset between the frequency f rn,tx of the signal forwarded by the relay to the base station (receiving end) and the frequency f rn,rx of the signal received by the relay from the terminal is f ⁇
  • the frequency shifted signal of the relay At least one of the following can be satisfied:
  • the antenna port number of the base station (receiving end) receiving the signal is p′, and the receiving signal of the base station is After the base station receives the uplink signal forwarded by the relay based on frequency f2 , the signal is obtained by down-converting the signal Can satisfy:
  • the equivalent channel coefficient from the terminal (transmitter) to the base station (receiver) through the relay is Noise and interference are but.
  • the base station down-converts the received signal to get At least one of the following expressions can be satisfied:
  • the baseband signal at the transmitting end for example, a modulated signal, or a signal after modulation and DFT, or a baseband signal after at least one item of modulation, DFT, and precoding, etc.
  • the deviation between the frequency shift value of the relay, the receiving frequency of the base station and the transmitting frequency of the terminal is expressed as (f 0 +f ⁇ -f 2 )/ ⁇ f. Since there is no time-related phase error on the base station side, the signal can be received normally.
  • the base station first performs phase (pre) compensation on the first signal according to the offset value.
  • phase pre-compensation is performed so that the phases of each symbol between the forwarded signal received by the terminal from the relay and the signal sent by the base station are the same, which can improve the success rate of demodulation.
  • the base station goes from relaying to receiving the first signal processed by frequency shifting, amplifying and forwarding.
  • the base station performs phase compensation on the first signal according to the frequency shift value, so that the phase of each symbol between the signal demodulated by the base station and the signal sent by the terminal is the same, which can improve the success rate of demodulation.
  • the base station obtains the frequency shift value of the relay, and performs phase compensation according to the frequency shift value, so that the phases of each symbol between the signal received by the receiving end and the signal sent by the sending end are the same, which can improve demodulation success rate.
  • existing terminals in the network can also work normally, that is, forward compatibility is supported.
  • the relay may also refer to the method shown in FIG. 10 to perform phase compensation on the frequency-shifted signal according to the frequency shift value of the relay.
  • the frequency shift value may be a frequency shift value or a phase compensation value determined by the relay according to configuration information sent by the base station, or an actual working frequency value of the relay obtained by performing frequency shift according to a preset algorithm.
  • configuration information reference may be made to FIG. 10 or the description of S104, which will not be repeated here.
  • the phase compensation value of the relay may be related to at least one of the following parameters: frequency shift value f ⁇ and OFDM symbol index l, frequency shift value f ⁇ of the relay, frequency f rn,rx of the signal received by the relay, frequency shift of the relay The subsequent frequency f rn,tx .
  • the phase compensation value of the signal to be forwarded can be obtained with the above parameters, and phase compensation is performed based on the phase compensation value, so that the phase of each symbol between the signal forwarded by the relay and the signal to be transmitted by the transmitting end is the same, which can improve demodulation success rate.
  • the duration of one subframe may be 1 millisecond.
  • Phase compensation value middle At least one of the following can be met:
  • phase compensation value At least one of the following can be met:
  • the relay acquires the time-domain start position, frequency shift value, subcarrier interval index, and cyclic prefix length of the signal to be forwarded; according to the time-domain start position, the frequency shift value, the The subcarrier interval index, the cyclic prefix length, and the sampling interval determine the phase compensation value of the relay; perform phase compensation on the signal to be forwarded according to the phase compensation value, and perform frequency shift amplification and forwarding.
  • the relay performs phase compensation, so that the phases of each symbol between the signal received by the receiving end and the signal sent by the transmitting end are the same, and the success rate of demodulation at the receiving end can be improved.
  • neither the base station nor the terminal needs to perform additional phase compensation, and is not affected by the different phases on each symbol caused by the frequency shift.
  • the antenna port number of the relay is q, and the received signal received by the relay from the sender is
  • the signal after phase compensation is performed by the relay may satisfy at least one of the following conditions:
  • the relay After the relay receives the transmitted signal from the transmitting end, it performs processing such as frequency shifting and amplification. And before the signal is forwarded, phase compensation is performed according to the frequency shift value of the signal. In this way, the phases of each symbol between the signal received by the receiving end and the signal sent by the transmitting end can be made the same, and the success rate of demodulation at the receiving end can be improved. Moreover, the relay performs phase compensation, so that neither the base station nor the terminal needs to perform additional phase compensation, and is not affected by the different phases on each symbol caused by frequency shift. In the existing communication system, this kind of relay can also be deployed to improve the coverage of the existing network.
  • the terminal may also refer to the method shown in FIG. 10 , and the terminal performs phase compensation on the signal to be transmitted or the signal received from the relay according to the frequency shift value of the relay.
  • the frequency shift value can be obtained by the terminal according to the frequency shift value sent by the relay, or can be obtained according to the frequency f rn,tx of the signal transmitted by the relay and the frequency f rn,rx of the received signal of the relay.
  • Phase compensation value It may be related to at least one of the following parameters: frequency shift value f ⁇ and OFDM symbol index l, transmission frequency f 0 of network equipment (for example, base station), frequency shift value f ⁇ of the relay, signal received by the relay The frequency f rn,rx of , the frequency f rn,tx of the relay after frequency shifting.
  • the phase compensation value of the first signal can be obtained with the above parameters, and phase compensation is performed based on the phase compensation value, so that the phase of each symbol between the signal forwarded by the relay and the signal to be transmitted by the transmitting end is the same, which can improve demodulation success rate.
  • the duration of one subframe may be 1 millisecond.
  • the frequency shift value f ⁇ f rn,tx ⁇ f 0 of the relay in the downlink communication.
  • Phase compensation value middle At least one of the following can be met:
  • phase compensation value At least one of the following can be met:
  • the signal for the terminal to perform phase (pre)compensation may be the OFDM baseband signal after modulation and upconversion during uplink communication (hereinafter referred to as the OFDM baseband signal to be sent), then after OFDM modulation and After the up-conversion, the terminal (transmitter) can perform phase (pre) compensation on the OFDM baseband signal to be transmitted according to the frequency shift value to obtain the second signal. Then send the second signal to the relay.
  • the antenna port number of the terminal (sending end) is p
  • the frequency of the terminal sending the signal is f 0
  • the sending time of the terminal is t
  • the OFDM baseband signal to be sent can satisfy at least one of the following:
  • the baseband signal of the terminal transmitter
  • its form can refer to the description in Table 2.
  • the frequency offset between the frequency f rn,tx of the signal forwarded by the relay to the base station (receiving end) and the frequency f rn,rx of the signal received by the relay from the terminal is f ⁇
  • the obtained signal can satisfy at least one of the following:
  • phase compensation value above can act on Forms in Table 6A or Table 6B may be met.
  • the signal for which the terminal performs phase compensation may be a baseband signal that has not undergone OFDM modulation and upconversion during uplink communication, and the terminal (transmitter) may perform phase (pre)phase compensation on the signal according to the frequency shift value.
  • the signal obtained after compensation is processed by OFDM modulation and up-conversion, and then sent to the relay.
  • the signal for phase compensation can satisfy the baseband signal shown in Table 2
  • the signal after phase compensation can be The OFDM baseband signal after the signal is modulated and up-converted can satisfy at least one of the following:
  • the antenna port of the relay is denoted as q
  • the received signal received by the relay from the terminal (transmitter) is The signal after the frequency shift of the relay can meet at least one of the following requirements:
  • the antenna port number of the base station (receiving end) receiving signals is p'.
  • the equivalent channel coefficient from the terminal (transmitter) to the base station (receiver) through the relay is Noise and interference are
  • the base station (receiving end) receives the uplink signal forwarded by the relay based on frequency f2 .
  • the signal obtained after down-converting the uplink signal Can be expressed as at least one of the following:
  • the signal for which the terminal performs phase compensation may be a signal received from a relay, that is, a signal that is not subjected to OFDM demodulation and frequency downconversion during downlink communication. That is to say, the terminal (received) receives the forwarded signal from the base station (transmitter) from the relay, first processes the signal according to the frequency shift value, and then performs OFDM demodulation and down conversion to restore the signal sent by the base station .
  • the antenna port of the base station (transmitter) is p
  • the sending time of the base station is t
  • the frequency of the base station sending signal is f 0
  • the signal after the base station performs up-conversion please refer to formula (6a) and formula ( 6b), at least one of the following can be met:
  • the antenna port of the relay is denoted as q, the subcarrier spacing index ⁇ , and the received signal received by the relay from the base station (transmitter) is The frequency offset value between the carrier frequency f rn,tx of the signal forwarded by the relay to the terminal (receiving end) and the frequency f rn,rx of the signal received by the relay from the base station (sending end) is f ⁇ , the relay
  • the frequency-shifted signal can satisfy at least one of the following conditions:
  • the antenna port number of the terminal (receiving terminal) receiving the signal is p′
  • the OFDM symbol index is l
  • the signal received by the terminal is After the terminal receives the downlink signal forwarded by the relay based on frequency f2 , the signal obtained by down-converting the signal can satisfy:
  • the subcarrier index is k, assuming that the equivalent channel coefficient from the base station (transmitter) to the terminal (receiver) through the relay is Noise and interference are Then the terminal down-converts the received signal to get At least one of the following can be satisfied:
  • the baseband signal of the base station (transmitter) (for example, a modulated signal, or a signal after modulation and DFT, or a baseband signal after at least one item of modulation, DFT, and precoding, etc.).
  • the deviation between the frequency shift value of the relay, the receiving frequency of the terminal and the transmitting frequency of the base station is expressed as (f 0 +f ⁇ -f 2 )/ ⁇ f. Since there is no time-related phase error on the terminal side, the signal can be received normally.
  • the relay receives the transmitted signal from the base station, it performs frequency shifting, amplification and forwarding processing.
  • the frequency of the signal sent by the relay to the terminal is different from that of the sent signal, and the difference is a frequency shift value.
  • the terminal performs phase compensation on the signal received from the terminal according to the frequency shift value, so that the phase of each symbol between the signal after phase compensation and the signal sent by the transmitting end is the same, which can improve the success rate of demodulation.
  • the terminal performs phase compensation according to the frequency shift value of the relay.
  • phase pre-compensation is performed so that the phases of each symbol between the forwarded signal received by the base station from the relay and the signal sent by the terminal are the same, which can improve the success rate of demodulation.
  • the terminal performs phase compensation, so that the relay frequency shift operation does not affect the demodulation signal of the base station deployed in the existing network, and also simplifies the implementation complexity of the newly deployed base station (supports relay frequency shift forwarding).
  • the base station sends indication information to the relay and the terminal, so as to indicate the node performing phase compensation. For example, when the indication information is 0, the phase compensation is performed by the base station; when the indication information is 1, the phase compensation is performed by the relay; when the indication information is 2, the phase compensation is performed by the terminal; when the indication information is 3, no phase compensation is required.
  • other nodes do not perform phase compensation operations, or other nodes do not perceive frequency shift and phase compensation brought about by frequency shift.
  • phase compensating Satisfying the following formula (11) the phase compensation value corresponds to The value is 1. Under this condition, equivalently, it can be considered that the network equipment, the relay and the terminal equipment do not need to perform phase compensation or phase pre-compensation.
  • k' is any integer.
  • K may be any integer.
  • the frequency shift value f ⁇ is expressed in units of resource elements or the number of subcarriers.
  • the frequency shift value f ⁇ is expressed in units of resource blocks.
  • the frequency shift value f ⁇ is expressed in units of half a resource block (that is, a resource element group composed of 6 resource elements).
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by the present application.
  • the method can be applied to network devices in the system shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the method is described by using a base station as a network device and a terminal device as a terminal.
  • the relay in this method can execute the communication method shown in FIG. 9 .
  • the method may include step S301: the base station sends indication information to the relay.
  • the indication information is used to determine that the size of the frequency shift value of the relay is 32 ⁇ K resource blocks, and the K is an integer. If the frequency shift value adopts a normal cyclic prefix, refer to the above-mentioned Table 8, Table 9, and Table 10. In a possible example, the indication information can be used to indicate that the size of the frequency shift value of the relay is 64K Half a resource block, 32 ⁇ K resource blocks, or 128 ⁇ K resource elements or the number of subcarriers.
  • the indication information can be used to indicate that the size of the frequency shift value of the relay is 2 ⁇ K half Resource block, K resource blocks, or 4 ⁇ K resource elements or the number of subcarriers.
  • the frequency shift value is related to a parameter ⁇
  • the parameter ⁇ may be a subcarrier spacing index related to the subcarrier spacing ⁇ f.
  • ⁇ can also be other numerical values, for example, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and so on.
  • the values of n, l, m and q can be equal or unequal integers. The same numerical value may exist in K i , L j , M j and N z .
  • K i , L j , M x and N z are all multiples of 128, and the unit is the number of resource elements or subcarriers.
  • K i , L j , M x and N z are all multiples of 32, and the unit is a resource block.
  • K i , L j , M x and N z are all multiples of 64, and the unit is half a resource block.
  • K i , L j , M x and N z are all multiples of 1920 in kHz. If the above K i , L j , M x and N z correspond to the phase compensation value is equal to 1, then the network equipment, the relay and the terminal equipment do not need to perform phase compensation or phase pre-compensation.
  • the index may also be other values, for example, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and so on.
  • K 0 , K 1 , K 2 and K 3 may be multiples of 128, and the unit is the number of resource elements or subcarriers.
  • K 0 , K 1 , K 2 and K 3 may be a multiple of 32, and the unit is a resource block.
  • K 0 , K 1 , K 2 and K 3 may be a multiple of 64, and the unit is half a resource block.
  • K 0 , K 1 , K 2 and K 3 may be multiples of 1920, in kHz. If the phase compensation values corresponding to the above K 0 , K 1 , K 2 and K 3 is equal to 1, then the network equipment, the relay and the terminal equipment do not need to perform phase compensation or phase pre-compensation.
  • the frequency shift value of the relay may be selected from the greatest common multiple among multiple optional values, or may be selected from an optional value corresponding to the smallest subcarrier spacing, or may be selected from an optional value corresponding to the largest subcarrier spacing.
  • the relay can perform frequency shift, amplify and forward the signal received from the sender according to the indication information, so as to control the magnitude of the frequency shift value so as not to cause transmission
  • the phase of the signal between the end and the receiver changes. Therefore, the sending end, the relay and the receiving end may not perform phase compensation or phase pre-compensation on the frequency shift value of the relay, which improves communication efficiency.
  • step S202 if the magnitude of the frequency shift value satisfies a preset condition, step S202 will not be executed after step S201 is executed.
  • the preset condition may be at least one of the above-mentioned 32 ⁇ K resource blocks, 64 ⁇ K half resource blocks, 128 ⁇ K resource elements or the number of subcarriers. It can be understood that if the magnitude of the frequency shift value satisfies the preset condition, the phase of the relayed signal subjected to frequency shift processing will not change, therefore, no phase compensation or phase pre-compensation is required.
  • the relay sends instruction information to the terminal or the base station, which is used to instruct the terminal or the base station not to perform phase supplementation on the signal after frequency shift processing.
  • the method further includes: sending configuration information to the relay, where the configuration information is used to instruct the relay to perform frequency shift amplification and forwarding.
  • the configuration information may or may not include indication information.
  • the relay can perform frequency shifting amplification and forwarding based on the configuration information sent by the network device, which can improve the accuracy of frequency shifting.
  • the frequency shift value is obtained from at least one of the following information: the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay sent signal Frequency range, maximum amplification factor supported by the relay, power margin of the relay, amplification factor margin of the relay, maximum output power supported by the relay, power of the signal received by the relay , the path loss between the transmitting signal antenna of the relay and the receiving signal antenna of the relay, the signal type of the amplified and forwarded signal of the relay, the frequency shift range of the relay, and the actual amplification of the relay Multiple, the capability information of the relay. Reference may be made to the foregoing description, and details are not repeated here. In this way, the relay can perform frequency shift based on the above information, which can improve the effect of phase compensation and the flexibility of frequency shift.
  • the indication information is further used to indicate a mapping relationship between the frequency shift value and at least one piece of information or an algorithm for determining the frequency shift value according to the information.
  • the above information may include at least one of the following: the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay sent signal, the maximum amplification supported by the relay multiplier, the power margin of the relay, the amplification factor margin of the relay, the maximum output power supported by the relay, the power of the signal received by the relay, the transmission signal antenna of the relay to the The path loss between the antennas of the relay receiving signal, the signal type of the relay amplifying and forwarding the signal, the frequency shift range of the relay, the actual amplification factor of the relay, and the capability information of the relay. Reference may be made to the foregoing description, and details are not repeated here.
  • the relay and the terminal can determine the magnitude of the frequency shift value of the relay according to the indication information, and the phase compensation value corresponding to the magnitude of the frequency shift value is 1, so that there is no need to The phase compensation or phase pre-compensation is performed according to the frequency shift value, which improves the communication efficiency.
  • the mapping relationship in the indication information is shown in Table 3 as an example for illustration. Assuming the actual magnification factor of the relay ⁇ 0 ⁇ 1 , the value of the frequency shift value f ⁇ of the relay can be obtained from Select the frequency shift value that satisfies 32 ⁇ K resource blocks from the h values of .
  • the greatest common multiple of the multiple optional values may be selected, or the maximum or minimum value of the multiple optional values may be selected. If the optional value corresponds to a piece of information, the maximum value among the multiple optional values corresponding to the information may be selected. If the optional value corresponds to multiple pieces of information, you can select the preset order in the multiple pieces of information, and select the frequency shift value from the information with the highest preset order, etc. This application does not limit the method of selecting the frequency shift value .
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of a signal processing method provided in the present application.
  • the method can be applied to relays in the system shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the method is illustrated by taking the base station as a network device and the terminal device as a terminal. in:
  • S401 The relay receives indication information from the base station.
  • the indication information is used to determine that the size of the frequency shift value of the relay is 32 ⁇ K resource blocks, and the K is an integer. If the frequency shift value adopts a normal cyclic prefix, refer to the above-mentioned Table 8, Table 9 and Table 10. In a possible example, the indication information can also be used to indicate that the size of the frequency shift value of the relay is 64 K Half a resource block, 32 ⁇ K resource blocks, or 128 ⁇ K resource elements or the number of subcarriers.
  • the indication information can also be used to indicate that the size of the frequency shift value of the relay is 2 ⁇ K half resource blocks, or K resource blocks, or 4 ⁇ K resource elements or the number of subcarriers.
  • the relay performs frequency shifting, amplifying and forwarding the signal received from the sending end according to the indication information.
  • the transmitted signal of the relay satisfies or Among them, the is the received signal of the relay, the q is the antenna port of the relay, the t is the transmission time of the transmitted signal, the ⁇ is the subcarrier spacing index, and the l is the OFDM symbol index, The f ⁇ is the frequency shift value.
  • the frequency shift value is obtained from at least one of the following information: the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay sent signal Frequency range, maximum amplification factor supported by the relay, power margin of the relay, amplification factor margin of the relay, maximum output power supported by the relay, power of the signal received by the relay , the path loss between the transmitting signal antenna of the relay and the receiving signal antenna of the relay, the signal type of the amplified and forwarded signal of the relay, the frequency shift range of the relay, and the actual amplification of the relay Multiple, the capability information of the relay.
  • the relay can perform frequency shift based on the above information, which can improve the effect of phase compensation and the flexibility of frequency shift.
  • the method further includes: sending configuration information to the relay, where the configuration information is used to instruct the relay to perform frequency shift amplification and forwarding.
  • the configuration information may or may not include indication information.
  • the relay can perform frequency shifting amplification and forwarding based on the configuration information sent by the network device, which can improve the accuracy of frequency shifting.
  • the relay can frequency-shift, amplify and forward the signal received from the transmitting end according to the indication information, so as to control the magnitude of the frequency shift value so as not to cause transmission
  • the phase of the signal between the end and the receiver changes. Therefore, the sending end, the relay and the receiving end may not perform phase compensation or phase pre-compensation on the frequency shift value of the relay, which improves communication efficiency.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 600 may include a processing unit 601 and a communication unit 602 . If the communication device 600 is a network device, the processing unit 601 is configured to obtain a frequency shift value of the relay; perform phase compensation on the first signal according to the frequency shift value to obtain a second signal, and the first signal is a slave The signal received by the relay, or the signal to be sent.
  • the frequency shift value of the relay is obtained from at least one of the following information: the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the signal received by the relay, the frequency range of the signal received by the relay, the The frequency range of the transmitted signal, the maximum amplification factor supported by the relay, the power headroom of the relay, the amplification factor headroom of the relay, the maximum output power supported by the relay, the reception of the relay The power of the signal, the path loss between the transmitting signal antenna of the relay and the receiving signal antenna of the relay, the type of amplified and forwarded signal of the relay, and the frequency shift range of the relay.
  • the processing unit 601 is specifically configured to acquire the frequency shift value of the relay according to the actual amplification factor of the relay.
  • the communication unit 602 is further configured to receive capability information of the relay from the relay, where the capability information includes at least one of the following: supported signal types for frequency shift amplification and forwarding, shift frequency range, frequency shift value, signal amplification factor, power parameter, working bandwidth, and working carrier frequency; the processing unit 601 is specifically configured to acquire the frequency shift value of the relay according to the capability information.
  • the communication unit 602 is configured to send a frequency shift parameter of the relay to the relay, where the frequency shift parameter is used for the relay to determine at least one of the following information: The frequency of the signal received by the relay and the frequency of the signal sent by the relay, and/or the frequency shift value of the relay.
  • the first signal is A and the second signal B satisfies
  • the f ⁇ is the frequency shift value
  • the phase compensation value of the first signal A is related to at least one of the following parameters: OFDM symbol index l, transmission frequency f 0 of network equipment, frequency shift value f ⁇ of the relay, the The frequency f rn,rx of the signal received by the relay, and the frequency f rn,tx after the frequency shift of the relay.
  • the first signal is an OFDM baseband signal to be sent
  • the second signal satisfies or Among them, the is the baseband signal of the network device
  • the p is the antenna port of the network device
  • the t is the transmission time of the network device
  • the ⁇ is the subcarrier spacing index
  • the is the starting position of the time domain
  • the is the cyclic prefix length
  • the T c is the sampling interval
  • the f 0 is the sending frequency.
  • the communication unit 602 is further configured to send configuration information to the relay, where the configuration information is used to instruct the relay to perform frequency shift amplification and forwarding.
  • the communication unit 602 is configured to send indication information to the relay, the indication information is used to determine that the size of the frequency shift value of the relay is 32 ⁇ K resource blocks, the K is an integer.
  • the frequency shift value is obtained from at least one of the following information: the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay sent signal Frequency range, maximum amplification factor supported by the relay, power margin of the relay, amplification factor margin of the relay, maximum output power supported by the relay, power of the signal received by the relay , the path loss between the transmitting signal antenna of the relay and the receiving signal antenna of the relay, the signal type of the amplified and forwarded signal of the relay, the frequency shift range of the relay, and the actual amplification of the relay Multiple, the capability information of the relay.
  • the communication unit 602 is further configured to send configuration information to the relay, where the configuration information is used to instruct the relay to perform frequency shift amplification and forwarding.
  • the communication unit 602 is configured to receive indication information from the network device, the indication information is used to determine that the size of the frequency shift value of the relay is 32 K resource blocks, and K is an integer;
  • the processing unit 601 is configured to frequency-shift, amplify, and forward the signal received from the network device according to the indication information.
  • the transmitted signal of the relay satisfies or Among them, the is the received signal of the relay, the q is the antenna port of the relay, the t is the transmission time of the transmitted signal, the ⁇ is the subcarrier spacing index, and the l is the OFDM symbol index, The f ⁇ is the frequency shift value.
  • the frequency shift value is obtained from at least one of the following information: the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay sent signal Frequency range, maximum amplification factor supported by the relay, power margin of the relay, amplification factor margin of the relay, maximum output power supported by the relay, power of the signal received by the relay , the path loss between the transmitting signal antenna of the relay and the receiving signal antenna of the relay, the signal type of the amplified and forwarded signal of the relay, the frequency shift range of the relay, and the actual amplification of the relay Multiple, the capability information of the relay.
  • the communication unit 602 is further configured to receive configuration information from the network device, where the configuration information is used to instruct the relay to perform frequency shift amplification and forwarding.
  • the processing unit 601 is configured to perform phase compensation on the frequency-shifted signal according to the frequency shift value of the relay. In this way, the phases of each symbol between the signal forwarded by the relay to the receiving end and the signal to be sent by the sending end are the same, which can improve the demodulation success rate of the receiving end. Moreover, the relay performs phase compensation, so that neither the base station nor the terminal needs to perform additional phase compensation, and is not affected by the different phases on each symbol caused by frequency shift. In the existing communication system, this kind of relay can also be deployed to improve the coverage of the existing network.
  • the processing unit 601 is further configured to obtain the time domain start position, frequency shift value, subcarrier spacing index, and cyclic prefix length of the signal to be forwarded; according to the time domain start position, the The frequency shift value, the subcarrier interval index, the cyclic prefix length, and the sampling interval determine the phase compensation value of the relay; perform phase compensation on the signal to be forwarded according to the phase compensation value, and perform a shift Frequency amplification and forwarding. In this way, the relay compensates for the phase deviation caused by the frequency shift, which can improve the success rate of demodulation.
  • the transmitted signal of the relay satisfies or Among them, the is the received signal of the relay, the q is the antenna port of the relay, the t is the transmission time of the transmitted signal, the ⁇ is the subcarrier spacing index, and the l is an OFDM symbol index, the f ⁇ is the frequency shift value, the is the starting position of the time domain, the is the cyclic prefix length, and the T c is the sampling interval.
  • the frequency shift value is obtained from at least one of the following information: the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay sent signal Frequency range, maximum amplification factor supported by the relay, power margin of the relay, amplification factor margin of the relay, maximum output power supported by the relay, power of the signal received by the relay , the path loss between the transmitting signal antenna of the relay and the receiving signal antenna of the relay, the signal type of the amplified and forwarded signal of the relay, the frequency shift range of the relay, and the actual amplification of the relay Multiple, the capability information of the relay.
  • the communication unit 602 is configured to receive configuration information from the network device, where the configuration information is used to instruct the relay to perform frequency shift amplification and forwarding.
  • the processing unit 601 is configured to perform phase compensation on a signal to be sent or a signal received from the relay according to a frequency shift value of the relay. In this way, the phases of each symbol between the signal forwarded by the relay and the signal to be transmitted by the transmitting end are made the same, which can improve the success rate of demodulation. And the terminal performs phase compensation, so that the relay frequency shift operation does not affect the demodulation signal of the base station deployed in the existing network, and also simplifies the implementation complexity of the newly deployed base station (supports relay frequency shift forwarding).
  • each unit may also refer to the corresponding description of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 10 , or FIG. 11 , or FIG. 12 .
  • FIG. 14 is another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 700 includes a processor 701, a memory 702, and a communication interface 703. 704 are interconnected.
  • Memory 702 includes, but is not limited to, random access memory (random access memory, RAM), read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable programmable read only memory, EPROM), or Portable read-only memory (compact disc read-only memory, CD-ROM), the memory 702 is used for relevant instructions and data.
  • the communication interface 703 is used to receive and send data.
  • the processor 701 may be one or more central processing units (central processing unit, CPU). In the case where the processor 701 is a CPU, the CPU may be a single-core CPU or a multi-core CPU.
  • the processor 701 is configured to read the program code stored in the memory 702, and perform the following operations:
  • the frequency shift value of the relay is obtained from at least one of the following information: the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the signal received by the relay, the frequency range of the signal received by the relay, the The frequency range of the transmitted signal, the maximum amplification factor supported by the relay, the power headroom of the relay, the amplification factor headroom of the relay, the maximum output power supported by the relay, the reception of the relay The power of the signal, the path loss between the transmitting signal antenna of the relay and the receiving signal antenna of the relay, the type of amplified and forwarded signal of the relay, and the frequency shift range of the relay.
  • the processor 701 is specifically configured to perform the following operations:
  • the frequency shift value of the relay is obtained according to the actual amplification factor of the relay.
  • the processor 701 before acquiring the frequency shift value of the relay, the processor 701 is further configured to perform the following operations:
  • the capability information includes at least one of the following: supported signal type for frequency shift amplification and forwarding, frequency shift range, frequency shift value, signal amplification factor, power parameter, working Bandwidth, working carrier frequency;
  • the processor 701 is specifically configured to perform the following operations:
  • the processor 701 is further configured to perform the following operations:
  • the frequency shift parameter is used for the relay to determine at least one of the following information: the frequency of the signal received by the relay and the frequency of the signal sent by the relay frequency, and/or the frequency shift value of the relay.
  • the first signal is A and the second signal B satisfies
  • the f ⁇ is the frequency shift value
  • the phase compensation value of the first signal A is related to at least one of the following parameters: OFDM symbol index l, transmission frequency f 0 of network equipment, frequency shift value f ⁇ of the relay, the The frequency f rn,rx of the signal received by the relay, and the frequency f rn,tx after the frequency shift of the relay.
  • the first signal is an OFDM baseband signal to be sent, and the second signal satisfies
  • the is the baseband signal of the network device
  • the p is the antenna port of the network device
  • the t is the transmission time of the network device
  • the ⁇ is the subcarrier spacing index
  • the is the starting position of the time domain
  • the is the cyclic prefix length
  • the T c is the sampling interval
  • the f 0 is the sending frequency.
  • the processor 701 before the acquiring the frequency shift value of the relay, the processor 701 is further configured to perform the following operations:
  • the processor 701 performs the following operations:
  • the frequency shift value is obtained from at least one of the following information: the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay sent signal Frequency range, maximum amplification factor supported by the relay, power margin of the relay, amplification factor margin of the relay, maximum output power supported by the relay, power of the signal received by the relay , the path loss between the transmitting signal antenna of the relay and the receiving signal antenna of the relay, the signal type of the amplified and forwarded signal of the relay, the frequency shift range of the relay, and the actual amplification of the relay Multiple, the capability information of the relay.
  • the processor 701 is further configured to perform the following operations:
  • the processor 701 is configured to perform the following operations:
  • the indication information is used to determine that the size of the frequency shift value of the relay is 32 K resource blocks, where K is an integer;
  • the transmitted signal of the relay satisfies or Among them, the is the received signal of the relay, the q is the antenna port of the relay, the t is the transmission time of the transmitted signal, the ⁇ is the subcarrier spacing index, and the l is the OFDM symbol index, The f ⁇ is the frequency shift value.
  • the frequency shift value is obtained from at least one of the following information: the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay sent signal Frequency range, maximum amplification factor supported by the relay, power margin of the relay, amplification factor margin of the relay, maximum output power supported by the relay, power of the signal received by the relay , the path loss between the transmitting signal antenna of the relay and the receiving signal antenna of the relay, the signal type of the amplified and forwarded signal of the relay, the frequency shift range of the relay, and the actual amplification of the relay Multiple, the capability information of the relay.
  • the processor 701 is further configured to perform the following operations:
  • the processor 701 is configured to perform the following operations:
  • Phase compensation is performed on the frequency shifted signal according to the frequency shift value of the relay.
  • the method further includes: acquiring a time-domain starting position, a frequency shift value, a subcarrier spacing index, and a cyclic prefix length of the signal to be forwarded; according to the time-domain starting position, the shifting Frequency value, the subcarrier interval index, the cyclic prefix length, and the sampling interval determine the phase compensation value of the relay; perform phase compensation on the signal to be forwarded according to the phase compensation value, and perform frequency shift amplification Forward.
  • the transmitted signal of the relay satisfies or Among them, the is the received signal of the relay, the q is the antenna port of the relay, the t is the transmission time of the transmitted signal, the ⁇ is the subcarrier spacing index, and the l is an OFDM symbol index, the f ⁇ is the frequency shift value, the is the starting position of the time domain, the is the cyclic prefix length, and the T c is the sampling interval.
  • the processor 701 is configured to perform the following operations:
  • Phase compensation is performed on the signal to be transmitted or the signal received from the relay according to the frequency shift value of the relay.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a first chip, including a processor and a memory, the processor is used to call and execute instructions stored in the memory from the memory, so that the device installed with the chip executes Figure 10, Or Figure 11, or the method shown in Figure 12.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a second chip, including: an input interface, an output interface, and a processing circuit, wherein the input interface, the output interface, and the processing circuit are connected through an internal connection path, and the processing circuit It is used to execute the method shown in FIG. 10 , or FIG. 11 , or FIG. 12 .
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a third chip, including: an input interface, an output interface, a processor, and optionally a memory, wherein the input interface, the output interface, the processor, and the memory are connected through internal connection paths, the processor is used to execute the code in the memory, and when the code is executed, the processor is used to execute the method shown in FIG. 10 , or FIG. 11 , or FIG. 12 .
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a chip system, the chip system includes at least one processor, memory and interface circuit, the memory, the transceiver and the at least one processor are interconnected by wires, the at least one memory Instructions are stored in; when the instructions are executed by the processor, the method flow shown in FIG. 10, or FIG. 11, or FIG. 12 is realized.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer-readable storage medium is run on a computer, the method flow shown in FIG. 10 , or FIG. 11 , or FIG. 12 is implemented. accomplish.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, the computer program product is used to store a computer program, and when the computer program is run on a computer, the method flow shown in Figure 10, or Figure 11, or Figure 12 is obtained accomplish.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a chip system, the chip system includes at least one processor, memory and interface circuit, the memory, the transceiver and the at least one processor are interconnected by wires, the at least one memory Instructions are stored in; when the instructions are executed by the processor, the method flow shown in FIG. 10, or FIG. 11, or FIG. 12 is realized.
  • phase compensation is performed on the received signal according to the frequency shift value of the relay, or phase pre-compensation is performed on the signal to be transmitted.
  • the phases of each symbol between the signal forwarded by the relay and the signal to be transmitted by the transmitting end are made the same, which can improve the success rate of demodulation.
  • the network equipment pre-compensates the phase caused by the frequency shift, so that the existing terminal equipment in the network can maintain normal operation, that is, it supports forward compatibility.
  • the phase compensation is performed through the relay, so that neither the network device nor the terminal device needs to perform additional phase compensation, and is not affected by the different phases of each symbol caused by the frequency shift.
  • this kind of relay can also be deployed to improve the coverage of the existing network.
  • Phase compensation is performed by the terminal equipment, so that the relay frequency shift operation does not affect the demodulation signal of the network equipment deployed in the existing network, and also simplifies the implementation complexity of the newly deployed network equipment (supports the relay frequency shift forwarding).
  • the network device sends indication information to the relay, so that the relay can control the size of the frequency shift value to meet the preset conditions according to the indication information, resulting in the phase of the signal forwarded by the relay and the phase of the signal received by the receiving end.
  • the offset value is 1. In this way, the network equipment, the relay, and the terminal equipment do not need to perform phase compensation on the frequency shift value of the relay, which improves communication efficiency.
  • all or part of them may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
  • software When implemented in software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a product of computer instructions.
  • the computer instructions When the computer instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application may be realized in whole or in part.
  • the computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted via a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, or a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (solid state disk, SSD)) and the like.
  • a magnetic medium for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, or a magnetic tape
  • an optical medium for example, DVD
  • a semiconductor medium for example, a solid state disk (solid state disk, SSD)
  • the modules in the device embodiment of the present application can be combined, divided and deleted according to actual needs.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Radio Relay Systems (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, a signal processing method, and related devices. The method comprises: obtaining a frequency shift value of a relay; and performing phase compensation on a first signal according to the frequency shift value to obtain a second signal, the first signal being a signal received from the relay or a signal to be sent. By implementing the present application, the phases of symbols of a signal forwarded by the relay and of the signal to be sent by a transmitting end are identical, such that the success rate of signal demodulation can be increased.

Description

通信方法、信号处理的方法及相关装置Communication method, signal processing method and related device
本申请要求于2021年08月31日提交中国专利局、申请号为202111015630.2、申请名称为“通信方法、信号处理的方法及相关装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202111015630.2 and the application title "communication method, signal processing method and related device" submitted to the China Patent Office on August 31, 2021, the entire content of which is incorporated by reference In this application.
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种通信方法、信号处理的方法及相关装置。The present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a communication method, a signal processing method, and related devices.
背景技术Background technique
由于网络设备(例如，基站)与终端设备(例如，用户设备(user equipment，UE))之间距离比较远，路损较高，使得终端设备可能无法与网络设备直接通信。通常借助中继，将从发送端(网络设备或终端设备)接收到的信号进行放大后，转发给接收端(若发送端为网络设备，则接收端为终端设备；若发送端为终端设备，则接收端为网络设备)。Since the distance between a network device (for example, a base station) and a terminal device (for example, a user equipment (user equipment, UE)) is relatively long and the path loss is high, the terminal device may not be able to communicate directly with the network device. Usually by means of a relay, the signal received from the sending end (network device or terminal device) is amplified and forwarded to the receiving end (if the sending end is a network device, the receiving end is a terminal device; if the sending end is a terminal device, Then the receiving end is a network device).
中继进行放大转发的方法可分为同频放大转发和移频放大转发两种。其中，同频放大转发可能受到自激效应的影响，导致中继对信号的放大增益(或放大倍数)不够。移频放大转发由于放大前可能对接收信号进行滤波，不容易产生自激效应，因此可以有更大的放大增益。然而，现有新空口(new radio，NR)网络中，中继移频放大转发使得中继从发送端接收到的信号和向接收端发送的信号之间存在相位偏差，导致接收端无法进行信号解调。The method of amplification and forwarding by the relay can be divided into two types: same-frequency amplification and forwarding and frequency-shifting amplification and forwarding. Among them, the same-frequency amplification and forwarding may be affected by the self-excitation effect, resulting in insufficient amplification gain (or amplification factor) of the signal by the relay. Frequency-shifting amplification and forwarding may filter the received signal before amplification, which is not easy to produce self-excitation effect, so it can have greater amplification gain. However, in the existing new radio (NR) network, the frequency shifting amplification and forwarding of the relay makes there is a phase deviation between the signal received by the relay from the transmitter and the signal sent to the receiver, which makes it impossible for the receiver to perform signal transmission. demodulation.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例公开了一种通信方法、信号处理的方法及相关装置，使得中继转发的信号与发送端待发送的信号之间的各个符号的相位相同，可提高解调的成功率。The embodiment of the present application discloses a communication method, a signal processing method and a related device, so that the phase of each symbol between the signal forwarded by the relay and the signal to be sent by the sending end is the same, and the success rate of demodulation can be improved.
第一方面，本申请提出第一种信号处理的方法，应用于网络设备，包括：获取中继的移频值；根据所述移频值对第一信号进行相位补偿，得到第二信号，所述第一信号为从所述中继接收的信号，或者待发送的信号。如此，使得中继转发的信号与发送端待发送的信号之间的各个符号的相位相同，可提高解调的成功率。且通过网络设备预补偿移频造成的相位，使得网络中已有的终端设备保持正常工作，即支持前向兼容。In the first aspect, the present application proposes a first signal processing method, which is applied to network equipment, including: obtaining the frequency shift value of the relay; performing phase compensation on the first signal according to the frequency shift value to obtain the second signal, so The first signal is a signal received from the relay, or a signal to be sent. In this way, the phases of each symbol between the signal forwarded by the relay and the signal to be transmitted by the transmitting end are made the same, which can improve the success rate of demodulation. Moreover, the phase caused by the frequency shift is pre-compensated by the network equipment, so that the existing terminal equipment in the network can maintain normal operation, that is, it supports forward compatibility.
在一种可能的示例中，所述获取中继的移频值之前，所述方法还包括：从中继接收所述中继的能力信息，其中，所述能力信息包括以下至少一项：支持的移频放大转发的信号类型、移频范围、移频取值、信号放大倍数、功率参数、工作带宽、工作载频；所述获取中继的移频值，包括：根据所述能力信息获取所述中继的移频值。如此，可通过包含中继的移频能力的能力信息获取中继的移频值，可提高获取移频值的准确率。In a possible example, before the acquiring the frequency shift value of the relay, the method further includes: receiving capability information of the relay from the relay, where the capability information includes at least one of the following: supported The signal type, frequency shifting range, frequency shifting value, signal amplification factor, power parameter, working bandwidth, and working carrier frequency of frequency shifting amplification and forwarding; the acquisition of the frequency shifting value of the relay includes: obtaining the frequency shifting value according to the capability information. Frequency shift value of the above-mentioned relay. In this way, the frequency shift value of the relay can be obtained through the capability information including the frequency shift capability of the relay, which can improve the accuracy of obtaining the frequency shift value.
在一种可能的示例中，所述中继的移频值自以下至少一项信息获取：所述中继接收信号对应的子载波间隔、所述中继接收信号的频率范围、所述中继发送信号的频率范围、所述中继支持的最大放大倍数、所述中继的功率余量、所述中继的放大倍数余量、所述中继支持的最大输出功率、所述中继接收信号的功率、所述中继的发送信号天线到所述中继接收信号天线之间的路损、所述中继放大转发信号的类型、所述中继的移频范围。如此，可进一步提高获取移频值的准确率和灵活性。In a possible example, the frequency shift value of the relay is obtained from at least one of the following information: the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the signal received by the relay, the frequency range of the signal received by the relay, the The frequency range of the transmitted signal, the maximum amplification factor supported by the relay, the power headroom of the relay, the amplification factor headroom of the relay, the maximum output power supported by the relay, the reception of the relay The power of the signal, the path loss between the transmitting signal antenna of the relay and the receiving signal antenna of the relay, the type of amplified and forwarded signal of the relay, and the frequency shift range of the relay. In this way, the accuracy and flexibility of obtaining the frequency shift value can be further improved.
在一种可能的示例中，根据中继的实际放大倍数获取所述中继的移频值。如此，可以降 低网络设备的指示开销，且保持一定的灵活性。In a possible example, the frequency shift value of the relay is acquired according to the actual amplification factor of the relay. In this way, the indication overhead of the network device can be reduced, and a certain degree of flexibility can be maintained.
在一种可能的示例中，所述方法还包括：向所述中继发送所述中继的移频参数，其中，所述移频参数用于所述中继确定以下至少一个信息：所述中继接收信号的频率和所述中继发送信号的频率、所述中继的移频值。如此，中继基于该移频参数进行移频，网络设备可基于该移频参数对应的移频值进行相位(或预)补偿，提高了解调的成功率。In a possible example, the method further includes: sending a frequency shift parameter of the relay to the relay, where the frequency shift parameter is used for the relay to determine at least one of the following information: the The frequency of the signal received by the relay, the frequency of the signal sent by the relay, and the frequency shift value of the relay. In this way, the relay performs frequency shift based on the frequency shift parameter, and the network device can perform phase (or pre) compensation based on the frequency shift value corresponding to the frequency shift parameter, so as to improve the success rate of demodulation.
在一种可能的示例中，所述第一信号为A和所述第二信号B满足
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000001
其中，所述f Δ为所述移频值，所述
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000002
为所述第一信号A的相位补偿值，所述相位补偿值与以下至少一个参数相关：OFDM符号索引l、网络设备的发送频率f 0、所述中继的移频值f Δ、所述中继接收信号的频率f rn,rx、所述中继移频后的频率f rn,tx。如此，可以以上参数获取第一信号的相位补偿值，并基于该相位补偿值进行相位补偿，使得中继转发的信号与发送端待发送的信号之间的各个符号的相位相同，可提高解调的成功率。 In a possible example, the first signal is A and the second signal B satisfies
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000001
Wherein, the f Δ is the frequency shift value, the
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000002
is the phase compensation value of the first signal A, and the phase compensation value is related to at least one of the following parameters: OFDM symbol index l, transmission frequency f 0 of network equipment, frequency shift value f Δ of the relay, the The frequency f rn,rx of the signal received by the relay, and the frequency f rn,tx after the frequency shift of the relay. In this way, the phase compensation value of the first signal can be obtained with the above parameters, and phase compensation is performed based on the phase compensation value, so that the phase of each symbol between the signal forwarded by the relay and the signal to be transmitted by the transmitting end is the same, which can improve demodulation success rate.
在一种可能的示例中，所述第一信号为待发送的OFDM基带信号，所述第二信号满足
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000003
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000004
其中，所述
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000005
为所述网络设备的基带信号，所述p为所述网络设备的天线端口，所述t为所述网络设备的发送时间，所述μ为所述子载波间隔索引，所述
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000006
为所述时域起始位置，所述
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000007
为循环前缀长度，所述T c为采样间隔，所述f 0为所述发送频率。如此，在下行通信时实现相位预补偿，使得中继转发的信号与发送端待发送的信号之间的各个符号的相位相同，可提高解调的成功率。 In a possible example, the first signal is an OFDM baseband signal to be sent, and the second signal satisfies
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000003
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000004
Among them, the
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000005
is the baseband signal of the network device, the p is the antenna port of the network device, the t is the transmission time of the network device, the μ is the subcarrier spacing index, the
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000006
is the starting position of the time domain, the
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000007
is the cyclic prefix length, the T c is the sampling interval, and the f 0 is the sending frequency. In this way, phase pre-compensation is implemented during downlink communication, so that the phases of each symbol between the signal forwarded by the relay and the signal to be transmitted by the transmitting end are the same, and the success rate of demodulation can be improved.
第二方面，本申请提出一种通信方法，应用于网络设备，该方法包括：向中继发送指示信息，所述指示信息用于确定所述中继的移频值的大小为32·K个资源块，所述K为整数。如此，中继可以根据该指示信息对从发送端接收的信号进行移频放大转发，以控制移频值的大小不会引起发送端和接收端之间的信号的相位发生变化。因此，发送端、中继和接收端均可以不对中继的移频值进行相位补偿或相位预补偿，提高了通信效率。In the second aspect, the present application proposes a communication method, which is applied to network equipment, and the method includes: sending indication information to the relay, and the indication information is used to determine that the frequency shift value of the relay is 32 K A resource block, the K is an integer. In this way, the relay can frequency-shift, amplify, and forward the signal received from the sending end according to the indication information, so as to control the magnitude of the frequency shift value so as not to change the phase of the signal between the sending end and the receiving end. Therefore, the sending end, the relay and the receiving end may not perform phase compensation or phase pre-compensation on the frequency shift value of the relay, which improves communication efficiency.
在一种可能的示例中，所述移频值自以下至少一项信息获取：所述中继接收信号对应的子载波间隔、所述中继接收信号的频率范围、所述中继发送信号的频率范围、所述中继支持的最大放大倍数、所述中继的功率余量、所述中继的放大倍数余量、所述中继支持的最大输出功率、所述中继接收信号的功率、所述中继的发送信号天线到所述中继接收信号天线之间的路损、所述中继放大转发信号的信号类型、所述中继的移频范围、所述中继的实际放大倍数、所述中继的能力信息。如此，中继可基于以上信息进行移频，可提高相位补偿的效果和移频的灵活性。In a possible example, the frequency shift value is obtained from at least one of the following information: the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay sent signal Frequency range, maximum amplification factor supported by the relay, power margin of the relay, amplification factor margin of the relay, maximum output power supported by the relay, power of the signal received by the relay , the path loss between the transmitting signal antenna of the relay and the receiving signal antenna of the relay, the signal type of the amplified and forwarded signal of the relay, the frequency shift range of the relay, and the actual amplification of the relay Multiple, the capability information of the relay. In this way, the relay can perform frequency shift based on the above information, which can improve the effect of phase compensation and the flexibility of frequency shift.
结合第一方面，或者第二方面，在一种可能的示例中，所述方法还包括：向所述中继发送配置信息，所述配置信息用于指示所述中继进行移频放大转发。如此，中继可以基于网络设备发送的配置信息进行移频放大转发，可提高移频的准确率。With reference to the first aspect or the second aspect, in a possible example, the method further includes: sending configuration information to the relay, where the configuration information is used to instruct the relay to perform frequency shift amplification and forwarding. In this way, the relay can perform frequency shifting amplification and forwarding based on the configuration information sent by the network device, which can improve the accuracy of frequency shifting.
第三方面，本申请提出第二种信号处理的方法，应用于中继，该方法包括：从网络设备接收指示信息，所述指示信息用于确定中继的移频值的大小为32·K个资源块，所述K为整数；根据所述指示信息对从所述网络设备接收的信号进行移频放大转发。如此，中继可以根据该指示信息对从发送端接收的信号进行移频放大转发，以控制移频值的大小不会引起发送端和接收端之间的信号的相位发生变化。因此，发送端、中继和接收端均可以不对中继的移频值进行相位补偿或相位预补偿，提高了通信效率。In the third aspect, the present application proposes a second signal processing method, which is applied to the relay, and the method includes: receiving indication information from the network device, and the indication information is used to determine that the frequency shift value of the relay is 32·K resource blocks, the K is an integer; the signal received from the network device is frequency-shifted, amplified, and forwarded according to the indication information. In this way, the relay can frequency-shift, amplify, and forward the signal received from the sending end according to the indication information, so as to control the magnitude of the frequency shift value so as not to change the phase of the signal between the sending end and the receiving end. Therefore, the sending end, the relay and the receiving end may not perform phase compensation or phase pre-compensation on the frequency shift value of the relay, which improves communication efficiency.
在一种可能的示例中，所述中继的发送信号满足
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000008
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000010
其中，所述
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000011
为所述中继的接收信号，所述q为所述中继的天线端口，所述t为所述发送信号的发送时间，所述μ为子载波间隔索引，所述l为OFDM符号索引，所述f Δ为所述移频值。 In a possible example, the transmitted signal of the relay satisfies
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000008
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000010
Among them, the
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000011
is the received signal of the relay, the q is the antenna port of the relay, the t is the transmission time of the transmitted signal, the μ is the subcarrier spacing index, and the l is the OFDM symbol index, The f Δ is the frequency shift value.
第四方面，本申请提出第三种信号处理的方法，应用于中继，该方法包括：根据中继的移频值对移频后的信号进行相位补偿。如此，使得中继转发的信号与发送端待发送的信号之间的各个符号的相位相同，可提高接收端解调的成功率。且中继进行相位补偿，可以使得网络设备和终端设备都不需要进行额外的相位补偿，且不受移频造成各个符号上的相位不相同的影响。在现有的通信***中，也可以部署这种中继，从而提升现有网络的覆盖能力。In a fourth aspect, the present application proposes a third signal processing method, which is applied to a relay, and the method includes: performing phase compensation on a frequency-shifted signal according to a frequency shift value of the relay. In this way, the phases of each symbol between the signal forwarded by the relay and the signal to be sent by the transmitting end are made the same, which can improve the demodulation success rate of the receiving end. In addition, the relay performs phase compensation, so that neither the network device nor the terminal device needs to perform additional phase compensation, and is not affected by the different phases on each symbol caused by the frequency shift. In the existing communication system, this kind of relay can also be deployed to improve the coverage of the existing network.
在一种可能的示例中，所述方法还包括：获取待转发信号的时域起始位置、移频值、子载波间隔索引、循环前缀长度；根据所述时域起始位置、所述移频值、所述子载波间隔索引、所述循环前缀长度，以及采样间隔确定所述中继的相位补偿值；根据所述相位补偿值对所述待转发信号进行相位补偿，并进行移频放大转发。如此，中继补偿移频带来的相位偏差，可提高解调的成功率。In a possible example, the method further includes: acquiring a time-domain starting position, a frequency shift value, a subcarrier spacing index, and a cyclic prefix length of the signal to be forwarded; according to the time-domain starting position, the shifting Frequency value, the subcarrier interval index, the cyclic prefix length, and the sampling interval determine the phase compensation value of the relay; perform phase compensation on the signal to be forwarded according to the phase compensation value, and perform frequency shift amplification Forward. In this way, the relay compensates for the phase deviation caused by the frequency shift, which can improve the success rate of demodulation.
在一种可能的示例中，所述中继的发送信号满足
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000012
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000013
其中，所述
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000014
为所述中继的接收信号，所述q为所述中继的天线端口，所述t为所述发送信号的发送时间，所述μ为所述子载波间隔索引，所述l为OFDM符号索引，所述f Δ为所述移频值，所述
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000015
为所述时域起始位置，所述
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000016
为所述循环前缀长度，所述T c为所述采样间隔。 In a possible example, the transmitted signal of the relay satisfies
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000012
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000013
Among them, the
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000014
is the received signal of the relay, the q is the antenna port of the relay, the t is the transmission time of the transmitted signal, the μ is the subcarrier spacing index, and the l is an OFDM symbol index, the f Δ is the frequency shift value, the
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000015
is the starting position of the time domain, the
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000016
is the cyclic prefix length, and the T c is the sampling interval.
结合第三方面，或者第四方面，在一种可能的示例中，所述移频值自以下至少一项信息获取：所述中继接收信号对应的子载波间隔、所述中继接收信号的频率范围、所述中继发送信号的频率范围、所述中继支持的最大放大倍数、所述中继的功率余量、所述中继的放大倍数余量、所述中继支持的最大输出功率、所述中继接收信号的功率、所述中继的发送信号天线到所述中继接收信号天线之间的路损、所述中继放大转发信号的信号类型、所述中继的移频范围、所述中继的实际放大倍数、所述中继的能力信息。如此，中继可基于以上信息进行移频，可提高相位补偿的效果和移频的灵活性。With reference to the third aspect or the fourth aspect, in a possible example, the frequency shift value is obtained from at least one of the following information: the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the relay received signal, the Frequency range, the frequency range of the signal sent by the relay, the maximum amplification factor supported by the relay, the power margin of the relay, the amplification factor margin of the relay, and the maximum output supported by the relay power, the power of the relay receiving signal, the path loss between the relay transmitting signal antenna and the relay receiving signal antenna, the signal type of the relay amplifying and forwarding signal, the relay moving frequency range, the actual amplification factor of the relay, and the capability information of the relay. In this way, the relay can perform frequency shift based on the above information, which can improve the effect of phase compensation and the flexibility of frequency shift.
结合第三方面，或者第四方面，在一种可能的示例中，所述方法还包括：从所述网络设备接收配置信息，所述配置信息用于指示所述中继进行移频放大转发。如此，中继可以基于网络设备发送的配置信息进行移频放大转发，可提高移频的准确率。With reference to the third aspect or the fourth aspect, in a possible example, the method further includes: receiving configuration information from the network device, where the configuration information is used to instruct the relay to perform frequency shift amplification and forwarding. In this way, the relay can perform frequency shifting amplification and forwarding based on the configuration information sent by the network device, which can improve the accuracy of frequency shifting.
第五方面，本申请提出第四种信号处理的方法，应用于终端设备，该方法包括：根据中继的移频值对待发送信号或从所述中继接收的信号进行相位补偿。如此，使得中继转发的信号与发送端待发送的信号之间的各个符号的相位相同，可提高解调的成功率。且终端设备进行相位补偿，使得中继移频操作不影响现有网络中部署的网络设备解调信号，同时也简化新部署的网络设备实现复杂度(支持中继移频转发)。In a fifth aspect, the present application proposes a fourth signal processing method, which is applied to a terminal device. The method includes: performing phase compensation on a signal to be transmitted or a signal received from the relay according to a frequency shift value of the relay. In this way, the phases of each symbol between the signal forwarded by the relay and the signal to be transmitted by the transmitting end are made the same, which can improve the success rate of demodulation. And the terminal equipment performs phase compensation, so that the relay frequency shift operation does not affect the demodulation signal of the network equipment deployed in the existing network, and also simplifies the implementation complexity of the newly deployed network equipment (supports the relay frequency shift forwarding).
第六方面，本申请提出第一种通信装置，包括：处理单元，用于获取中继的移频值；根据所述移频值对第一信号进行相位补偿，得到第二信号，所述第一信号为从所述中继接收的信号，或者待发送的信号。如此，使得中继转发的信号与发送端待发送的信号之间的各个符号的相位相同，可提高解调的成功率。且通过网络设备预补偿移频造成的相位，使得网络中已有的终端设备保持正常工作，即支持前向兼容。In a sixth aspect, the present application proposes a first communication device, including: a processing unit configured to obtain a frequency shift value of a relay; perform phase compensation on a first signal according to the frequency shift value to obtain a second signal, and the first signal A signal is a signal received from the relay, or a signal to be transmitted. In this way, the phases of each symbol between the signal forwarded by the relay and the signal to be transmitted by the transmitting end are made the same, which can improve the success rate of demodulation. Moreover, the phase caused by the frequency shift is pre-compensated by the network equipment, so that the existing terminal equipment in the network can maintain normal operation, that is, it supports forward compatibility.
在一种可能的示例中，所述通信装置还包括：通信单元，还用于从中继接收所述中继的能力信息，其中，所述能力信息包括以下至少一项：支持的移频放大转发的信号类型、移频范围、移频取值、信号放大倍数、功率参数、工作带宽、工作载频；所述处理单元具体用于根据所述能力信息获取所述中继的移频值。如此，可通过包含中继的移频能力的能力信息获取中继的移频值，可提高获取移频值的准确率。In a possible example, the communication device further includes: a communication unit, further configured to receive capability information of the relay from the relay, where the capability information includes at least one of the following: supported frequency shift amplification and forwarding The signal type, frequency shift range, frequency shift value, signal amplification factor, power parameter, working bandwidth, and working carrier frequency; the processing unit is specifically configured to acquire the frequency shift value of the relay according to the capability information. In this way, the frequency shift value of the relay can be obtained through the capability information including the frequency shift capability of the relay, which can improve the accuracy of obtaining the frequency shift value.
在一种可能的示例中，所述中继的移频值自以下至少一项信息获取：所述中继接收信号 对应的子载波间隔、所述中继接收信号的频率范围、所述中继发送信号的频率范围、所述中继支持的最大放大倍数、所述中继的功率余量、所述中继的放大倍数余量、所述中继支持的最大输出功率、所述中继接收信号的功率、所述中继的发送信号天线到所述中继接收信号天线之间的路损、所述中继放大转发信号的类型、所述中继的移频范围。如此，可进一步提高获取移频值的准确率。In a possible example, the frequency shift value of the relay is obtained from at least one of the following information: the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the signal received by the relay, the frequency range of the signal received by the relay, the The frequency range of the transmitted signal, the maximum amplification factor supported by the relay, the power headroom of the relay, the amplification factor headroom of the relay, the maximum output power supported by the relay, the reception of the relay The power of the signal, the path loss between the transmitting signal antenna of the relay and the receiving signal antenna of the relay, the type of amplified and forwarded signal of the relay, and the frequency shift range of the relay. In this way, the accuracy of obtaining the frequency shift value can be further improved.
在一种可能的示例中，所述处理单元具体用于根据中继的实际放大倍数获取所述中继的移频值。如此，可以降低网络设备的指示开销，且保持一定的灵活性。In a possible example, the processing unit is specifically configured to acquire a frequency shift value of the relay according to an actual amplification factor of the relay. In this way, the indication overhead of the network device can be reduced, and a certain degree of flexibility can be maintained.
在一种可能的示例中，所述装置还包括通信单元，用于向所述中继发送所述中继的移频参数，其中，所述移频参数用于所述中继确定以下至少一个信息：所述中继接收信号的频率和所述中继发送信号的频率、所述中继的移频值。如此，中继基于该移频参数进行移频，网络设备可基于该移频参数对应的移频值进行相位(或预)补偿，提高了解调的成功率。In a possible example, the apparatus further includes a communication unit, configured to send a frequency shift parameter of the relay to the relay, where the frequency shift parameter is used by the relay to determine at least one of the following Information: the frequency of the signal received by the relay, the frequency of the signal sent by the relay, and the frequency shift value of the relay. In this way, the relay performs frequency shift based on the frequency shift parameter, and the network device can perform phase (or pre) compensation based on the frequency shift value corresponding to the frequency shift parameter, so as to improve the success rate of demodulation.
在一种可能的示例中，所述第一信号为A和所述第二信号B满足
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000017
其中，所述f Δ为所述移频值，所述
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000018
为所述第一信号A的相位补偿值，所述相位补偿值与以下至少一个参数相关：OFDM符号索引l、网络设备的发送频率f 0、所述中继的移频值f Δ、所述中继接收信号的频率f rn,rx、所述中继移频后的频率f rn,tx。如此，可以以上参数获取第一信号的相位补偿值，并基于该相位补偿值进行相位补偿，使得中继转发的信号与发送端待发送的信号之间的各个符号的相位相同，可提高解调的成功率。 In a possible example, the first signal is A and the second signal B satisfies
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000017
Wherein, the f Δ is the frequency shift value, the
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000018
is the phase compensation value of the first signal A, and the phase compensation value is related to at least one of the following parameters: OFDM symbol index l, transmission frequency f 0 of network equipment, frequency shift value f Δ of the relay, the The frequency f rn,rx of the signal received by the relay, and the frequency f rn,tx after the frequency shift of the relay. In this way, the phase compensation value of the first signal can be obtained with the above parameters, and phase compensation is performed based on the phase compensation value, so that the phase of each symbol between the signal forwarded by the relay and the signal to be transmitted by the transmitting end is the same, which can improve demodulation success rate.
在一种可能的示例中，所述第一信号为待发送的OFDM基带信号，所述第二信号满足
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000019
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000020
其中，所述
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000021
为所述网络设备的基带信号，所述p为所述网络设备的天线端口，所述t为所述网络设备的发送时间，所述μ为所述子载波间隔索引，所述
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000022
为所述时域起始位置，所述
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000023
为循环前缀长度，所述T c为采样间隔，所述f 0为所述发送频率。如此，在下行通信时实现相位预补偿，使得中继转发的信号与发送端待发送的信号之间的各个符号的相位相同，可提高解调的成功率。 In a possible example, the first signal is an OFDM baseband signal to be sent, and the second signal satisfies
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000019
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000020
Among them, the
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000021
is the baseband signal of the network device, the p is the antenna port of the network device, the t is the transmission time of the network device, the μ is the subcarrier spacing index, the
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000022
is the starting position of the time domain, the
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000023
is the cyclic prefix length, the T c is the sampling interval, and the f 0 is the sending frequency. In this way, phase pre-compensation is implemented during downlink communication, so that the phases of each symbol between the signal forwarded by the relay and the signal to be transmitted by the transmitting end are the same, and the success rate of demodulation can be improved.
第七方面，本申请提出第二种通信装置，包括：通信单元，用于向中继发送指示信息，所述指示信息用于确定所述中继的移频值的大小为32·K个资源块，所述K为整数。如此，中继可以根据该指示信息对从发送端接收的信号进行移频放大转发，以控制移频值的大小不会引起发送端和接收端之间的信号的相位发生变化。因此，发送端、中继和接收端均可以不对中继的移频值进行相位补偿或相位预补偿，提高了通信效率。In the seventh aspect, the present application proposes a second communication device, including: a communication unit, configured to send indication information to the relay, and the indication information is used to determine that the size of the frequency shift value of the relay is 32·K resources block, the K is an integer. In this way, the relay can frequency-shift, amplify, and forward the signal received from the sending end according to the indication information, so as to control the magnitude of the frequency shift value so as not to change the phase of the signal between the sending end and the receiving end. Therefore, the sending end, the relay and the receiving end may not perform phase compensation or phase pre-compensation on the frequency shift value of the relay, which improves communication efficiency.
在一种可能的示例中，所述移频值自以下至少一项信息获取：所述中继接收信号对应的子载波间隔、所述中继接收信号的频率范围、所述中继发送信号的频率范围、所述中继支持的最大放大倍数、所述中继的功率余量、所述中继的放大倍数余量、所述中继支持的最大输出功率、所述中继接收信号的功率、所述中继的发送信号天线到所述中继接收信号天线之间的路损、所述中继放大转发信号的信号类型、所述中继的移频范围、所述中继的实际放大倍数、所述中继的能力信息。如此，中继可基于以上信息进行移频，可提高相位补偿的效果和移频的灵活性。In a possible example, the frequency shift value is obtained from at least one of the following information: the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay sent signal Frequency range, maximum amplification factor supported by the relay, power margin of the relay, amplification factor margin of the relay, maximum output power supported by the relay, power of the signal received by the relay , the path loss between the transmitting signal antenna of the relay and the receiving signal antenna of the relay, the signal type of the amplified and forwarded signal of the relay, the frequency shift range of the relay, and the actual amplification of the relay Multiple, the capability information of the relay. In this way, the relay can perform frequency shift based on the above information, which can improve the effect of phase compensation and the flexibility of frequency shift.
结合第六方面，或者第七方面，在一种可能的示例中，所述通信装置还包括通信单元，用于向所述中继发送配置信息，所述配置信息用于指示所述中继进行移频放大转发。如此，中继可以基于网络设备发送的配置信息进行移频放大转发，可提高移频的准确率。With reference to the sixth aspect, or the seventh aspect, in a possible example, the communication device further includes a communication unit, configured to send configuration information to the relay, where the configuration information is used to instruct the relay to perform Frequency shift amplification and forwarding. In this way, the relay can perform frequency shifting amplification and forwarding based on the configuration information sent by the network device, which can improve the accuracy of frequency shifting.
第八方面，本申请提出第三种通信装置，包括：通信单元，用于从网络设备接收指示信息，所述指示信息用于确定中继的移频值的大小为32·K个资源块，所述K为整数；处理单元，用于根据所述指示信息对从所述网络设备接收的信号进行移频放大转发。如此，中继能够根据该指示信息控制移频值满足预设条件，使得中继转发的信号的相位和接收的信号的相位不 发生变化，因此，可以不对中继的移频值进行相位补偿，提高了通信效率。In an eighth aspect, the present application proposes a third communication device, including: a communication unit, configured to receive indication information from a network device, the indication information is used to determine that the size of the frequency shift value of the relay is 32·K resource blocks, The K is an integer; a processing unit, configured to frequency-shift, amplify, and forward the signal received from the network device according to the indication information. In this way, the relay can control the frequency shift value to meet the preset condition according to the indication information, so that the phase of the signal forwarded by the relay and the phase of the received signal do not change, therefore, phase compensation may not be performed on the frequency shift value of the relay, Improve communication efficiency.
在一种可能的示例中，所述中继的发送信号满足足
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000024
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000025
其中，所述
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000026
为所述中继的接收信号，所述q为所述中继的天线端口，所述t为所述发送信号的发送时间，所述μ为子载波间隔索引，所述l为OFDM符号索引，所述f Δ为所述移频值。 In a possible example, the transmitted signal of the relay satisfies
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000024
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000025
Among them, the
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000026
is the received signal of the relay, the q is the antenna port of the relay, the t is the transmission time of the transmitted signal, the μ is the subcarrier spacing index, and the l is the OFDM symbol index, The f Δ is the frequency shift value.
第九方面，本申请提出第四种通信装置，包括：处理单元，用于根据中继的移频值对从发送端接收到的信号进行相位补偿。如此，使得中继转发的信号与发送端待发送的信号之间的各个符号的相位相同，可提高接收端解调的成功率。且中继进行相位补偿，可以使得网络设备和终端设备都不需要进行额外的相位补偿，且不受移频造成各个符号上的相位不相同的影响。在现有的通信***中，也可以部署这种中继，从而提升现有网络的覆盖能力。In a ninth aspect, the present application proposes a fourth communication device, including: a processing unit configured to perform phase compensation on a signal received from a transmitting end according to a frequency shift value of a relay. In this way, the phases of each symbol between the signal forwarded by the relay and the signal to be sent by the transmitting end are made the same, which can improve the demodulation success rate of the receiving end. In addition, the relay performs phase compensation, so that neither the network device nor the terminal device needs to perform additional phase compensation, and is not affected by the different phases on each symbol caused by the frequency shift. In the existing communication system, this kind of relay can also be deployed to improve the coverage of the existing network.
在一种可能的示例中，所述处理单元还用于获取待转发信号的时域起始位置、移频值、子载波间隔索引、循环前缀长度；根据所述时域起始位置、所述移频值、所述子载波间隔索引、所述循环前缀长度，以及采样间隔确定所述中继的相位补偿值；根据所述相位补偿值对所述待转发信号进行相位补偿，并进行移频放大转发。如此，中继补偿移频带来的相位偏差，可提高解调的成功率。In a possible example, the processing unit is further configured to obtain a time-domain starting position, a frequency shift value, a subcarrier spacing index, and a cyclic prefix length of the signal to be forwarded; according to the time-domain starting position, the The frequency shift value, the subcarrier spacing index, the cyclic prefix length, and the sampling interval determine the phase compensation value of the relay; perform phase compensation on the signal to be forwarded according to the phase compensation value, and perform frequency shift Zoom forward. In this way, the relay compensates for the phase deviation caused by the frequency shift, which can improve the success rate of demodulation.
在一种可能的示例中，所述中继的发送信号满足
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000027
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000028
其中，所述
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000029
为所述中继的接收信号，所述q为所述中继的天线端口，所述t为所述发送信号的发送时间，所述μ为所述子载波间隔索引，所述l为OFDM符号索引，所述f Δ为所述移频值，所述
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000030
为所述时域起始位置，所述
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000031
为所述循环前缀长度，所述T c为所述采样间隔。 In a possible example, the transmitted signal of the relay satisfies
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000027
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000028
Among them, the
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000029
is the received signal of the relay, the q is the antenna port of the relay, the t is the transmission time of the transmitted signal, the μ is the subcarrier spacing index, and the l is an OFDM symbol index, the f Δ is the frequency shift value, the
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000030
is the starting position of the time domain, the
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000031
is the cyclic prefix length, and the T c is the sampling interval.
结合第八方面，或者第九方面，在一种可能的示例中，所述移频值自以下至少一项信息获取：所述中继接收信号对应的子载波间隔、所述中继接收信号的频率范围、所述中继发送信号的频率范围、所述中继支持的最大放大倍数、所述中继的功率余量、所述中继的放大倍数余量、所述中继支持的最大输出功率、所述中继接收信号的功率、所述中继的发送信号天线到所述中继接收信号天线之间的路损、所述中继放大转发信号的信号类型、所述中继的移频范围、所述中继的实际放大倍数、所述中继的能力信息。如此，中继可基于以上信息进行移频，可提高相位补偿的效果和移频的灵活性。With reference to the eighth aspect, or the ninth aspect, in a possible example, the frequency shift value is obtained from at least one of the following information: the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the relay received signal, the Frequency range, the frequency range of the signal sent by the relay, the maximum amplification factor supported by the relay, the power margin of the relay, the amplification factor margin of the relay, and the maximum output supported by the relay power, the power of the relay receiving signal, the path loss between the relay transmitting signal antenna and the relay receiving signal antenna, the signal type of the relay amplifying and forwarding signal, the relay moving frequency range, the actual amplification factor of the relay, and the capability information of the relay. In this way, the relay can perform frequency shift based on the above information, which can improve the effect of phase compensation and the flexibility of frequency shift.
结合第八方面，或者第九方面，在一种可能的示例中，所述通信单元还用于从所述网络设备接收配置信息，所述配置信息用于指示所述中继进行移频放大转发。如此，中继可以基于网络设备发送的配置信息进行移频放大转发，可提高移频的准确率。With reference to the eighth aspect, or the ninth aspect, in a possible example, the communication unit is further configured to receive configuration information from the network device, the configuration information is used to instruct the relay to perform frequency shift amplification and forwarding . In this way, the relay can perform frequency shifting amplification and forwarding based on the configuration information sent by the network device, which can improve the accuracy of frequency shifting.
第十方面，本申请提出第五种通信装置，包括：处理单元，用于根据中继的移频值对待发送信号或从所述中继接收的信号进行相位补偿。如此，使得中继转发的信号与发送端待发送的信号之间的各个符号的相位相同，可提高解调的成功率。且终端设备进行相位补偿，使得中继移频操作不影响现有网络中部署的网络设备解调信号，同时也简化新部署的网络设备实现复杂度(支持中继移频转发)。In a tenth aspect, the present application proposes a fifth communication device, including: a processing unit configured to perform phase compensation on a signal to be transmitted or a signal received from the relay according to a frequency shift value of the relay. In this way, the phases of each symbol between the signal forwarded by the relay and the signal to be transmitted by the transmitting end are made the same, which can improve the success rate of demodulation. And the terminal equipment performs phase compensation, so that the relay frequency shift operation does not affect the demodulation signal of the network equipment deployed in the existing network, and also simplifies the implementation complexity of the newly deployed network equipment (supports the relay frequency shift forwarding).
第十一方面，本申请提出第六种通信装置，包括处理器和与处理器连接的存储器和通信接口，存储器用于存储一个或多个程序，并且被配置由处理器执行上述任一方面的步骤。In the eleventh aspect, the present application proposes a sixth communication device, which includes a processor, a memory connected to the processor, and a communication interface, the memory is used to store one or more programs, and is configured for the processor to execute any of the above aspects step.
第十二方面，本申请实施例公开了一种计算机可读存储介质，计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述任一方面的方法。In a twelfth aspect, the embodiment of the present application discloses a computer-readable storage medium, in which instructions are stored, and when the instruction is run on a computer, the computer is made to execute the method of any aspect above.
第十三方面，本申请实施例公开了一种计算机程序产品，计算机程序产品用于存储计算机程序，当计算机程序在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述任一方面的方法。In a thirteenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application discloses a computer program product. The computer program product is used to store a computer program, and when the computer program is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute the method of any one of the above aspects.
第十四方面，本申请实施例公开了第一种芯片，包括处理器和存储器，处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行存储器中存储的指令，使得安装有芯片的设备执行上述任一方面的方法。In the fourteenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application discloses the first chip, including a processor and a memory, and the processor is used to call and execute instructions stored in the memory from the memory, so that the device equipped with the chip executes the method of any one of the above aspects .
第十五方面，本申请实施例公开了第二种芯片，包括：输入接口、输出接口和处理电路，输入接口、输出接口与处理电路之间通过内部连接通路相连，处理电路用于执行上述任一方面的方法。In the fifteenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application discloses a second chip, including: an input interface, an output interface, and a processing circuit. The input interface, the output interface, and the processing circuit are connected through an internal connection path, and the processing circuit is used to perform the above tasks. One way.
第十六方面，本申请实施例公开了第三种芯片，包括：输入接口、输出接口、处理器，可选的，还包括存储器，输入接口、输出接口、处理器以及存储器之间通过内部连接通路相连，处理器用于执行存储器中的代码，当代码被执行时，处理器用于执行上述任一方面中的方法。In the sixteenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application discloses a third chip, including: an input interface, an output interface, a processor, and optionally a memory, and the input interface, the output interface, the processor, and the memory are connected internally The paths are connected, the processor is used to execute the code in the memory, and when the code is executed, the processor is used to execute the method in any one of the above aspects.
第十七方面，本申请实施例公开了一种芯片***，包括至少一个处理器，存储器和接口电路，存储器、收发器和至少一个处理器通过线路互联，至少一个存储器中存储有计算机程序；计算机程序被处理器执行上述任一方面中的方法。In the seventeenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application discloses a chip system, including at least one processor, a memory and an interface circuit, the memory, the transceiver and the at least one processor are interconnected through lines, and at least one memory stores a computer program; the computer The program is executed by the processor to execute the method in any one of the above aspects.
附图说明Description of drawings
以下对本申请实施例用到的附图进行介绍。The accompanying drawings used in the embodiments of the present application are introduced below.
图1是本申请实施例提供的一种通信***的***构架图；FIG. 1 is a system architecture diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2是本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图；FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图3是本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图；FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图4是本申请实施例提供的一种中继的结构示意图；FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a relay provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图5是本申请实施例提供的一种上行通信时中继进行放大转发的示意图；FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of relay amplification and forwarding during uplink communication provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6是本申请实施例提供的一种中继进行同频转发的示意图；FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a relay performing same-frequency forwarding provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请实施例提供的一种上行通信时中继进行移频转发的示意图；FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of frequency-shifting and forwarding by a relay during uplink communication provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8是本申请实施例提供的一种下行通信时中继进行移频转发的示意图；FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of frequency-shifting and forwarding by a relay during downlink communication provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图；FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图10是本申请实施例提供的一种信号处理的方法的流程示意图；FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of a signal processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的流程示意图；FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图12是本申请实施例提供的另一种信号处理的方法的流程示意图；Fig. 12 is a schematic flowchart of another signal processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图13是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图；Fig. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图14是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的结构示意图。Fig. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面结合本申请实施例中的附图对本申请实施例的应用场景进行描述。请参照图1，图1为本申请实施例提供的一种通信***的结构示意图。该通信***100可以包括至少一个网络设备(例如，网络设备101)、至少一个中继节点(relay node，RN)(例如，中继节点102)以及至少一个终端设备(例如，终端设备103和终端设备104)。The application scenarios of the embodiments of the present application are described below with reference to the drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Please refer to FIG. 1 . FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication system 100 may include at least one network device (for example, network device 101), at least one relay node (relay node, RN) (for example, relay node 102), and at least one terminal device (for example, terminal device 103 and terminal device 104).
其中，网络设备可以通过一个或多个天线来和中继节点，或通过中继节点与终端设备进行无线通信(例如，终端设备103通过中继节点102与网络设备101进行无线通信)，或者直接与终端设备进行无线连接(例如，终端104直接与网络设备101进行无线通信)。各个网络设备均可以为各自对应的覆盖范围提供通信覆盖(例如，网络设备101的覆盖范围105)。该覆盖范围可以被划分为多个扇区(sector)，每个扇区对应一部分覆盖范围(图1未示出)。当通信***100包括核心网设备时，该网络设备101还可以与图1未示出的核心网设备相连。Wherein, the network device may communicate with the relay node through one or more antennas, or perform wireless communication with the terminal device through the relay node (for example, the terminal device 103 performs wireless communication with the network device 101 through the relay node 102), or directly A wireless connection is made with the terminal device (for example, the terminal 104 directly communicates wirelessly with the network device 101). Each network device may provide communication coverage for a respective coverage area (eg, coverage area 105 of network device 101 ). The coverage area can be divided into a plurality of sectors (sectors), and each sector corresponds to a part of the coverage area (not shown in FIG. 1 ). When the communication system 100 includes core network equipment, the network equipment 101 may also be connected to core network equipment not shown in FIG. 1 .
本申请实施例中的通信***可以是支持第二代(second generation，2G)移动通讯技术的通讯***，例如，全球移动通信***(global system for mobile communication，GSM)接入技术、码分多址(code division multiple access，CDMA)接入技术；或者，该通信***可以是支持第三代(third generation，3G)移动通讯技术的通讯***，例如，宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access，WCDMA)接入技术等；或者，该通信***可以是支持***(fourth generation，4G)移动通讯技术的通信***，例如，长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)接入技术；或者，该通信***可以是支持第五代(fifth generation，5G)移动通讯技术的通信***，例如，NR接入技术；或者，该通信***可以是支持多种无线技术的通信***，例如，支持LTE技术和NR技术的通信***。另外，该通信***可以适用于面向未来的通信技术。The communication system in the embodiment of the present application may be a communication system supporting second generation (second generation, 2G) mobile communication technology, for example, global system for mobile communication (global system for mobile communication, GSM) access technology, code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA) access technology; or, the communication system may be a communication system supporting third generation (third generation, 3G) mobile communication technology, for example, wideband code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA) access technology, etc.; or, the communication system may be a communication system supporting fourth generation (fourth generation, 4G) mobile communication technology, for example, long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) access technology; or, the communication The system may be a communication system supporting the fifth generation (fifth generation, 5G) mobile communication technology, for example, NR access technology; or, the communication system may be a communication system supporting multiple wireless technologies, for example, supporting LTE technology and NR Technology communication system. In addition, the communication system can be adapted to future-oriented communication technologies.
在本申请实施例中，终端设备是一种具有无线收发功能的设备。该终端设备可以部署在陆地上，包括室内或室外、手持、穿戴或车载。该终端设备还可以部署在水面上(如轮船等)或空中(例如飞机、气球和卫星上等)。该终端设备可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self-driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等等。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device is a device with a wireless transceiver function. The terminal device can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld, wearable or vehicle-mounted. The terminal device can also be deployed on water (such as a ship, etc.) or in the air (such as an airplane, a balloon, and a satellite, etc.). The terminal device can be a mobile phone, a tablet computer (Pad), a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) terminal device, an industrial control (industrial control), wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, and transportation safety Wireless terminals, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, etc.
本申请的实施例对于应用场景不做限定。终端设备有时也可以称为用户设备(user equipment，UE)、终端(terminal)、接入终端、UE单元、UE站、移动设备、移动站、移动台(mobile station)、移动终端、移动客户端、移动单元(mobile unit)、远方站、远程终端设备、远程单元、无线单元、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置等。其中，接入终端可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol，SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop，WLL)站、个人数字处理(personal digital assistant，PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备，未来5G中的终端设备或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网(public land mobile network，PLMN)网络中的终端设备等。以下描述中多以终端为终端设备进行举例说明。The embodiments of the present application do not limit the application scenarios. A terminal device may also sometimes be called a user equipment (user equipment, UE), a terminal (terminal), an access terminal, a UE unit, a UE station, a mobile device, a mobile station, a mobile station (mobile station), a mobile terminal, a mobile client , mobile unit, remote station, remote terminal equipment, remote unit, wireless unit, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc. Wherein, the access terminal may be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (session initiation protocol, SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (wireless local loop, WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a Handheld devices with wireless communication functions, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in future 5G or future evolution of public land mobile network (PLMN) networks terminal equipment, etc. In the following description, the terminal is mostly used as an example for illustration.
请参照图2，图2为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图。可以理解的是，图2中的终端设备200可以是图1示出的通信***100中的终端设备103和终端设备104。如图2所示，终端设备200可包括输入输出模块(包括音频输入输出模块218、按键输入模块216以及显示器220等)、用户接口202、至少一个处理器204、发射器(transmit，TX)206、接收器(receive，RX)208、耦合器210、天线214以及存储器212。这些部件可通过总线或者其它方式连接，图2以通过总线205连接为例。其中：Please refer to FIG. 2 , which is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided in an embodiment of the present application. It can be understood that the terminal device 200 in FIG. 2 may be the terminal device 103 and the terminal device 104 in the communication system 100 shown in FIG. 1 . As shown in FIG. 2, the terminal device 200 may include an input and output module (including an audio input and output module 218, a key input module 216, and a display 220, etc.), a user interface 202, at least one processor 204, and a transmitter (transmit, TX) 206 , a receiver (receive, RX) 208 , a coupler 210 , an antenna 214 and a memory 212 . These components may be connected through a bus or in other ways, and FIG. 2 uses a connection through a bus 205 as an example. in:
天线214可用于将电磁能转换成自由空间中的电磁波，或者将自由空间中的电磁波转换成传输线中的电磁能。耦合器210用于将天线214接收到的移动通信信号分成多路，分配给多个的接收器208。 Antenna 214 may be used to convert electromagnetic energy into electromagnetic waves in free space, or convert electromagnetic waves in free space into electromagnetic energy in a transmission line. The coupler 210 is used to divide the mobile communication signal received by the antenna 214 into multiple paths and distribute them to multiple receivers 208 .
发射器206可用于对处理器204输出的信号进行发射处理。The transmitter 206 can be used for transmitting the signal output by the processor 204 .
接收器208可用于对天线214接收的移动通信信号进行接收处理。The receiver 208 can be used for receiving and processing the mobile communication signal received by the antenna 214 .
在本申请实施例中，发射器206和接收器208可看作一个无线调制解调器。在终端设备200中，发射器206和接收器208的数量均可以是一个或者多个。In this embodiment of the application, the transmitter 206 and the receiver 208 can be regarded as a wireless modem. In the terminal device 200, there may be one or more transmitters 206 and one or more receivers 208 .
除了图2所示的发射器206和接收器208，终端设备200还可包括其他通信部件。例如，全球定位***((global positioning system，GPS)模块、蓝牙(Bluetooth)模块、无线高保真 (wireless fidelity，Wi-Fi)模块等。不限于上述表述的无线通信信号，终端设备200还可以支持其他无线通信信号，例如卫星信号、短波信号等等。不限于无线通信，终端设备200还可以配置有有线网络接口(如局域网(local area network，LAN)接口)201来支持有线通信。In addition to the transmitter 206 and receiver 208 shown in FIG. 2 , the terminal device 200 may also include other communication components. For example, a global positioning system (global positioning system, GPS) module, a Bluetooth (Bluetooth) module, a wireless high-fidelity (wireless fidelity, Wi-Fi) module, etc. Not limited to the wireless communication signals described above, the terminal device 200 can also support Other wireless communication signals, such as satellite signals, short-wave signals, etc. Not limited to wireless communication, the terminal device 200 may also be configured with a wired network interface (such as a local area network (LAN) interface) 201 to support wired communication.
输入输出模块可用于实现终端设备200和用户/外部环境之间的交互，可主要包括音频输入输出模块218、按键输入模块216以及显示器220等。输入输出模块还可包括摄像头、触摸屏以及传感器等等。输入输出模块可通过用户接口202与处理器204进行通信。The input and output module can be used to realize the interaction between the terminal device 200 and the user/external environment, and can mainly include an audio input and output module 218, a key input module 216, a display 220, and the like. The input-output module may also include a camera, a touch screen, a sensor, and the like. The input-output module can communicate with the processor 204 through the user interface 202 .
存储器212可以和处理器204通过总线或者输入输出端口耦合，存储器212也可以与处理器204集成在一起。存储器212用于存储各种软件程序和/或多组指令。存储器212可包括高速随机存取的存储器，或者可包括非易失性存储器。例如，一个或多个磁盘存储设备、闪存设备或其他非易失性固态存储设备。存储器212可以存储操作***(下述简称***)，例如，ANDROID，IOS，WINDOWS，或者LINUX等嵌入式操作***。存储器212还可以存储网络通信程序，该网络通信程序可用于与一个或多个附加设备，一个或多个终端设备，一个或多个网络设备进行通信。存储器212还可以存储用户接口程序，该用户接口程序可以通过图形化的操作界面将应用程序的内容形象逼真的显示出来，或者可以通过菜单、对话框以及按键等输入控件接收用户对应用程序的控制操作。在本申请实施例中，存储器212可用于存储本申请的一个或多个实施例提供的数据传输的方法在终端设备200侧的实现程序。The memory 212 may be coupled with the processor 204 through a bus or an input/output port, and the memory 212 may also be integrated with the processor 204 . The memory 212 is used to store various software programs and/or sets of instructions. The memory 212 may include high-speed random access memory, or may include non-volatile memory. For example, one or more disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state storage devices. The memory 212 may store an operating system (hereinafter referred to as the system), for example, an embedded operating system such as ANDROID, IOS, WINDOWS, or LINUX. The memory 212 can also store a network communication program, which can be used to communicate with one or more additional devices, one or more terminal devices, and one or more network devices. The memory 212 can also store a user interface program, which can vividly display the content of the application program through a graphical operation interface, or can receive user control of the application program through input controls such as menus, dialog boxes, and buttons. operate. In this embodiment of the present application, the memory 212 may be used to store an implementation program on the side of the terminal device 200 of the data transmission method provided by one or more embodiments of the present application.
处理器204可用于读取和执行计算机可读指令。具体的，处理器204可用于调用存储于存储器212中的程序，例如，本申请的一个或多个实施例提供的数据传输的方法在终端设备200侧的实现程序，并执行该程序包含的指令以实现后续实施例涉及的方法。处理器204可支持2G、3G、4G、5G等中的一个或多个通信技术。可选的，当处理器204发送任何消息或数据时，其具体通过驱动或控制发射器206做所述发送。可选的，当处理器204接收任何消息或数据时，其具体通过驱动或控制接收器208做所述接收。因此，处理器204可以被视为是执行发送或接收的控制中心，发射器206和接收器208是发送和接收操作的具体执行者。 Processor 204 is operable to read and execute computer readable instructions. Specifically, the processor 204 can be used to call the program stored in the memory 212, for example, the implementation program of the data transmission method provided by one or more embodiments of the present application on the side of the terminal device 200, and execute the instructions contained in the program In order to realize the methods involved in the subsequent embodiments. The processor 204 may support one or more communication technologies of 2G, 3G, 4G, 5G, and the like. Optionally, when the processor 204 sends any message or data, it specifically drives or controls the transmitter 206 to do the sending. Optionally, when the processor 204 receives any message or data, it specifically drives or controls the receiver 208 to do the receiving. Therefore, the processor 204 can be regarded as a control center for performing sending or receiving, and the transmitter 206 and the receiver 208 are specific performers of the sending and receiving operations.
需要说明的，图2所示的终端设备200是本申请实施例的一种实现方式，实际应用中，终端设备200还可以包括更多或更少的部件，这里不作限制。It should be noted that the terminal device 200 shown in FIG. 2 is an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application. In practical applications, the terminal device 200 may include more or fewer components, which is not limited here.
在本申请实施例中，网络设备用于支持终端设备接入通信***的设备，或者可以设置于该设备的芯片。该网络设备可以为GSM***或CDMA***中的基站收发台(base transceiver station，BTS)，或者可以为WCDMA***中的基站节点(NodeB，NB)，或者可以为LTE***中的演进型节点(evolved Node B，eNB)，或者可以为5G***中的gNB或传输点(transmission and reception point，TRP或者transmission point，TP)等。该网络设备或者可以为5G***中的基站中的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板，或构成gNB或传输点的网络节点。例如，基带单元(baseband unit，BBU)，或分布式单元(distributed unit，DU)等。网络设备还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network，CRAN)场景下的无线控制器，家庭基站(例如，home evolved Node B，或home Node B，HNB)、基带单元(baseband unit，BBU)，无线保真(wireless fidelity，WIFI)***中的接入点(access point，AP)、无线中继节点、无线回传节点等。网络设备还可以是未来5G网络中的基站设备或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备。网络设备还可以是可穿戴设备或车载设备等，在此不做限定。以下描述中多以基站为网络设备进行举例说明。In this embodiment of the present application, the network device is a device that supports a terminal device to access a communication system, or may be configured in a chip of the device. The network equipment may be a base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS) in a GSM system or a CDMA system, or may be a base station node (NodeB, NB) in a WCDMA system, or may be an evolved node (evolved node) in an LTE system. Node B, eNB), or gNB or transmission point (transmission and reception point, TRP or transmission point, TP) in the 5G system, etc. The network device may be one or a group (including multiple antenna panels) of antenna panels in a base station in a 5G system, or a network node constituting a gNB or a transmission point. For example, a baseband unit (baseband unit, BBU), or a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU), etc. The network device can also be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario, a home base station (for example, home evolved Node B, or home Node B, HNB), a baseband unit (baseband unit, BBU ), wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WIFI) system access point (access point, AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, etc. The network device may also be a base station device in a future 5G network or a network device in a future evolved PLMN network. The network device may also be a wearable device or a vehicle-mounted device, etc., which is not limited here. In the following description, the base station is mostly used as an example for network equipment.
请参照图3，图3为本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图。可以理解的是，图3中的网络设备300可以是图1示出的通信***100中的网络设备101。如图3所示，网络设备300可包括：至少一个处理器301、存储器302、网络接口303、发射器305、接收器 306、耦合器307和天线308。这些部件可通过总线304或者其他方式连接，图3以通过总线连接为例。其中：Please refer to FIG. 3 . FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided in an embodiment of the present application. It can be understood that the network device 300 in FIG. 3 may be the network device 101 in the communication system 100 shown in FIG. 1 . As shown in FIG. 3 , the network device 300 may include: at least one processor 301 , memory 302 , network interface 303 , transmitter 305 , receiver 306 , coupler 307 and antenna 308 . These components may be connected through the bus 304 or in other ways, and FIG. 3 takes the connection through the bus as an example. in:
网络接口303可用于网络设备300与其他通信设备(例如，其他网络设备)进行通信。具体的，网络接口303可以是有线接口。The network interface 303 can be used for the network device 300 to communicate with other communication devices (eg, other network devices). Specifically, the network interface 303 may be a wired interface.
发射器305可用于对处理器301输出的信号进行发射处理。例如，信号调制。接收器306可用于对天线308接收的移动通信信号进行接收处理。例如，信号解调。在本申请的一些实施例中，发射器305和接收器306可看作一个无线调制解调器。在网络设备300中，发射器305和接收器306的数量均可以是一个或者多个。天线308可用于将传输线中的电磁能转换成自由空间中的电磁波，或者将自由空间中的电磁波转换成传输线中的电磁能。耦合器307可用于将移动通信信号分成多路，分配给多个的接收器306。The transmitter 305 may be used to perform transmission processing on the signal output by the processor 301 . For example, signal modulation. The receiver 306 can be used for receiving and processing the mobile communication signal received by the antenna 308 . For example, signal demodulation. In some embodiments of the present application, the transmitter 305 and the receiver 306 can be regarded as a wireless modem. In the network device 300, there may be one or more transmitters 305 and one or more receivers 306 . Antenna 308 may be used to convert electromagnetic energy in a transmission line to electromagnetic waves in free space, or to convert electromagnetic waves in free space to electromagnetic energy in a transmission line. The coupler 307 can be used to split the mobile communication signal into multiple paths and distribute to multiple receivers 306 .
存储器302可以和处理器301通过总线304或者输入输出端口耦合，存储器302也可以与处理器301集成在一起。存储器302用于存储各种软件程序和/或多组指令。具体的，存储器302可包括高速随机存取的存储器，或者可包括非易失性存储器。例如，一个或多个磁盘存储设备、闪存设备或其他非易失性固态存储设备。存储器302可以存储操作***(下述简称***)。例如，uCOS、VxWorks、RTLinux等嵌入式操作***。存储器302还可以存储网络通信程序，该网络通信程序可用于与一个或多个附加设备，一个或多个终端设备，一个或多个网络设备进行通信。The memory 302 may be coupled with the processor 301 through the bus 304 or an input and output port, and the memory 302 may also be integrated with the processor 301 . The memory 302 is used to store various software programs and/or sets of instructions. Specifically, the memory 302 may include a high-speed random access memory, or may include a non-volatile memory. For example, one or more disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state storage devices. The memory 302 can store an operating system (hereinafter referred to as system). For example, uCOS, VxWorks, RTLinux and other embedded operating systems. The memory 302 can also store a network communication program, which can be used to communicate with one or more additional devices, one or more terminal devices, and one or more network devices.
处理器301可用于进行无线信道管理、实施呼叫和通信链路的建立和拆除，并为本控制区内的用户提供小区切换控制等。具体的，处理器301可包括：用于话路交换和信息交换的中心的管理/通信模块(administration module/communication module，AM/CM)、用于完成呼叫处理、信令处理、无线资源管理、无线链路的管理和电路维护功能的基本模块(basic module，BM)、用于完成复用解复用和码变换功能的码变换及子复用单元(transcoder and sub multiplexer，TCSM)等等。The processor 301 can be used to manage wireless channels, implement call and communication link establishment and teardown, and provide cell switching control for users in the control area. Specifically, the processor 301 may include: a central management/communication module (administration module/communication module, AM/CM) for channel switching and information switching, for completing call processing, signaling processing, radio resource management, The basic module (basic module, BM) of wireless link management and circuit maintenance functions, the transcoder and sub multiplexer (TCSM) used to complete the functions of multiplexing, demultiplexing and transcoding, etc.
在本申请实施例中，处理器301可用于读取和执行计算机可读指令。具体的，处理器301可用于调用存储于存储器302中的程序。例如，本申请的一个或多个实施例提供的数据传输的方法在网络设备300侧的实现程序，并执行该程序包含的指令。In the embodiment of the present application, the processor 301 may be used to read and execute computer-readable instructions. Specifically, the processor 301 can be used to call programs stored in the memory 302 . For example, the data transmission method provided by one or more embodiments of the present application implements a program on the network device 300 side, and executes instructions included in the program.
需要说明的是，图3所示的网络设备300是本申请实施例的一种实现方式，实际应用中，网络设备300还可以包括更多或更少的部件，这里不作限制。It should be noted that the network device 300 shown in FIG. 3 is an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application. In practical applications, the network device 300 may include more or fewer components, which is not limited here.
本申请实施例中的术语“***”和“网络”可被互换使用。“多个”是指两个或两个以上，鉴于此，本申请实施例中也可以将“多个”理解为“至少两个”。“和/或”，描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。另外，字符“/”，如无特殊说明，一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。The terms "system" and "network" in the embodiments of the present application may be used interchangeably. "Multiple" means two or more, and in view of this, "multiple" can also be understood as "at least two" in the embodiments of the present application. "And/or" describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there may be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B may indicate: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists independently. In addition, the character "/", unless otherwise specified, generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship.
下述各实施例中所描述的接收端可以为上述终端设备，发送端可以为上述网络设备。或者，下述各实施例中所描述的接收端可以为上述网络设备，发送端可以为上述终端设备。The receiving end described in the following embodiments may be the above-mentioned terminal device, and the sending end may be the above-mentioned network device. Alternatively, the receiving end described in the following embodiments may be the above-mentioned network device, and the sending end may be the above-mentioned terminal device.
在本申请实施例中，中继节点可以直接或通过其他中继节点间接与网络设备，或通过其他中继节点间接与终端设备连接。为了简单描述，本申请将网络设备和终端设备之间的中继节点统称为中继。In the embodiment of the present application, the relay node may directly or indirectly connect to the network device through other relay nodes, or indirectly connect to the terminal device through other relay nodes. For simplicity of description, the present application collectively refers to relay nodes between network devices and terminal devices as relays.
中继在不同的通信***中可以有不同的名称，例如，中继可以称为无线回传节点或者无线回传设备；在5G***中，中继可以称为接入回传一体化节点(integrated access and backhaul node，IAB node)。当然，在未来的通信***中，中继还可以有不同的名称，在此不作限制。Relays may have different names in different communication systems. For example, a relay may be called a wireless backhaul node or a wireless backhaul device; in a 5G system, a relay may be called an integrated access backhaul node (integrated access and backhaul node, IAB node). Of course, in the future communication system, the relay may have different names, which are not limited here.
此外，中继还可称为反射器，或者称为反射面、智能反射面(intelligent reflecting surface)、反射阵列、智能反射阵列(intelligent reflecting array)、反射器、智能反射器、反射设备(backscatter device)、无源设备(passive device)、半有源设备(semi-passive device)、散射信号设备(ambient signal device)、可配置智能表面(reconfigurable intelligent surface，RIS)等。中继还可以被认为是一种特殊形态的终端设备。In addition, the relay can also be called a reflector, or a reflective surface, an intelligent reflecting surface, a reflective array, an intelligent reflecting array, a reflector, an intelligent reflector, or a backscatter device ), passive device, semi-passive device, ambient signal device, reconfigurable intelligent surface (RIS), etc. A relay can also be considered as a special form of terminal equipment.
中继可以是提供无线回传服务的节点，无线回传服务是指通过无线回传链路提供的数据和/或信令回传服务。一方面，中继可以通过接入链路(access link，AL)为终端设备提供无线接入服务。另一方面，中继可以通过一跳或者多跳回传链路(backhaul link，BL)连接到网络设备。如此，中继可以实现终端设备和网络设备之间的数据和/或信令的转发，扩大通信***的覆盖范围。A relay may be a node that provides a wireless backhaul service, and the wireless backhaul service refers to a data and/or signaling backhaul service provided through a wireless backhaul link. On the one hand, the relay can provide wireless access services for terminal devices through an access link (access link, AL). On the other hand, a relay can be connected to a network device through a one-hop or multi-hop backhaul link (BL). In this way, the relay can realize the forwarding of data and/or signaling between the terminal device and the network device, and expand the coverage of the communication system.
请参照图4，图4为本申请实施例提供的一种中继的结构示意图。可以理解的是，图4中的中继400可以是图1示出的通信***100中的中继节点102。如图4所示，中继400包括至少一个控制器401、信号放大器402、信号收发单元403和信号收发单元404。Please refer to FIG. 4 , which is a schematic structural diagram of a relay provided in an embodiment of the present application. It can be understood that the relay 400 in FIG. 4 may be the relay node 102 in the communication system 100 shown in FIG. 1 . As shown in FIG. 4 , the relay 400 includes at least one controller 401 , a signal amplifier 402 , a signal transceiving unit 403 and a signal transceiving unit 404 .
在本申请实施例中，信号收发单元用于实现与网络设备和终端设备的通信和信令交互、信号放大等。需要注意的是，中继中可能具有两套信号收发单元，如图4所示包括信号收发单元403和信号收发单元404。中继用于下行通信和上行通信时，信号收发单元的功能可能不相同。例如，下行通信时，信号收发单元403接收(基站)信号，信号收发单元404转发信号(给终端)。又例如，上行通信时，信号收发单元403接收(终端)信号，信号收发单元404转发信号(给基站)。In the embodiment of the present application, the signal transceiving unit is used to implement communication and signaling interaction, signal amplification, and the like with network devices and terminal devices. It should be noted that there may be two sets of signal transceiving units in the relay, including a signal transceiving unit 403 and a signal transceiving unit 404 as shown in FIG. 4 . When the relay is used for downlink communication and uplink communication, the functions of the signal transceiving unit may be different. For example, during downlink communication, the signal transceiving unit 403 receives (the base station) signal, and the signal transceiving unit 404 forwards the signal (to the terminal). For another example, during uplink communication, the signal transceiving unit 403 receives (terminal) signals, and the signal transceiving unit 404 forwards signals (to the base station).
信号收发单元可包括发射器、接收器和天线。如图4所示，信号收发单元403包括发射器4031、接收器4032和天线4043，信号收发单元404包括发射器4041、接收器4042和天线4043。发射器通过对应的天线发送信号，接收器通过对应的天线接收信号。The signal transceiving unit may include a transmitter, a receiver and an antenna. As shown in FIG. 4 , the signal transceiving unit 403 includes a transmitter 4031 , a receiver 4032 and an antenna 4043 , and the signal transceiving unit 404 includes a transmitter 4041 , a receiver 4042 and an antenna 4043 . The transmitter sends the signal through the corresponding antenna, and the receiver receives the signal through the corresponding antenna.
控制器401可以借助信号收发单元与网络设备或终端设备进行通信。例如，控制器401通过信号收发单元403与基站通信，用于中继与基站之间建立通信链路以及波束对准等；控制器401或者可以用于接收基站的配置/指示信息，从而方便基站控制中继器的工作时间、工作状态、或工作方式等。控制器401或者可以用于接收终端的触发信号，从而使得中继根据需要进入相应的工作模式。再例如，控制器401还能够根据基站指示信息或者自身测量信息，确定信号放大器的工作状态(例如放大倍数、相位)。可以理解，其中，各个单元可以是一个或者多个。例如，信号放大器402为多个，分别对应不同的极化方向或者中继无线射频通道。The controller 401 may communicate with network devices or terminal devices by means of a signal transceiver unit. For example, the controller 401 communicates with the base station through the signal transceiver unit 403, and is used for establishing a communication link and beam alignment between the relay and the base station; the controller 401 may also be used to receive configuration/instruction information of the base station, thereby facilitating Control the working time, working state, or working mode of the repeater. Alternatively, the controller 401 may be configured to receive a trigger signal from the terminal, so that the relay enters a corresponding working mode as required. For another example, the controller 401 can also determine the working state of the signal amplifier (such as the amplification factor and phase) according to the indication information of the base station or its own measurement information. It can be understood that each unit may be one or more. For example, there are multiple signal amplifiers 402, corresponding to different polarization directions or relay radio frequency channels.
信号放大器402用于对信号进行放大。中继或者还可以对信号的载波频率进行搬移，或者还可以将信号解调后重新调制再转发，或者还可以将信号降噪后再转发。因此，中继可以是如下任意一种形式：反射、放大转发、解调转发、移频转发、降噪转发。其中，解调转发是指对接收到的调制信号进行解调之后，再转发给接收端。降噪转发是指接收到的信号进行降噪处理之后，再转发给接收端。在本申请实施例中，主要考虑放大转发和移频转发的工作模式，解调转发和降噪转发可以在中继支持时进行处理。The signal amplifier 402 is used to amplify the signal. The relay may also move the carrier frequency of the signal, or may demodulate the signal and then re-modulate it before forwarding, or may also reduce the noise of the signal before forwarding it. Therefore, the relay can be in any of the following forms: reflection, amplification and forwarding, demodulation and forwarding, frequency shifting and forwarding, and noise reduction forwarding. Wherein, demodulation and forwarding refers to demodulating the received modulated signal and then forwarding it to the receiving end. Noise reduction forwarding means that the received signal is forwarded to the receiving end after noise reduction processing. In the embodiment of this application, the working modes of amplification forwarding and frequency shifting forwarding are mainly considered, and demodulation forwarding and noise reduction forwarding can be processed when the relay supports it.
请参照图5，图5为本申请实施例提供的一种上行通信时中继进行放大转发的示意图。如图5所示，中继将从终端接收到的信号1进行放大，并将放大之后得到的信号2转发给基站。放大转发根据频率是否发生变化可分为同频放大转发和移频放大转发两种。同频放大转发可能受到自激效应的影响，使得中继的接收天线的接收信号持续放大，超过器件正常工作范围，导致信号发生畸变。移频放大转发由于放大前可能对接收信号进行滤波，不容易产生自激效应，因此可以有更大的放大增益。默认情况下，采用移频放大转发模式进行工作。若 中继不支持移频转发或未开启移频转发，则采用同频放大转发的工作模式进行工作。Please refer to FIG. 5 . FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a relay performing amplification and forwarding during uplink communication according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 5 , the relay amplifies the signal 1 received from the terminal, and forwards the amplified signal 2 to the base station. Amplification and forwarding can be divided into two types: same-frequency amplification and forwarding and frequency-shifting amplification and forwarding according to whether the frequency changes. The same-frequency amplification and forwarding may be affected by the self-excitation effect, which makes the receiving signal of the receiving antenna of the relay continue to amplify, exceeding the normal working range of the device, resulting in signal distortion. Frequency-shifting amplification and forwarding may filter the received signal before amplification, which is not easy to produce self-excitation effect, so it can have greater amplification gain. By default, the frequency shifting amplification and forwarding mode is used to work. If the relay does not support frequency shift forwarding or frequency shift forwarding is not enabled, it will work in the same frequency amplification and forwarding mode.
中继进行同频转发的示意图请参照图6，如图6所示，在上行通信(终端设备向网络设备发送信息)时，中继从终端接收到的信号的频率和中继发送给基站的频率相同，均为f。且在下行通信(网络设备向终端设备发送信息)时，中继从基站接收到的信号的频率和中继发送给终端的频率也相同，也为f。可见，中继进行同频转发时发送的信号和接收的信号的频率相等。需要说明的是，中继从终端设备接收到的信号的频率可以如图6所示，与中继从网络设备接收到的信号的频率相等，也可以不相等。Please refer to Figure 6 for a schematic diagram of the same-frequency forwarding by the relay. As shown in Figure 6, during uplink communication (the terminal device sends information to the network device), the frequency of the signal received by the relay from the terminal and the frequency of the signal sent by the relay to the base station The frequency is the same, both are f. And in the downlink communication (the network device sends information to the terminal device), the frequency of the signal received by the relay from the base station and the frequency sent by the relay to the terminal are also the same, which is also f. It can be seen that when the relay performs co-frequency forwarding, the frequencies of the transmitted signal and the received signal are equal. It should be noted that, as shown in FIG. 6 , the frequency of the signal received by the relay from the terminal device may be equal to or different from the frequency of the signal received by the relay from the network device.
请参照图7和图8，图7为上行通信时中继进行移频转发的示意图，图8为下行通信时中继进行移频转发的示意图。如图7所示，中继从终端接收到的信号的频率为f 0。中继进行移频处理得到的信号的频率为f rn，中继可将频率为f rn的信号发送给基站。如图8所示，中继从基站接收到的信号的频率为f 0。中继进行移频处理得到的信号的频率为f rn，中继将频率为f rn的信号发送给终端。可见，中继进行移频转发时发送的信号的频率和接收的信号的频率不等，故发生了频率偏移。 Please refer to FIG. 7 and FIG. 8 , FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a relay performing frequency shift forwarding during uplink communication, and FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a relay performing frequency shift forwarding during downlink communication. As shown in FIG. 7 , the frequency of relaying the signal received from the terminal is f 0 . The frequency of the signal obtained by the relay through frequency shift processing is f rn , and the relay can send the signal with the frequency f rn to the base station. As shown in Fig. 8, the frequency f 0 is used to relay the signal received from the base station. The frequency of the signal obtained by the relay through frequency shift processing is f rn , and the relay sends the signal with the frequency f rn to the terminal. It can be seen that when the relay performs frequency shift forwarding, the frequency of the transmitted signal is different from the frequency of the received signal, so a frequency offset occurs.
需要说明的是，图6、图7和图8均未描述信号放大的过程。可以理解，放大转发是指信号的幅度进行放大。同频放大转发模式不会执行移频的步骤，而移频放大转发模式会执行移频的步骤。在本申请实施例中，移频放大转发是指对信号进行移频、放大和转发操作，本申请对于移频和放大的执行步骤不做限定，移频步骤可以在信号放大的步骤之前处理，或者可以在信号放大之后处理，在此不做限定。在进行移频和放大等处理操作之后，再执行转发操作，以将处理完成的信号发送给接收端。It should be noted that none of FIG. 6 , FIG. 7 and FIG. 8 describe the process of signal amplification. It can be understood that amplifying and forwarding refers to amplifying the amplitude of a signal. The same-frequency amplification and forwarding mode does not perform frequency shifting steps, while the frequency shifting amplification and forwarding mode performs frequency shifting steps. In the embodiment of this application, frequency shifting, amplifying and forwarding refers to performing frequency shifting, amplifying, and forwarding operations on signals. This application does not limit the execution steps of frequency shifting and amplifying. The frequency shifting step can be processed before the signal amplifying step. Or it can be processed after the signal is amplified, which is not limited here. After performing processing operations such as frequency shifting and amplification, a forwarding operation is performed to send the processed signal to the receiving end.
在进行本申请实施例的说明时，首先对下面描述中所用到的一些概念进行解释说明。When describing the embodiments of the present application, some concepts used in the following description are explained first.
(1)调制和解调。其中，调制是对信号源的信息进行处理加到载波上，使其变为适合于信道传输的形式的过程。调制方法可包括多载波调制、单载波调制、正交振幅调制(quadrature amplitude modulation，QAM)、脉冲振幅调制(pulse amplitude modulation、PAM)、相移键控(phase shift keying，PSK)调制、振幅键控(amplitude shift keying，ASK)调制、二进制相移键控(binary phase shift keying，BPSK)调制等。解调即调制的逆过程，从信号中恢复原始数据比特或符号。解调有时也可以称为检测。(1) Modulation and demodulation. Among them, modulation is the process of processing the information of the signal source and adding it to the carrier to make it into a form suitable for channel transmission. Modulation methods may include multi-carrier modulation, single-carrier modulation, quadrature amplitude modulation (QAM), pulse amplitude modulation (PAM), phase shift keying (PSK) modulation, amplitude keying Amplitude shift keying (ASK) modulation, binary phase shift keying (binary phase shift keying, BPSK) modulation, etc. Demodulation is the inverse of modulation, recovering the original data bits or symbols from the signal. Demodulation can also sometimes be called detection.
(2)载波信号和子载波。其中，载波信号是指被调制以传输信号的波形，一般为正弦波。载波信号把普通信号(声音、图像)加载到一定频率的高频信号上，在没有加载普通信号的高频信号时，高频信号的波幅是固定的，加载之后波幅就随着普通信号的变化而变化。(2) Carrier signal and subcarrier. Wherein, the carrier signal refers to a waveform modulated to transmit a signal, generally a sine wave. The carrier signal loads the ordinary signal (sound, image) on the high-frequency signal of a certain frequency. When the high-frequency signal of the ordinary signal is not loaded, the amplitude of the high-frequency signal is fixed. After loading, the amplitude changes with the ordinary signal. And change.
子载波是基于时域图中数据的载体，也就是说，在多载波波形当中，传输的信号为带宽信号，带宽信号中有很多不同频率的信号，这些频率的间隔都是相同的。这些不同频率的称为子载波。网络设备与终端设备的数据调制到这些子载波上，这些子载波之间在一段时间内是正交的。The subcarrier is the carrier based on the data in the time domain diagram, that is to say, in the multi-carrier waveform, the transmitted signal is a bandwidth signal, and there are many signals of different frequencies in the bandwidth signal, and the intervals of these frequencies are the same. These different frequencies are called subcarriers. The data of the network device and the terminal device are modulated onto these subcarriers, and these subcarriers are orthogonal within a period of time.
在本申请实施例中，Δf为子载波间隔(sub-carrier space，SCS)。μ为子载波间隔对应的索引(或称为配置参数，或称为子载波间隔索引或子载波间隔配置，以下称为子载波间隔索引)。在5G最开始的版本中，支持的子载波间隔Δf如下表1所示的，包括15KHz、30KHz、60KHz、120KHz和240KHz五种。通常采用正常循环前缀(normal cyclic prefix，NCP)。如表1所示，每一种子载波间隔Δf均可采用NCP，子载波间隔Δf＝60KHz时，可采用扩展循环前缀(extended cyclic prefix，ECP)。在未来，不排除有更多的子载波间隔候选值，例如μ＝5,6,7,8,9，对应的子载波间隔取值分别为Δf＝480,960,1920,3840,7680，单位为kHz。In the embodiment of the present application, Δf is a sub-carrier space (sub-carrier space, SCS). μ is an index corresponding to the subcarrier spacing (or called a configuration parameter, or called a subcarrier spacing index or a subcarrier spacing configuration, hereinafter referred to as a subcarrier spacing index). In the initial version of 5G, the supported subcarrier spacing Δf is shown in Table 1 below, including five types: 15KHz, 30KHz, 60KHz, 120KHz and 240KHz. Usually the normal cyclic prefix (NCP) is used. As shown in Table 1, each sub-carrier interval Δf can use NCP, and when the sub-carrier interval Δf=60KHz, an extended cyclic prefix (extended cyclic prefix, ECP) can be used. In the future, it is not ruled out that there are more candidate subcarrier spacing values, such as μ = 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and the corresponding subcarrier spacing values are Δf = 480, 960, 1920, 3840, 7680, and the unit is kHz .
表1Table 1
μmu Δf＝2 u·15[kHz] Δf＝ 2u ·15[kHz] 循环前缀cyclic prefix
00 1515 NCPNCP
11 3030 NCPNCP
22 6060 NCP，ECPNCP, ECP
33 120120 NCPNCP
44 240240 NCPNCP
(3)资源块(resource block，RB)，也称为物理资源块(physical resource block)，是基于正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency divided multiplexing，OFDM)的通信***中频率资源的基本单位。一个资源块一般由N个资源元素(resource element，RE)组成，一个资源元素也称为一个子载波。其中，N一般为12，即一个RB对应12个RE，每半个资源块对应6个RE。(3) Resource block (RB), also known as physical resource block (physical resource block), is the basic unit of frequency resources in a communication system based on Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM). A resource block generally consists of N resource elements (resource elements, REs), and a resource element is also called a subcarrier. Wherein, N is generally 12, that is, one RB corresponds to 12 REs, and each half resource block corresponds to 6 REs.
若干个资源块组成一个资源块组(resource block group，RBG)，或者可称为物理资源块组。一般情况下，以资源块或者资源块组为单位进行预编码，进行预编码发送的基本单位也被称为预编码资源块组(precoding resource block group，PRG)。一个预编码资源组可以不小于一个资源块组。Several resource blocks form a resource block group (resource block group, RBG), or may be called a physical resource block group. Generally, precoding is performed in units of resource blocks or resource block groups, and the basic unit for precoding transmission is also called a precoding resource block group (PRG). One precoding resource group may not be smaller than one resource block group.
(4)传输层(transmission layer)，也称为层(Layer)。对1个或2个码字进行加扰(scrambling)和调制(modulation)之后得到的复数符号(调制符号)进行层映射后，会映射到一个或多个传输层。传输层通常被映射到天线端口，因此也被称为天线端口。每层对应一条有效的数据流。传输层的个数，即层数被称为“传输阶”或“传输秩(rank)”。传输秩是可以动态变化的。层数应小于或等于发射天线端口个数和接收天线端口个数二者的最小值，即“层数≤min(发射天线端口数，接收天线端口数)”。(4) Transmission layer (transmission layer), also known as layer (Layer). Complex symbols (modulation symbols) obtained after performing scrambling and modulation on one or two codewords are mapped to one or more transmission layers after layer mapping. The transport layer is usually mapped to an antenna port and is therefore also called an antenna port. Each layer corresponds to a valid data stream. The number of transmission layers, that is, the number of layers is called "transmission order" or "transmission rank". The transmission rank can be changed dynamically. The number of layers should be less than or equal to the minimum value of the number of transmitting antenna ports and the number of receiving antenna ports, that is, "number of layers ≤ min (number of transmitting antenna ports, number of receiving antenna ports)".
在新空口(new radio，NR)的下行通信中，一般情况下，传输层数等于天线端口数。在下行控制信道中，指示数据和解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal，DMRS)传输时采取的层数和/或天线端口数(或者，进一步包括各个天线端口的编号)。在NR中，天线端口也可以与发送配置指示(transmission configuration index，TCI)、波束等相对应。例如，一个TCI对应多个天线端口，或者一个波束对应多个天线端口。为了简单描述，本申请可以将TCI、传输层、天线端口、波束泛称为空域。In the downlink communication of new radio (NR), in general, the number of transmission layers is equal to the number of antenna ports. In the downlink control channel, indicate the number of layers and/or the number of antenna ports (or further include the number of each antenna port) used for data and demodulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal, DMRS) transmission. In NR, an antenna port may also correspond to a transmission configuration index (transmission configuration index, TCI), a beam, and the like. For example, one TCI corresponds to multiple antenna ports, or one beam corresponds to multiple antenna ports. For simple description, in this application, the TCI, the transmission layer, the antenna port, and the beam may be collectively referred to as airspace.
(5)预编码(precoding)和码本。其中，预编码可用于减少***开销，最大提升多输入多输出(multiple input multiple output，MIMO)的***容量，还可用于降低接收端消除信道间影响实现的复杂度。数学表达式如下(1)所示，(5) Precoding and codebook. Among them, precoding can be used to reduce system overhead, maximize the system capacity of multiple input multiple output (MIMO), and can also be used to reduce the complexity of eliminating the influence between channels at the receiving end. The mathematical expression is shown in (1) below,
y＝HPx+n       (1)y=HPx+n (1)
其中，P为预编码矩阵(或向量)，H为MIMO信道，x为发送信号，n为噪声。为了简化实现复杂度，P为可以从一个预定义的矩阵(或向量)集合中选取，该集合被称为码本(codebook)，该方法也被称为基于码本的发送方法。如果发送端可以获知H的全部信息，则P可以在发送端自行获取，该方法也被称为非码本的发送方法(non-codebook，NCB)。Wherein, P is a precoding matrix (or vector), H is a MIMO channel, x is a transmitted signal, and n is noise. In order to simplify the implementation complexity, P can be selected from a predefined matrix (or vector) set, which is called a codebook (codebook), and this method is also called a codebook-based transmission method. If the sender can know all the information of H, then P can be obtained by itself at the sender. This method is also called non-codebook sending method (non-codebook, NCB).
(6)OFDM和离散傅里叶转换-扩展OFDM(discrete Fourier transformation spreading OFDM，DFT-s-OFDM)。其中，OFDM技术是通过串/并转换将高速的数据流变成多路并行的低速数据流，再将它们分配到若干个不同频率的子载波上传输。OFDM技术利用了相互正交的子载波，从而子载波的频谱是重叠的。OFDM技术与子载波间需要保护间隔的频分复用(frequency divided multiplexing，FDM)技术相比，大大的提高了频谱利用率。(6) OFDM and discrete Fourier transform - extended OFDM (discrete Fourier transformation spreading OFDM, DFT-s-OFDM). Among them, OFDM technology converts high-speed data streams into multiple parallel low-speed data streams through serial/parallel conversion, and then distributes them to several sub-carriers of different frequencies for transmission. OFDM technology utilizes subcarriers that are orthogonal to each other, so that the frequency spectrums of the subcarriers overlap. Compared with the frequency division multiplexing (frequency divided multiplexing, FDM) technology that requires a guard interval between subcarriers, the OFDM technology greatly improves the spectrum utilization rate.
DFT-s-OFDM是基于OFDM的一种衍生技术。DFT-s-OFDM具有单载波低峰值平均比(peak to average power ratio，PAPR)特性，目前被LTE和NR中采用传输上行信号。下面以基于OFDM技术的信号传输方法进行举例说明，且具体描述发送端，接收端为逆过程，不作 过多解释。具体的，发送端先对信号进行信道编码调制，再进行频域映射得到适合在信道中传输的信号。然后进行OFDM调制，再发送给信道。其中，信道编码调制的方法可采用前述的QAM、PAM、PSK调制、ASK调制、BPSK调制等中的至少一种，在此不做限定。DFT-s-OFDM is a derivative technology based on OFDM. DFT-s-OFDM has a low peak to average power ratio (PAPR) characteristic of a single carrier, and is currently used in LTE and NR to transmit uplink signals. The following is an example of a signal transmission method based on OFDM technology, and the sending end is described in detail, and the receiving end is the reverse process, so no explanation is given. Specifically, the sending end first performs channel coding and modulation on the signal, and then performs frequency domain mapping to obtain a signal suitable for transmission in the channel. It is then OFDM modulated and sent to the channel. Wherein, at least one of the aforementioned QAM, PAM, PSK modulation, ASK modulation, BPSK modulation, etc. may be used as a channel coding modulation method, which is not limited here.
在本申请实施例中，进行OFDM调制，即增加循环前缀CP，并进行快速傅里叶逆变换(inverse fast Fourier transform，IFFT)。在进行OFDM调制之后，在发送给信道之前，还可将信号进行发送功率调整等一系列处理。接收端的天线对接收到的信号进行一系列的处理，例如，自动增益控制等，使得接收端可以合理处理信号。In the embodiment of the present application, OFDM modulation is performed, that is, a cyclic prefix CP is added, and inverse fast Fourier transform (IFFT) is performed. After performing OFDM modulation, before sending to the channel, the signal can also undergo a series of processing such as adjusting the transmission power. The antenna at the receiving end performs a series of processing on the received signal, for example, automatic gain control, etc., so that the receiving end can process the signal reasonably.
基于DFT-s-OFDM技术的信号传输方法相比基于OFDM技术的信号传输方法，在信道编码调制之后，在频域映射之前，多了对信道编码调制后的信号进行DFT的步骤。在协议中，DFT也被称为“转化预编码(transform precoding)”。DFT的大小R为终端被调度的资源元素RE的数量，一个RE对应一个子载波。一般情况下，终端被调度时，调度的单位是资源块RB。为了方便实现，现有LTE和NR协议中约束R满足以下公式(2)所示：Compared with the signal transmission method based on OFDM technology, the signal transmission method based on DFT-s-OFDM technology has more steps of performing DFT on the channel coded and modulated signal after channel coding modulation and before frequency domain mapping. In the protocol, DFT is also called "transform precoding". The size R of the DFT is the number of resource elements RE scheduled by the terminal, and one RE corresponds to one subcarrier. Generally, when a terminal is scheduled, the scheduling unit is a resource block RB. For the convenience of implementation, the constraint R in the existing LTE and NR protocols satisfies the following formula (2):
R＝2 a×3 b×5 c       (2)。 R = 2 a × 3 b × 5 c (2).
其中，a、b、c均为非负整数。可以理解，DFT-s-OFDM是将每个用户所使用的子载波进行DFT处理，由时域转换到频域。然后将各用户的频域信号进行OFDM调制，这样各用户的信号又一起被转换到时域并发送。经过DFT的改进，信号由频域信号又回到了时域信号(和单载波***相同)。由于在该技术中，调制后的信号波形类似于单载波，也有人将其看作一种单载波技术。Among them, a, b, and c are all non-negative integers. It can be understood that DFT-s-OFDM performs DFT processing on the subcarriers used by each user, and transforms from the time domain to the frequency domain. Then the frequency domain signals of each user are subjected to OFDM modulation, so that the signals of each user are converted to the time domain and sent together. After the improvement of DFT, the signal returns to the time domain signal from the frequency domain signal (same as the single carrier system). Because in this technology, the modulated signal waveform is similar to a single carrier, some people regard it as a single carrier technology.
若发送端同时传输多个信号，则在频域映射之前，多了对预编码的步骤。对于DFT-s-OFDM，是将DFT处理后的信号进行预编码。现有协议仅支持预编码码本为
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000032
可以认为没有预编码。不排除未来会扩展到其它码本。OFDM可以是任意形式的预编码码本。可以理解，在频域映射之前进行预编码，可用于减少***开销，最大提升MIMO的***容量，还可用于降低接收端消除信道间影响实现的复杂度。 If the sending end transmits multiple signals at the same time, an additional precoding step is required before frequency domain mapping. For DFT-s-OFDM, the signal processed by DFT is precoded. Existing protocols only support precoded codebooks of
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000032
It can be considered that there is no precoding. It is not ruled out that it will be extended to other codebooks in the future. OFDM can be any form of precoding codebook. It can be understood that performing precoding before frequency domain mapping can be used to reduce system overhead, maximize the system capacity of MIMO, and can also be used to reduce the complexity of implementing elimination of inter-channel influence at the receiving end.
在本申请实施例中，p为发送端的天线端口，q为中继的天线端口，p′为接收端的天线端口。若为下行通信，基站可通过天线端口p发送信号，终端可通过天线端口p′接收信号。若为上行通信，终端可通过天线端口p发送信号，基站可通过天线端口p′接收信号。中继通过天线端口q接收信号或发送信号(或者中继信号)。In the embodiment of the present application, p is the antenna port of the transmitting end, q is the antenna port of the relay, and p′ is the antenna port of the receiving end. For downlink communication, the base station can send signals through antenna port p, and the terminal can receive signals through antenna port p′. For uplink communication, the terminal can send signals through antenna port p, and the base station can receive signals through antenna port p′. The relay receives signals or transmits signals (or relays signals) through the antenna port q.
t为发送信号的发送时间。l为OFDM符号索引(OFDM符号在子帧或时隙或***帧中的索引)。CP如前所述为循环前缀的缩写，
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000033
为循环前缀长度(在协议中，循环前缀是波形参数的一种，因此循环前缀类型由波形参数(numerology)确定)。T c为采样间隔，且
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000034
N f＝4096，Δf max为子载波间隔Δf的最大值，Δf max＝480·10 3(Hz)。在未来，Δf max可以为480,960,1920,3840,7680等，单位为千赫兹(kHz)，从而具有更细的时间粒度/分辨率。 t is the sending time of the sending signal. l is an OFDM symbol index (an index of an OFDM symbol in a subframe or time slot or system frame). CP is an abbreviation for cyclic prefix as mentioned earlier,
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000033
is the length of the cyclic prefix (in the protocol, the cyclic prefix is a type of waveform parameter, so the cyclic prefix type is determined by the waveform parameter (numerology)). T c is the sampling interval, and
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000034
N f =4096, Δf max is the maximum value of subcarrier spacing Δf, Δf max =480·10 3 (Hz). In the future, Δf max could be 480, 960, 1920, 3840, 7680, etc. in kilohertz (kHz), thus having finer temporal granularity/resolution.
f tx为发送端的频率位置，f rx为接收端的频率位置。在本申请实施例中，频率位置是指载波频率位置，或者载波的中心频率位置，或者载波上信号的起始频率位置，或者载波上信号的中心频率位置，或者载波上信号的结束频率位置等，在此不做限定。 f tx is the frequency position of the transmitting end, and frx is the frequency position of the receiving end. In this embodiment of the application, the frequency position refers to the carrier frequency position, or the center frequency position of the carrier, or the start frequency position of the signal on the carrier, or the center frequency position of the signal on the carrier, or the end frequency position of the signal on the carrier, etc. , is not limited here.
f rn,rx为中继移频前的频率，也就是说，中继从发送端接收到的信号的频率为f rn,rx。可将中继移频后的频率记为f rn,tx，也就是说，中继向接收端发送的信号的频率为f rn,tx。移频值可以记为f Δ，则f Δ＝f rn,tx-f rn,rx，可用于表示中继的发送信号和接收信号之间的频率变化，也用于表示通信***中接收端的接收信号和发送端发送的发送信号之间的频率变化。 f rn,rx is the frequency before the frequency shift of the relay, that is, the frequency of the signal received by the relay from the transmitting end is f rn,rx . The frequency after the frequency shift of the relay can be recorded as f rn,tx , that is, the frequency of the signal sent by the relay to the receiving end is f rn,tx . The frequency shift value can be recorded as f Δ , then f Δ ＝f rn,tx -f rn,rx can be used to represent the frequency change between the transmitted signal and the received signal of the relay, and also used to represent the reception of the receiving end in the communication system The frequency change between the signal and the transmitted signal sent by the transmitting end.
中继接收信号的载波频率和中继移频后的信号的载波频率可以为同一个载波频率范围，也就是说，中继接收信号的载波频率和中继发送信号的载波频率都属于相同的载波频率范围。中继接收信号的载波频率和中继移频后的信号的载波频率还可以为不同的载波频率范围，在此不做限定。The carrier frequency of the signal received by the relay and the carrier frequency of the signal after the frequency shift of the relay can be in the same carrier frequency range, that is to say, the carrier frequency of the signal received by the relay and the carrier frequency of the signal sent by the relay belong to the same carrier Frequency Range. The carrier frequency of the signal received by the relay and the carrier frequency of the signal shifted by the relay may also be in different carrier frequency ranges, which are not limited here.
本发明中，中继移频表示中继对接收的信号进行放大转发，且进行频率偏移。中继的移频值还可以称为频率偏移值、相位变化值、相位参数、频率参数。In the present invention, the relay frequency shift means that the relay amplifies and forwards the received signal, and performs frequency shift. The frequency shift value of the relay may also be referred to as a frequency offset value, a phase change value, a phase parameter, and a frequency parameter.
在NR协议中，发送端的天线端口p上的基带信号
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000035
的表达式满足以下表2中的公式。 In the NR protocol, the baseband signal on the antenna port p of the transmitter
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000035
The expression of satisfies the formula in Table 2 below.
表2Table 2
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000036
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000036
在本申请实施例中，
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000037
为发送信号的时域起始位置，可以理解为OFDM符号索引l的起始时间。Symb表示OFDM符号，
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000038
为子载波间隔索引μ对应的OFDM符号时间长度。
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000039
为发送时间t满足
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000040
对应的基带信号。
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000041
为发送信号(可以是调制后的信号，或者调制且进行DFT之后的信号，或者经过调制、DFT、预编码至少一项的基带信号等)。
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000042
为载波上的资源块数量(或带宽)，其中μ为子载波间隔索引，x为链路类型，例如，下行(downlink，DL)、上行(uplink，UL)、边缘链路(sidelink，SL)等。RB表示资源块，
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000043
为一个资源块的子载波(subcarrier，SC)数量。k为子载波索引，
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000044
为子载波(或者资源粒子resource element)位置。μ 0为链路上(例如上行、下行、边缘链路)配置的子载波间隔索引值集合中最大的值，
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000045
为公共资源块位置，
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000046
为循环前缀长度。 In the embodiment of this application,
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000037
is the time domain start position of the transmitted signal, which can be understood as the start time of OFDM symbol index 1. Symb represents the OFDM symbol,
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000038
is the OFDM symbol time length corresponding to the subcarrier spacing index μ.
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000039
For the sending time t to satisfy
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000040
Corresponding baseband signal.
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000041
is a transmitted signal (which may be a modulated signal, or a modulated signal subjected to DFT, or a baseband signal subjected to at least one item of modulation, DFT, and precoding, etc.).
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000042
is the number of resource blocks (or bandwidth) on the carrier, where μ is the subcarrier spacing index, x is the link type, for example, downlink (downlink, DL), uplink (uplink, UL), edge link (sidelink, SL) wait. RB means resource block,
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000043
is the number of subcarriers (subcarrier, SC) of a resource block. k is the subcarrier index,
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000044
is the subcarrier (or resource element resource element) position. μ 0 is the largest value in the set of subcarrier spacing index values configured on the link (such as uplink, downlink, edge link),
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000045
is the common resource block location,
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000046
is the length of the cyclic prefix.
当t＝0时，表示子载波的开始位置，
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000047
的表达式满足以下公式(3)，
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000048
的表达式满足以下公式(4)，其中，κ表示为常数64。 When t=0, it indicates the starting position of the subcarrier,
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000047
The expression of satisfies the following formula (3),
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000048
The expression of satisfies the following formula (4), where κ is expressed as a constant 64.
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000049
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000049
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000050
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000050
在NR中，发送端的基带信号
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000051
进行上调制/上变换到发送载波频率f tx，得到发送的信号
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000052
再基于载波频率f tx将信号
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000053
发送给接收端。以下可以将
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000054
简要记为s l(t)，
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000055
简要记为x l(t)，可以将发送信号
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000056
简要记为a k,l，则s l(t)的表达式可参照式(5)，x l(t)和s l(t)之间的关系表达式可参照公式(6a)或公式(6b)。 In NR, the baseband signal at the transmitter
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000051
Perform up-modulation/up-conversion to the transmission carrier frequency f tx to obtain the transmitted signal
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000052
Then based on the carrier frequency f tx the signal
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000053
sent to the receiving end. The following can be
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000054
It is briefly denoted as s l (t),
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000055
Denoted briefly as x l (t), the sending signal can be
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000056
Briefly denoted as a k,l , the expression of s l (t) can refer to formula (5), and the expression of the relationship between x l (t) and s l (t) can refer to formula (6a) or formula ( 6b).
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000057
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000057
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000058
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000058
或者or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000059
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000059
在本申请实施例中，公式中两个参数之间没有符号，或符号为×或·，均可理解为两个参数进行乘法运算。In the embodiment of the present application, if there is no sign between the two parameters in the formula, or the sign is × or ·, it can be understood that the two parameters are multiplied.
接收端基于载波频率f rx接收信号
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000060
之后，先将接收的信号
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000061
进行下变频得到信号
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000062
然后进行解调等处理操作，恢复原始数据。以下可以将接收端接收的信号
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000063
简要记为y l(t)，可以将
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000064
简要记为z l(t)，z l(t)和s l(t)之间的表达式可参照式(7)。 The receiving end receives the signal based on the carrier frequency f rx
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000060
After that, the received signal is first
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000061
Down-convert the signal to get the
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000062
Then perform processing operations such as demodulation to restore the original data. The following signals can be received by the receiver
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000063
Denoted briefly as y l (t), we can write
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000064
Briefly denoted as z l (t), the expression between z l (t) and s l (t) can refer to formula (7).
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000065
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000065
需要说明的是，在LTE中发送端和接收端之间的频率(例如，载波频率、中心频率、载波上信号的起始频率、中心频率或结束频率等)可以相同(或称为对齐)，可记为f 0。在NR中，发送端和接收端之间的频率可以相同或不同。在一种可能的示例中，中继接收信号的中心频率f rn,rx与发送端的发送信号的中心频率f 0相同，即f rn,rx＝f 0，中继的移频值f Δ＝f rn,tx-f 0。 It should be noted that in LTE, the frequency (for example, carrier frequency, center frequency, start frequency, center frequency or end frequency of the signal on the carrier, etc.) between the transmitting end and the receiving end may be the same (or called alignment), It can be recorded as f 0 . In NR, the frequencies between the sender and receiver can be the same or different. In a possible example, the center frequency f rn,rx of the signal received by the relay is the same as the center frequency f 0 of the signal sent by the transmitter, that is, f rn,rx =f 0 , and the frequency shift value of the relay f Δ =f rn,tx -f 0 .
假设发送端和接收端之间的信道造成的多径信号，在频域体现为信道系数h k,l，则接收端将接收的信号y l(t)进行下变频得到的信号z l(t)可以满足式(8)。 Assuming that the multipath signal caused by the channel between the sending end and the receiving end is reflected in the frequency domain as a channel coefficient h k,l , then the receiving end converts the received signal y l (t) to a signal z l (t ) can satisfy formula (8).
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000066
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000066
如式(7)和式(8)所知，在发送端和接收端之间的中心频点不同的情况下，基带信号可以直接转化为子载波偏移，例如，(f tx-f rx)/Δf。 As known from Equation (7) and Equation (8), when the center frequency points between the transmitting end and the receiving end are different, the baseband signal can be directly converted into a subcarrier offset, for example, (f tx -f rx ) /Δf.
在本发明中，载波频率可以为负值，或者载波频率为正值，对应的上转换信号为以下形式：In the present invention, the carrier frequency can be a negative value, or the carrier frequency can be a positive value, and the corresponding up-conversion signal is in the following form:
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000067
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000067
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000068
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000068
相应的下转化信号为：The corresponding down-conversion signal is:
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000069
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000069
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000070
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000070
应该理解，这种做法可以推广到所有实施例，在其它位置不再重复描述。It should be understood that this approach can be extended to all embodiments, and will not be repeated in other places.
在发送端和接收端之间存在中继的情况下，发送端向中继发送的信号x l(t)和发送端的基带信号s l(t)之间的关系可参照式(6a)。假设发送端和中继之间的信道系数为h k,l，则中继从发送端接收的信号y l(t)可以满足表达式(9)。假设发送端经过中继到接收端(或者接收端经过中继到发送端)的等效信道系数g k,l，则在接收端将从中继接收的信号进行下变频得到的信号z l(t)可以满足表达式(10)。其中，f 0为发送端的频率，f 2为中继发送端的频率。 In the case of a relay between the sender and receiver, the relationship between the signal x l (t) sent by the sender to the relay and the baseband signal s l (t) of the sender can be referred to in formula (6a). Assuming that the channel coefficient between the sender and the relay is h k,l , the signal y l (t) received by the relay from the sender can satisfy expression (9). Assuming the equivalent channel coefficient g k,l from the transmitting end to the receiving end through the relay (or from the receiving end to the sending end through the relay), the signal z l (t ) can satisfy expression (10). Wherein, f 0 is the frequency of the sending end, and f 2 is the frequency of the relay sending end.
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000071
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000071
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000072
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000072
即Right now
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000073
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000073
式(10)中的
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000074
使得接收端残留一个与时间l相关的相位偏差，导致信号无法解调。基于此，请参照图9，图9为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图。如图9所示，该方法包括S100～S109，该方法中的中继支持移频放大转发模式，即能实现信号的移频、放大和转发等步骤。该方法中，可以减少或者调整部分操作步骤。该方法以基站为网络设备，终端为终端设备进行举例说明。其中： In formula (10)
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000074
This causes a phase deviation related to time l to remain at the receiving end, making it impossible to demodulate the signal. Based on this, please refer to FIG. 9 , which is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 9, the method includes S100-S109. The relay in this method supports the frequency shifting, amplifying and forwarding mode, that is, the steps of frequency shifting, amplifying and forwarding of signals can be realized. In this method, some operation steps can be reduced or adjusted. The method is illustrated by taking a base station as a network device and a terminal as a terminal device. in:
S100：中继接入基站。S100: The relay accesses the base station.
步骤S100可以包括中继向基站发送连接请求消息，和基站响应该连接请求消息的步骤，以使中继接入基站。该请求消息可以为中继启动之后，或者为接收到基站发送的***信息或指示信息之后发送的，在此不做限定。Step S100 may include a step of the relay sending a connection request message to the base station, and the base station responding to the connection request message, so that the relay accesses the base station. The request message may be sent after the relay is started, or after receiving the system information or indication information sent by the base station, which is not limited here.
S101：中继向基站上报中继的能力信息。S101: The relay reports the capability information of the relay to the base station.
在本申请实施例中，中继的能力信息可以包括中继支持移频放大转发、中继支持的移频放大转发的信号类型、中继的移频范围、中继的移频取值、中继的信号放大倍数、中继的工 作带宽(或者通带宽度)、中继的工作载频、中继的功率参数等。中继的能力信息可以基于差分的方式进行上报，以减少上报的开销。步骤S101可以为可选的步骤。In this embodiment of the application, the capability information of the relay may include the relay supports frequency shift amplification and forwarding, the signal type of the frequency shift amplification and forwarding supported by the relay, the frequency shift range of the relay, the frequency shift value of the relay, the The signal amplification factor of the relay, the operating bandwidth (or passband width) of the relay, the operating carrier frequency of the relay, the power parameters of the relay, etc. The capability information of the relay can be reported in a differential manner, so as to reduce the reporting overhead. Step S101 may be an optional step.
其中，中继能否支持移频放大转发用于确定中继能否开启移频放大转发模式。若是，则可以开启移频放大转发模式，对接收到的信号进行移频、放大、转发。否则，不能对接收到的信号进行移频放大转发，可以对接收到的信号进行同频放大转发。通常情况下，若中继支持移频转发，则支持移频放大转发。Wherein, whether the relay can support frequency shift amplification and forwarding is used to determine whether the relay can enable the frequency shift amplification and forwarding mode. If so, the frequency shifting amplification and forwarding mode can be turned on to perform frequency shifting, amplification, and forwarding of the received signal. Otherwise, the received signal cannot be amplified and forwarded by frequency shifting, and the received signal can be amplified and forwarded at the same frequency. Usually, if the relay supports frequency shift forwarding, it supports frequency shift amplification forwarding.
在本申请实施例中，信号类型可以包括上行信号和下行信号，或广播信号和其他信号等。其中，上行信号可以是以下至少一个信道上承载的信号：物理层上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel，PUSCH)、物理层上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel，PUCCH)、物理随机接入信道(physical random access channel，PRACH)。或者上行信号还可以是以下至少一个：探测参考信号(sounding reference signal，SRS)、DMRS。In this embodiment of the present application, the signal type may include an uplink signal and a downlink signal, or a broadcast signal and other signals. Wherein, the uplink signal may be a signal carried on at least one of the following channels: physical uplink shared channel (physical uplink shared channel, PUSCH), physical layer uplink control channel (physical uplink control channel, PUCCH), physical random access channel (physical random access channel, PRACH). Alternatively, the uplink signal may also be at least one of the following: sounding reference signal (sounding reference signal, SRS), DMRS.
下行信号可以是以下至少一个信道上承载的信号：物理层上行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel，PDSCH)、物理层下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel，PDCCH)、物理广播信道(physical broadcast channel，PBCH)、同步信号/广播信号块(synchronization signal/broadcast channel block，SS/PBCH block)。下行信号或者可以是以下至少一个：信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information reference signal，CSI-RS)、DMRS、相位跟踪参考信号(physical tracking reference signal，PTRS)、跟踪参考信号(tracking reference signal，TRS)、隔离度测量参考信号(isolation measurement reference signal，ILM-RS)。The downlink signal can be a signal carried on at least one of the following channels: physical layer uplink shared channel (physical downlink shared channel, PDSCH), physical layer downlink control channel (physical downlink control channel, PDCCH), physical broadcast channel (physical broadcast channel, PBCH) ), synchronization signal/broadcast channel block (SS/PBCH block). The downlink signal may be at least one of the following: channel state information reference signal (channel state information reference signal, CSI-RS), DMRS, phase tracking reference signal (physical tracking reference signal, PTRS), tracking reference signal (tracking reference signal, TRS ), isolation measurement reference signal (ILM-RS).
广播信号可以指以下任意一个：同步/广播信号块(synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel block，SS/PBCH block)、***消息、寻呼消息、随机接入过程中的涉及的消息(例如，消息1、消息2、消息3、消息4)、控制信道、物理随机接入信道(physical random access channel，PRACH)、TRS。The broadcast signal may refer to any of the following: synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel block (SS/PBCH block), system message, paging message, and messages involved in the random access process (for example, message 1, Message 2, message 3, message 4), control channel, physical random access channel (physical random access channel, PRACH), TRS.
其它信号可以指单播信号、CSI-RS、SRS。例如，针对特定用户的控制和数据信道的信号。该信道可以是由小区无线网络临时标识符(cell-radio network temporary identifier，C-RNTI)、配置的调度RNTI(configured scheduling RNTI，CS-RNTI)等加扰的控制信道以及对应的数据信道。Other signals may refer to unicast signals, CSI-RS, SRS. For example, signals for user-specific control and data channels. The channel may be a control channel scrambled by a cell-radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI), a configured scheduling RNTI (configured scheduling RNTI, CS-RNTI), and a corresponding data channel.
中继支持的移频放大转发的信号类型可以为上述信号类型中的至少一种。可以理解，中继可以对支持的移频放大转发的信号类型的信号进行移频放大转发。例如，若中继支持的移频放大转发的信号类型为上行信号，则允许中继对从终端接收的信号进行移频放大转发。若中继支持的移频放大转发的信号类型为广播信号，则允许中继对从基站接收的广播信号进行移频放大转发。如果中继支持的移频放大转发的信号类型和移频值之间存在对应关系，则中继还可以将该对应关系作为能力信息上报给基站，从而便于基站调度对应的信号。The signal type supported by the relay through frequency shift amplification and forwarding may be at least one of the foregoing signal types. It can be understood that the relay may perform frequency shift amplification and forwarding on signals of supported signal types through frequency shift amplification and forwarding. For example, if the signal type supported by the relay through frequency shift amplification and forwarding is an uplink signal, the relay is allowed to perform frequency shift amplification and forwarding on signals received from the terminal. If the signal type supported by the relay is a broadcast signal, the relay is allowed to perform frequency shift amplification and forwarding on the broadcast signal received from the base station. If there is a corresponding relationship between the signal type supported by the relay for frequency shift amplification forwarding and the frequency shift value, the relay may also report the corresponding relationship as capability information to the base station, so as to facilitate the base station to schedule corresponding signals.
在本申请实施例中，中继的移频范围是指中继进行移频的频率范围。中继的移频取值包括移频值的取值(或候选值)和/或取值范围。将中继的移频范围作为能力信息上报给基站，可使基站确定是否进行移频处理。将中继的移频取值作为能力信息上报给基站，可使基站确定是否进行移频处理以及确定移频值的大小。In this embodiment of the present application, the frequency shift range of the relay refers to the frequency range in which the relay performs frequency shift. The frequency shift value of the relay includes the value (or candidate value) and/or value range of the frequency shift value. Reporting the frequency shifting range of the relay to the base station as capability information enables the base station to determine whether to perform frequency shifting processing. Reporting the frequency shift value of the relay to the base station as capability information enables the base station to determine whether to perform frequency shift processing and determine the magnitude of the frequency shift value.
信号放大倍数是指信号放大之后的信号与信号放大之前的信号之间幅度的比值或者功率的比值。在本申请实施例中，可以将中继进行信号放大处理对应的信号放大倍数称为实际放大倍数。信号放大倍数中的最大值可以称为中继支持的最大放大倍数。如果信号放大倍数中的实际放大倍数或最大放大倍数与移频值之间存在对应关系，则中继还可以将该对应关系作为能力信息上报给基站。如此，可以基于不同移频值确定对应不同的最大放大倍数。例如， 移频值为0时，对应最大放大倍数A1；移频值为f Δ1时，对应最大放大倍数A2；移频值为f Δ2时，对应最大放大倍数A3。 The signal amplification factor refers to the ratio of amplitude or power between the signal after signal amplification and the signal before signal amplification. In this embodiment of the present application, the signal amplification factor corresponding to the signal amplification processing performed by the relay may be referred to as an actual amplification factor. The maximum value among the signal amplification factors may be called the maximum amplification factor supported by the relay. If there is a corresponding relationship between the actual amplification factor or the maximum amplification factor in the signal amplification factor and the frequency shift value, the relay may also report the corresponding relationship as capability information to the base station. In this way, different maximum amplification factors can be determined based on different frequency shift values. For example, when the frequency shift value is 0, it corresponds to the maximum magnification factor A1; when the frequency shift value is f Δ1 , it corresponds to the maximum magnification factor A2; when the frequency shift value is f Δ2 , it corresponds to the maximum magnification factor A3.
中继的信号放大倍数可以与中继的发送信号天线到中继接收信号天线之间的路损(可以对应为中继天线之间的隔离度)相关。一般情况下，中继的信号放大倍数应该小于隔离度，可以防止发送信号被接收端接收且被循环放大，避免产生自激效应。The signal amplification factor of the relay may be related to the path loss between the transmitting signal antenna of the relay and the receiving signal antenna of the relay (which may correspond to the isolation between the relay antennas). In general, the signal amplification factor of the relay should be smaller than the isolation degree, which can prevent the transmitted signal from being received by the receiving end and be cyclically amplified, and avoid the self-excitation effect.
带宽，又叫频宽，对应数据传输时占用的频域资源数量。在本申请实施例中，中继的工作带宽可以包括中继能够支持的信号带宽，即中继对该带宽内的信号进行几乎无损(或者损失比较小)的放大。可选地，工作带宽和移频值之间可以存在对应关系，即不同带宽对应的移频值不相同。例如，工作带宽位于第一范围时，对应的移频值为0；工作带宽位于第二范围时，对应移频值f Δ1；工作带宽位于第三范围时，对应移频值f Δ2。如果工作带宽和移频值之间存在对应关系，中继还可以将该对应关系作为能力信息上报给基站。 Bandwidth, also called bandwidth, corresponds to the number of frequency domain resources occupied by data transmission. In this embodiment of the present application, the working bandwidth of the relay may include a signal bandwidth that the relay can support, that is, the relay performs almost lossless (or relatively small loss) amplification on signals within the bandwidth. Optionally, there may be a corresponding relationship between the working bandwidth and the frequency shift value, that is, the frequency shift values corresponding to different bandwidths are different. For example, when the working bandwidth is in the first range, the corresponding frequency shift value is 0; when the working bandwidth is in the second range, the corresponding frequency shift value is f Δ1 ; when the working bandwidth is in the third range, the corresponding frequency shift value is f Δ2 . If there is a corresponding relationship between the working bandwidth and the frequency shift value, the relay may also report the corresponding relationship as capability information to the base station.
在本申请实施例中，中继的工作载频可包括中继接收信号的载波频率f rn,tx的频率范围、中继发送信号的载波频率的f rn,rx的频率范围等。如果中继的载波频率和移频值之间存在对应关系，则中继还可以将该对应关系作为能力信息上报给基站。 In the embodiment of the present application, the working carrier frequency of the relay may include the frequency range of the carrier frequency f rn,tx of the relay received signal, the frequency range of the carrier frequency f rn,rx of the relay transmitted signal, and the like. If there is a corresponding relationship between the carrier frequency of the relay and the frequency shift value, the relay may also report the corresponding relationship as capability information to the base station.
在本申请实施例中，中继的功率参数可包括中继的额定电流、额定电压、最大输入电流、最大输入功率、最大输出功率等。若功率参数中的信息与移频值之间存在对应关系，则中继还可以将该对应关系作为能力信息上报给基站。In this embodiment of the present application, the power parameters of the relay may include a rated current, a rated voltage, a maximum input current, a maximum input power, a maximum output power, and the like of the relay. If there is a corresponding relationship between the information in the power parameter and the frequency shift value, the relay may also report the corresponding relationship as capability information to the base station.
在本申请实施例中，中继的能力信息还可包括中继处理控制指令的时延，该时延是指中继在接收到控制指令之后，响应该控制指令的时延。本申请对于能力信息的内容不做限定。中继的能力信息可以是中继与基站连接成功之后，上报的信息。或者可以为接收到基站的指示之后，上报的信息。或者可以为中继接入新的终端之后，上报的信息等。或者可以为预设时长到达时向基站上报的信息等，在此不做限定。步骤S101为可选的步骤。In this embodiment of the present application, the capability information of the relay may further include a delay for the relay to process the control command, and the delay refers to a delay for the relay to respond to the control command after receiving the control command. This application does not limit the content of the capability information. The capability information of the relay may be information reported after the relay successfully connects with the base station. Or it may be the information reported after receiving the indication from the base station. Or it may be the information reported after the relay accesses the new terminal. Or it may be the information reported to the base station when the preset duration arrives, which is not limited here. Step S101 is an optional step.
S102：中继确定开启中继模式。S102: The relay determines to enable the relay mode.
在本申请实施例中，开启中继模式默认为开启中继的放大转发模式。步骤S102可以包括中继根据基站的指示信息确定开启中继模式。该指示信息可用于指示中继开启放大转发模式，还可以进一步用于指示放大倍数、接收信号的频率位置f rn,rx和/或移频后信号的频率位置f rn,tx、移频值f Δ、放大信号的带宽、下行发送功率、上行发送功率、工作的时间(例如，时隙/OFDM符号位置和/或时间长度、开启的周期)等信息。基站可以根据中继是否连接了终端来确定是否发送指示信息。例如，如果基站确定有用户(或终端)进入中继的工作区，则基站可以向中继发送指示信息，以指示中继开启工作。 In this embodiment of the application, enabling the relay mode defaults to enabling the relay amplification and forwarding mode. Step S102 may include the relay determining to enable the relay mode according to the indication information of the base station. The indication information can be used to instruct the relay to turn on the amplification and forwarding mode, and can be further used to indicate the amplification factor, the frequency position f rn,rx of the received signal and/or the frequency position f rn,tx of the frequency-shifted signal, and the frequency shift value f Δ , the bandwidth of the amplified signal, downlink transmission power, uplink transmission power, working time (for example, time slot/OFDM symbol position and/or time length, open period) and other information. The base station may determine whether to send the indication information according to whether the relay is connected to the terminal. For example, if the base station determines that a user (or terminal) enters the working area of the relay, the base station may send indication information to the relay to instruct the relay to start working.
步骤S102或者可以包括中继根据***信息等信息，例如，SS/PBCH block、随机接入、寻呼消息的发送周期和/或发送时间等，来确定开启中继模式。步骤S102或者可以包括中继根据终端的信号确定开启工作。例如，中继接收到终端的信号的频率较低，或信号的强度较小等，可以确定开启中继模式。Step S102 may include that the relay determines to enable the relay mode according to information such as system information, for example, SS/PBCH block, random access, sending cycle and/or sending time of paging messages, and the like. Step S102 may also include the relay determining to start working according to the signal of the terminal. For example, when the frequency of the signal received by the relay from the terminal is low, or the strength of the signal is low, etc., it may be determined to enable the relay mode.
S103：中继确定开启移频放大转发模式。S103: The relay determines to enable the frequency-shifting amplification and forwarding mode.
在本申请实施例中，开启移频放大转发模式是指采用中继的移频、放大和转发的功能进行信号处理。步骤S103可以根据以下至少一个信息：接收信号的信号强度、信号质量、信号放大倍数、中继发送天线和接收天线之间的路损，来确定开启移频放大转发模式。In this embodiment of the present application, enabling the frequency shifting amplification and forwarding mode refers to using the frequency shifting, amplification and forwarding functions of the relay to perform signal processing. Step S103 may determine to enable the frequency shifting amplification and forwarding mode according to at least one of the following information: signal strength, signal quality, signal amplification factor of the received signal, and path loss between the relay transmitting antenna and the receiving antenna.
例如，如果发送天线和接收天线之间的路损(或者隔离度)与信号放大倍数之间的差距未达到预定值，则开启移频放大转发模式。如此，可使得中继的对接收信号采取更大的放大倍数，提高中继对终端和基站之间的通信质量。再例如，中继接收的基站信号的信号质量大 于门限值或者信号放大倍数小于门限值，则不开启移频放大转发模式或采用同频放大转发来辅助下行通信，否则采取移频放大转发模式辅助下行通信。或者，中继接收的终端信号的信号质量大于门限值或者信号放大倍数小于门限值，则不开启移频放大转发模式，或采用同频放大转发来辅助上行通信，否则采取移频放大转发模式辅助上行通信。这里的信号质量的门限值或信号放大倍数的门限值可以由基站配置信息确定，或者为预配置值。For example, if the difference between the path loss (or isolation) between the transmitting antenna and the receiving antenna and the signal amplification factor does not reach a predetermined value, the frequency shifting amplification and forwarding mode is turned on. In this way, the relay can adopt a larger amplification factor for the received signal, and improve the communication quality between the relay terminal and the base station. For another example, if the signal quality of the base station signal received by the relay is greater than the threshold value or the signal amplification factor is smaller than the threshold value, the frequency shifting amplification and forwarding mode will not be enabled or the same frequency amplification and forwarding will be used to assist downlink communication, otherwise the frequency shifting amplification and forwarding will be used Mode assists downlink communication. Or, if the signal quality of the terminal signal received by the relay is greater than the threshold value or the signal amplification factor is smaller than the threshold value, the frequency shifting amplification and forwarding mode is not enabled, or the same frequency amplification and forwarding is used to assist uplink communication, otherwise the frequency shifting amplification and forwarding is adopted Mode assists uplink communication. Here, the threshold value of the signal quality or the threshold value of the signal amplification factor may be determined by configuration information of the base station, or be a pre-configured value.
步骤S103或者可以是基站根据下行通信或者上行通信对信号质量的需求(或者，服务质量(quality of service，QoS)对于时延、速率的要求等)，确定是否需要中继开启移频放大转发模式。若确定，则基站可以指示中继进行移频放大转发。基站进一步还可以指示移频值，终端根据该指示确定具体的移频值，并进入移频放大转发模式。Step S103 may be that the base station determines whether the relay needs to turn on the frequency shifting amplification and forwarding mode according to the signal quality requirements of downlink communication or uplink communication (or, quality of service (QoS) requirements for delay and rate, etc.) . If determined, the base station may instruct the relay to perform frequency shifting, amplifying and forwarding. The base station may further indicate a frequency shift value, and the terminal determines a specific frequency shift value according to the indication, and enters a frequency shift amplifying and forwarding mode.
S104：中继从基站接收配置信息。S104: The relay receives configuration information from the base station.
在本申请实施例中，配置信息用于指示所述中继进行移频放大转发。该配置信息可包括中继的移频参数，该移频参数用于所述中继确定以下至少一个信息：所述中继的移频值f Δ＝f rn,tx-f rn,rx、所述中继接收信号的频率(也可称为移频前信号的频率)f rn,rx和所述中继发送信号的频率(也可称为移频后信号的频率)f rn,tx。移频参数可以是基站确定发送给中继的；还可以是中继根据自身情况(例如，中继的能力信息和移频相关联的参数)确定移频参数的一个或多个取值后，请求基站配置的具体取值；还可以是终端确定的移频参数的一个或多个取值，以及中继确定的移频参数的一个或多个取值，在终端和中继将这些参数上报后，由基站最终确定移频参数等，在此不做限定。 In this embodiment of the present application, the configuration information is used to instruct the relay to perform frequency shift amplification and forwarding. The configuration information may include a frequency shift parameter of the relay, and the frequency shift parameter is used for the relay to determine at least one of the following information: the frequency shift value f Δ =f rn,tx -f rn,rx of the relay, the The frequency of the relay received signal (also called the frequency of the signal before frequency shift) f rn,rx and the frequency of the relay sent signal (also called the frequency of the signal after frequency shift) f rn,tx . The frequency shift parameter may be determined by the base station to be sent to the relay; it may also be determined by the relay after determining one or more values of the frequency shift parameter according to its own conditions (for example, relay capability information and parameters associated with frequency shift), Request specific values configured by the base station; it can also be one or more values of the frequency shift parameters determined by the terminal, and one or more values of the frequency shift parameters determined by the relay, and report these parameters between the terminal and the relay Afterwards, the base station finally determines the frequency shift parameters and the like, which are not limited here.
在一种可能的示例中，配置信息可以包括以下至少一项：所述中继接收信号对应的子载波间隔、所述中继接收信号的频率范围、所述中继发送信号的频率范围、所述中继的实际放大倍数、所述中继支持的最大放大倍数、所述中继的功率余量、所述中继的放大倍数余量、所述中继支持的最大输出功率、所述中继接收信号的功率、所述中继移频放大转发的信号类型、所述中继的移频范围等移频相关联的信息。In a possible example, the configuration information may include at least one of the following: the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay sent signal, the The actual magnification of the relay, the maximum magnification supported by the relay, the power headroom of the relay, the magnification headroom of the relay, the maximum output power supported by the relay, the Information related to frequency shifting, such as the power of the received signal, the type of signal that is amplified and forwarded by the relay frequency shifting, and the frequency shifting range of the relaying.
其中，子载波间隔可参照前述的子载波的描述，中继发送信号的频率范围以及中继接收信号的频率范围可参照前述的工作载频的描述，中继的实际放大倍数和支持的最大放大倍数可参照前述的信号放大倍数的描述，中继支持的最大输出功率可参照前述的中继的功率参数的描述，中继移频放大转发的信号类型可参照前述的中继支持的移频放大转发的信号类型的描述，中继的移频范围可参照前述的中继的移频范围描述，在此不再赘述。For the subcarrier spacing, refer to the above description of subcarriers. For the frequency range of the relay sending signal and the frequency range of the relay receiving signal, refer to the above description of the working carrier frequency. The actual amplification factor of the relay and the maximum amplification supported For the multiplier, please refer to the description of the aforementioned signal amplification factor. For the maximum output power supported by the relay, please refer to the description of the aforementioned relay power parameters. For the type of signal forwarded by the relay frequency shift amplification, please refer to the aforementioned frequency shift amplification supported by the relay. For the description of the forwarded signal type and the frequency shifting range of the relay, refer to the description of the frequency shifting range of the relay described above, which will not be repeated here.
中继的功率余量是指中继的剩余功率，可以等于最大输出功率和实际的输出功率之间的差值。中继的放大倍数余量是指中继的剩余放大倍数，可以等于最大放大倍数和实际放大倍数之间的差值。中继接收信号的功率是指中继接收信号的功率。以上信息包括中继的能力信息和可支持的剩余能力信息，均可影响中继的移频值的取值。The power headroom of the relay refers to the residual power of the relay, which may be equal to the difference between the maximum output power and the actual output power. The magnification margin of the relay refers to the remaining magnification of the relay, which can be equal to the difference between the maximum magnification and the actual magnification. The power of the signal received by the relay refers to the power of the signal received by the relay. The above information includes relay capability information and supportable remaining capability information, all of which can affect the value of the frequency shift value of the relay.
在一种可能的示例中，配置信息可以包括根据移频相关联的信息确定移频值的大小的方法。该方法可包括移频相关联的信息和移频值的大小之间的映射关系，该映射关系可通过表格进行描述。如此，中继可根据该方法和移频相关联的信息确定中继的移频值的大小。具体可参照下面步骤S201中的举例说明。In a possible example, the configuration information may include a method of determining a frequency shift value according to information associated with the frequency shift. The method may include a mapping relationship between information associated with frequency shifting and magnitudes of frequency shifting values, and the mapping relationship may be described by a table. In this way, the relay can determine the magnitude of the frequency shift value of the relay according to the method and the information associated with the frequency shift. For details, refer to the example description in step S201 below.
在一种可能的示例中，配置信息包括指示信息，该指示信息用于确定所述中继的移频值的大小为32·K个资源块，所述K为整数。具体可参照下面图11描述的通信方法。In a possible example, the configuration information includes indication information, and the indication information is used to determine that the size of the frequency shift value of the relay is 32·K resource blocks, where K is an integer. For details, refer to the communication method described in FIG. 11 below.
在本申请实施例中，配置信息可以承载在物理广播信道(physical broadcast channel，PBCH)、剩余最小***信息(remaining minimum system information，RMSI)、***信息块(system information block，SIB)1、SIB2、SIB3，媒体接入控制的控制元素(media access  control-control element，MAC-CE)、下行控制信息(down link control information，DCI)、无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)以及***信息中的任意一项。In this embodiment of the application, the configuration information may be carried on a physical broadcast channel (physical broadcast channel, PBCH), remaining minimum system information (remaining minimum system information, RMSI), system information block (system information block, SIB) 1, SIB2, SIB3, media access control control element (media access control-control element, MAC-CE), downlink control information (down link control information, DCI), radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) and any of the system information one item.
本申请对于步骤S103和步骤S104的先后顺序不作限定，可以交换，或者同时执行。The present application does not limit the sequence of step S103 and step S104, which can be exchanged or executed at the same time.
S105：中继根据配置信息进入移频放大转发模式。S105: The relay enters a frequency-shifting amplifying and forwarding mode according to the configuration information.
步骤S105为可选的步骤，即中继可以根据配置信息进行信号的中继放大转发，如果进行移频，则默认进入移频放大转发模式，可参照图7和图8所示的示意图。否则不进入移频放大转发模式。若中继没有接收到配置信息，中继可以按照预先设置的算法进入移频放大转发模式。Step S105 is an optional step, that is, the relay can perform relay amplification and forwarding of the signal according to the configuration information. If frequency shifting is performed, it will enter the frequency shifting amplification and forwarding mode by default. Refer to the schematic diagrams shown in FIG. 7 and FIG. 8 . Otherwise, it will not enter the frequency shifting amplification and forwarding mode. If the relay does not receive the configuration information, the relay can enter the frequency shifting amplification and forwarding mode according to the preset algorithm.
可以理解，在步骤S100～S105中，若中继接入基站，则先确定是否开启中继模式。若是，则进一步确定是否开启中继的移频放大转发模式。若是，则基站配置该移频放大转发模式的配置信息，并发生给中继，以使中继根据该配置信息进入移频放大转发模式，从而中继对接收信号进行移频放大转发，以辅助终端和基站之间的上行和/或者下行通信。It can be understood that, in steps S100-S105, if the relay accesses the base station, it is first determined whether to enable the relay mode. If yes, it is further determined whether to enable the frequency shifting amplification and forwarding mode of the relay. If so, the base station configures the configuration information of the frequency shift amplification and forwarding mode, and sends it to the relay, so that the relay enters the frequency shift amplification and forwarding mode according to the configuration information, so that the relay performs frequency shift amplification and forwarding of the received signal to assist Uplink and/or downlink communication between a terminal and a base station.
在步骤S105之前，若发送端对待发送的信号进行相位预补偿，或者接收端在接收到中继转发的移频的信号之后，对该信号进行相位补偿，可使接收端接收的信号和发送端发送的信号之间的各个符号的相位相同，可提高解调的成功率。具体可参照下面图10描述的基站进行信号处理的方法以及后述的终端进行信号处理的方法。Before step S105, if the sending end performs phase pre-compensation on the signal to be sent, or the receiving end performs phase compensation on the signal after receiving the frequency-shifted signal forwarded by the relay, the signal received by the receiving end and the sending end The phases of each symbol between the transmitted signals are the same, which can improve the success rate of demodulation. Specifically, reference may be made to the method for signal processing by the base station described in FIG. 10 below and the method for signal processing by the terminal described later.
在步骤S105中，若中继根据配置信息对从发送端接收到的信号进行相位补偿，可以使得基站和终端都不需要进行额外的相位补偿，且不受移频造成各个符号上的相位不相同的影响。在现有的通信***中，也可以部署这种中继，前向兼容现有的终端设备和网络设备，从而提升现有网络的覆盖能力。具体可参照后述的中继进行信号处理的方法。In step S105, if the relay performs phase compensation on the signal received from the transmitting end according to the configuration information, neither the base station nor the terminal needs to perform additional phase compensation, and the phases on each symbol are not the same due to frequency shift Impact. In the existing communication system, this kind of relay can also be deployed, which is forward compatible with existing terminal equipment and network equipment, thereby improving the coverage capability of the existing network. For details, refer to the method for performing signal processing by relay described later.
S106：中继确定关闭移频放大转发模式。该步骤可选。S106: The relay determines to turn off the frequency-shifting amplification and forwarding mode. This step is optional.
在本申请实施例中，关闭移频放大转发模式是指不采用中继的移频转发的功能进行信号处理，即采用同频放大转发模式进行信号处理。步骤S106可以根据以下至少一个信息：接收信号的信号强度、信号质量、信号放大倍数、中继发送天线和接收天线之间的路损，来确定关闭移频放大转发模式。In this embodiment of the present application, disabling the frequency-shifting amplification and forwarding mode refers to not using the frequency-shifting forwarding function of the relay for signal processing, that is, using the same-frequency amplification and forwarding mode for signal processing. Step S106 may determine to disable the frequency shifting amplification and forwarding mode according to at least one of the following information: signal strength, signal quality, signal amplification factor of the received signal, and path loss between the relay transmitting antenna and the receiving antenna.
例如，如果发送天线和接收天线之间的路损(或者隔离度)与信号放大倍数之间的差距超过预定值，则关闭移频放大转发模式。如此，可使得中继在接收信号放大转发时，不进行移频，从而简化中继操作，降低功耗和复杂度。再例如，中继接收的基站信号的信号质量大于门限值或者信号放大倍数小于门限值，则不开启移频放大转发模式或采用同频放大转发来辅助下行通信，否则采取移频放大转发模式辅助下行通信。或者，中继接收的终端信号的信号质量大于门限值或者信号放大倍数小于门限值，则不开启移频放大转发模式，或采用同频放大转发来辅助上行通信，否则采取移频放大转发模式辅助上行通信。这里的信号质量的门限值或信号放大倍数的门限值可以由基站配置信息确定，或者为预配置值。For example, if the difference between the path loss (or isolation) between the transmitting antenna and the receiving antenna and the signal amplification factor exceeds a predetermined value, the frequency shifting amplification forwarding mode is turned off. In this way, the relay does not perform frequency shift when the received signal is amplified and forwarded, thereby simplifying the relay operation and reducing power consumption and complexity. For another example, if the signal quality of the base station signal received by the relay is greater than the threshold value or the signal amplification factor is smaller than the threshold value, the frequency shifting amplification and forwarding mode will not be enabled or the same frequency amplification and forwarding will be used to assist downlink communication, otherwise the frequency shifting amplification and forwarding will be used Mode assists downlink communication. Or, if the signal quality of the terminal signal received by the relay is greater than the threshold value or the signal amplification factor is smaller than the threshold value, the frequency shifting amplification and forwarding mode is not enabled, or the same frequency amplification and forwarding is used to assist uplink communication, otherwise the frequency shifting amplification and forwarding is adopted Mode assists uplink communication. Here, the threshold value of the signal quality or the threshold value of the signal amplification factor may be determined by configuration information of the base station, or be a pre-configured value.
步骤S106或者可以基站根据下行通信或者上行通信对信号质量的需求(或者，QoS对于时延、速率的要求等)来确定是否需要中继关闭移频放大转发模式。若确定，则基站可以指示中继关闭移频放大转发模式，或者指示中继进入同频转发中继模式。In step S106, the base station may determine whether the relay needs to turn off the frequency shift amplification and forwarding mode according to the signal quality requirements of downlink communication or uplink communication (or QoS requirements for delay and rate, etc.). If determined, the base station may instruct the relay to turn off the frequency-shifting amplification and forwarding mode, or instruct the relay to enter the same-frequency forwarding and relaying mode.
步骤S103和步骤S106的前提是，中继支持根据配置信息确定是否开启或关闭移频转发模式。需要说明的是，该配置信息和步骤S104中的配置信息不同，这里的配置信息是用于指示开启或关闭移频放大转发模式，步骤S104中的配置信息用于指示中继进行移频放大转发以及确定移频值。The premise of step S103 and step S106 is that the relay supports determining whether to enable or disable the frequency shift forwarding mode according to the configuration information. It should be noted that this configuration information is different from the configuration information in step S104. The configuration information here is used to indicate whether to turn on or off the frequency shift amplification and forwarding mode. The configuration information in step S104 is used to instruct the relay to perform frequency shift amplification and forwarding. And determine the frequency shift value.
S107：中继进入同频放大转发模式。该步骤可选。S107: The relay enters the same-frequency amplification and forwarding mode. This step is optional.
同频放大转发模式即中继放大并转发接收信号，辅助终端和基站之间的上行和/或者下通信，而不进行移频处理，可参照图6所示的示意图。In the same-frequency amplification and forwarding mode, the relay amplifies and forwards the received signal to assist the uplink and/or downlink communication between the terminal and the base station without performing frequency shift processing. Refer to the schematic diagram shown in FIG. 6 .
S108：中继确定关闭中继模式。该步骤可选。S108: The relay determines to turn off the relay mode. This step is optional.
在本申请实施例中，关闭中继模式是指关闭中继的功能，可以理解为关闭放大转发模式。步骤S108可以包括根据基站的指示信息确定关闭中继模式。该指示信息可用于指示中继关闭放大转发模式，或确定关闭中继模式。基站可以根据中继是否连接了终端，来确定是否发送指示信息。例如，如果基站确定没有或少量用户(或终端)进入中继的工作区，则基站可以向中继发送指示信息，以指示中继关闭中继模式。步骤S108或者可以包括中继根据***信息和终端信号等信息确定关闭中继模式。可以理解，在中继关闭中继之后，终端可与中继直接进行通信。In this embodiment of the present application, turning off the relay mode refers to turning off the relay function, which can be understood as turning off the amplification and forwarding mode. Step S108 may include determining to turn off the relay mode according to the indication information of the base station. The indication information may be used to instruct the relay to disable the amplification and forwarding mode, or to determine to disable the relay mode. The base station may determine whether to send the indication information according to whether the relay is connected to the terminal. For example, if the base station determines that no or a small number of users (or terminals) enter the working area of the relay, the base station may send indication information to the relay to instruct the relay to turn off the relay mode. Step S108 may also include the relay determining to disable the relay mode according to information such as system information and terminal signals. It can be understood that after the relay is disabled by the relay, the terminal can directly communicate with the relay.
S109：终端直接与基站进行通信。该步骤可选。S109: The terminal directly communicates with the base station. This step is optional.
可以理解，在步骤S106～S109中，若中继确定关闭移频放大转发模式，则进入同频放大转发模式。若中继确定关闭中继模式，则中继停止工作，终端直接与基站进行通信，可提高通信效率。It can be understood that, in steps S106-S109, if the relay determines to disable the frequency-shifting amplification and forwarding mode, it enters the same-frequency amplification and forwarding mode. If the relay determines to turn off the relay mode, the relay stops working, and the terminal directly communicates with the base station, which can improve communication efficiency.
在上行通信时，网络设备可以基于预先获取的移频值对待发送的信号进行相位预补偿。在下行通信时，终端设备可以基于预先获取的移频值对待发送的信号进行相位预补偿。若发送端没有进行相位预补偿，则接收端可以对中继转发的信号进行相位补偿，或者可以由中继对移频之后的信号进行相位补偿，或对移频之前的信号进行相位预补偿。以下分别以网络设备、中继和终端设备说明，对中继的移频信号进行信号处理的方法。During uplink communication, the network device may perform phase pre-compensation on the signal to be transmitted based on the pre-acquired frequency shift value. During downlink communication, the terminal device may perform phase pre-compensation on the signal to be transmitted based on the pre-acquired frequency shift value. If the transmitting end does not perform phase pre-compensation, the receiving end can perform phase compensation on the signal forwarded by the relay, or the relay can perform phase compensation on the signal after the frequency shift, or perform phase pre-compensation on the signal before the frequency shift. The method for performing signal processing on the frequency-shifted signal of the relay will be described below using the network device, the relay, and the terminal device respectively.
请参照图10，图10为本申请实施例提供的一种信号处理的方法，该方法应用于如图1所示的***中的网络设备。在本方法中以基站为网络设备，以终端为终端设备进行举例说明，该方法中的中继可执行图9所示的通信方法。该方法可包括步骤S201和步骤S202，其中：Please refer to FIG. 10 . FIG. 10 is a signal processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application, and the method is applied to a network device in the system shown in FIG. 1 . In this method, a base station is used as a network device and a terminal is used as an example for illustration. The relay in this method can execute the communication method shown in FIG. 9 . The method may include step S201 and step S202, wherein:
S201：基站获取中继的移频值。S201: The base station acquires a frequency shift value of the relay.
在一种可能的示例中，在步骤S201之前，所述方法还包括：向所述中继发送配置信息，所述配置信息用于指示所述中继进行移频放大转发。In a possible example, before step S201, the method further includes: sending configuration information to the relay, where the configuration information is used to instruct the relay to perform frequency shift amplification and forwarding.
其中，配置信息可以包括中继的移频参数，或者可包括中继接收信号对应的子载波间隔、中继接收信号的频率范围、中继发送信号的频率范围、中继的实际放大倍数、中继支持的最大放大倍数、中继的功率余量、中继的放大倍数余量、中继支持的最大输出功率、中继接收信号的功率、中继移频放大转发的信号类型、中继的移频范围、中继的能力信息等移频相关联的信息。或者可以包括用于确定所述中继的移频值的大小为32·K个资源块的指示信息，其中K为整数。配置信息可参照步骤S104的描述，在此不再赘述。如此，基站和中继均可以基于以上信息获取中继的移频值。且中继根据该配置信息进行移频放大转发，可提高移频的准确率。The configuration information may include the frequency shift parameters of the relay, or may include the subcarrier interval corresponding to the signal received by the relay, the frequency range of the signal received by the relay, the frequency range of the signal sent by the relay, the actual amplification factor of the relay, the The maximum amplification factor supported by the relay, the power margin of the relay, the amplification factor margin of the relay, the maximum output power supported by the relay, the power of the signal received by the relay, the signal type of the relay frequency shifting amplification and forwarding, the relay’s Information related to frequency shifting, such as frequency shifting range and relay capability information. Or it may include indication information for determining that the size of the frequency shift value of the relay is 32·K resource blocks, where K is an integer. For the configuration information, reference may be made to the description of step S104, which will not be repeated here. In this way, both the base station and the relay can obtain the frequency shift value of the relay based on the above information. And the relay performs frequency shifting, amplifying and forwarding according to the configuration information, which can improve the accuracy of frequency shifting.
或者在一种可能的示例中，中继的移频值可以为中继实际工作的移频值。也就是说，中继没有接收到基站发送的配置信息或与移频值相关的信息，中继按照预先设置的算法进入移频放大转发模式。中继在移频之后，中继可以向基站上报中继的移频值，或者中继的发送信号的频率f rn,tx和中继的接收信号的频率f rn,rx，或者移频相关联的信息等。如此，基站可以根据中继上报的移频值直接获取中继的移频值。或者可以根据中继上报的发送信号的频率f rn,tx以及接收信号的频率f rn,rx之间的差值获取中继的移频值。或者基站可以根据中继上报的移频相关联的信息，以及预先设置的该信息确定移频值的大小的方法获取中继的移频值。 Or in a possible example, the frequency shift value of the relay may be the actual working frequency shift value of the relay. That is to say, the relay does not receive the configuration information sent by the base station or the information related to the frequency shift value, and the relay enters the frequency shift amplification and forwarding mode according to a preset algorithm. After the relay is frequency shifted, the relay can report the frequency shift value of the relay to the base station, or the frequency f rn,tx of the transmitted signal of the relay is related to the frequency f rn,rx of the received signal of the relay, or the frequency shift information, etc. In this way, the base station can directly obtain the frequency shift value of the relay according to the frequency shift value reported by the relay. Alternatively, the frequency shift value of the relay may be obtained according to the difference between the frequency f rn,tx of the transmitted signal and the frequency f rn,rx of the received signal reported by the relay. Alternatively, the base station may obtain the frequency shift value of the relay according to the information related to the frequency shift reported by the relay, and the method of determining the magnitude of the frequency shift value based on the preset information.
在一种可能的示例中，还包括以下步骤：基站向中继发送所述中继的移频参数，其中，所述移频参数用于所述中继确定以下至少一个信息：所述中继接收信号的频率和所述中继发送信号的频率、所述中继的移频值。如此，基站可以在中继不上报中继的移频值或移频前后信号的频率等移频参数的情况下，基站可以根据移频参数获取中继的移频值。且中继基于该移频参数进行移频，网络设备可基于该移频参数对应的移频值进行相位(或预)补偿，提高了解调的成功率。In a possible example, the method further includes the following step: the base station sends a frequency shift parameter of the relay to the relay, where the frequency shift parameter is used for the relay to determine at least one of the following information: the relay The frequency of the received signal, the frequency of the signal sent by the relay, and the frequency shift value of the relay. In this way, the base station can obtain the frequency shift value of the relay according to the frequency shift parameters when the relay does not report the frequency shift value of the relay or the frequency of signals before and after frequency shift. And the relay performs frequency shift based on the frequency shift parameter, and the network device can perform phase (or pre) compensation based on the frequency shift value corresponding to the frequency shift parameter, so as to improve the success rate of demodulation.
在一种可能的示例中，在步骤S201之前，还包括以下步骤：基站从中继接收所述中继的能力信息；步骤S201包括：所述基站根据所述能力信息获取所述中继的移频值。In a possible example, before step S201, the following steps are further included: the base station receives capability information of the relay from the relay; step S201 includes: the base station obtains the frequency shift of the relay according to the capability information value.
其中，中继的能力信息如前所述，可包括支持的移频放大转发的信号类型、移频范围、移频取值、信号放大倍数、功率参数、工作带宽、工作载频等，在此不再赘述。可以理解，中继的能力信息可用于描述中继的移频能力。如此，可提高获取中继的偏移值的准确率。Among them, the capability information of the relay, as mentioned above, may include the signal type supported by frequency shift amplification forwarding, frequency shift range, frequency shift value, signal amplification factor, power parameter, working bandwidth, working carrier frequency, etc., here No longer. It can be understood that the capability information of the relay can be used to describe the frequency shifting capability of the relay. In this way, the accuracy of obtaining the offset value of the relay can be improved.
在一种可能的示例中，步骤S201包括：基站根据中继的实际放大倍数获取所述中继的移频值。In a possible example, step S201 includes: the base station acquires a frequency shift value of the relay according to an actual amplification factor of the relay.
在本申请实施例中，中继的移频值可与中继的实际放大倍数有关。请参照表3，以移频值f Δ的取值与实际放大倍数α(单位可以为db)有关进行举例说明。 In the embodiment of the present application, the frequency shift value of the relay may be related to the actual amplification factor of the relay. Please refer to Table 3 for an example illustrating the relationship between the value of the frequency shift value f Δ and the actual magnification factor α (the unit may be db).
表3table 3
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000075
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000075
其中，α 0<α 1，α 0或α 1可以与中继的能力有关，或者可以根据基站的指示信息或者中继的能力信息进行确定。i、h和j的取值分别为α≤α 0、α 0≤α<α 1和α 1≤α对应的可选的移频值f Δ的数量，i、h和j的取值可以为相等或不等的正整数。如表3所示，当实际放大倍数α≤α 0时，可从
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000076
的f个数值中选取移频值f Δ。当实际放大倍数α≥α 0，且α<α 1时，可从
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000077
的h个数值中选取移频值f Δ。当实际放大倍数α≥α 1时，可从
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000078
的j个数值中选取移频值f Δ。如此，将移频值f Δ取值与实际放大倍数进行关联，可以降低基站的指示开销，且保持一定的灵活性。 Wherein, α 0 <α 1 , α 0 or α 1 may be related to the capability of the relay, or may be determined according to the indication information of the base station or the capability information of the relay. The values of i, h and j are respectively the number of optional frequency shift values f Δ corresponding to α≤α 0 , α 0 ≤α<α 1 and α 1 ≤α, and the values of i, h and j can be Positive integers that are equal or not equal. As shown in Table 3, when the actual magnification α≤α 0 , it can be obtained from
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000076
Select the frequency shift value f Δ from the f values of . When the actual magnification α≥α 0 and α<α 1 , it can be obtained from
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000077
Select the frequency shift value f Δ from the h values of . When the actual magnification α≥α 1 , it can be obtained from
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000078
Select the frequency shift value f Δ from the j values of . In this way, associating the value of the frequency shift value f Δ with the actual amplification factor can reduce the indication overhead of the base station and maintain a certain degree of flexibility.
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000079
和
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000080
两两之间可能存在相同的数值。在一种可能的示例中，i＝1，且
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000081
或者h＝1，且
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000082
或者j＝1，且
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000083
即移频值在对应的情况下为0，表示不需要进行移频。例如，如果需求的放大倍数比较小，此时容易满足隔离度要求，因此不需要进行移频。
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000079
and
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000080
The same value may exist between any two. In one possible example, i=1, and
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000081
or h=1, and
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000082
or j=1, and
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000083
That is, the frequency shift value is 0 in a corresponding situation, indicating that no frequency shift is required. For example, if the required amplification factor is relatively small, it is easy to meet the isolation requirement at this time, so frequency shifting is not required.
应注意，表3中的示例以3档实际放大倍数进行举例说明，实际中可以是其它任意档数，以取得不同的灵活性和指示开销/性能之间的折中。It should be noted that the example in Table 3 is illustrated with 3 levels of actual magnification, and it can be any other number of levels in practice, so as to achieve different flexibility and compromise between indication overhead/performance.
在一种可能的示例中，中继的移频值自以下至少一项信息获取：所述中继接收信号对应的子载波间隔、所述中继接收信号的频率范围、所述中继发送信号的频率范围、所述中继支持的最大放大倍数、所述中继的功率余量、所述中继的放大倍数余量、所述中继支持的最大输出功率、所述中继接收信号的功率、所述中继发送信号天线到所述中继接收信号天线之间的路损、所述中继移频放大转发的信号类型、所述中继的移频范围。In a possible example, the frequency shift value of the relay is obtained from at least one of the following information: the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay received signal, the relay sent signal The frequency range of the relay, the maximum amplification factor supported by the relay, the power headroom of the relay, the amplification factor margin of the relay, the maximum output power supported by the relay, the signal received by the relay power, the path loss between the relay transmitting signal antenna and the relay receiving signal antenna, the signal type of frequency shifting amplification and forwarding of the relay, and the frequency shifting range of the relay.
以上信息的描述可参照步骤S104中移频相关联的信息的描述，在此不再赘述。可以理解，以上信息包括中继的能力信息和可支持的剩余能力信息，均可影响中继的移频值的取值。如此，可进一步提高获取中继的偏移值的准确率和灵活性。For the description of the above information, reference may be made to the description of the information associated with the frequency shift in step S104, which will not be repeated here. It can be understood that the above information includes relay capability information and supportable remaining capability information, both of which can affect the value of the frequency shift value of the relay. In this way, the accuracy and flexibility of obtaining the offset value of the relay can be further improved.
以移频值f Δ的取值与频率范围f Δ有关进行举例说明，请参照表4。 For illustration, refer to Table 4 for the value of the frequency shift value f Δ and the frequency range f Δ as an example.
表4Table 4
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000084
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000084
其中，第一频率，可称为frequency rage 1，或称为FR1。第一频率的频率范围为f 4到f 3。第二频率，可称为frequency rage 2，或称为FR2，或称为FR2-1，或称为FR2-2。第二频率的频率范围为f 5到f 6。本申请对于f 4、f 3、f 6和f 5的大小不做限定，f 6>f 5，且f 3>f 4。例如，f 4＝410，f 3＝7125，f 5＝24250，f 6＝52600；或者，f 5＝52600，f 6＝71000，单位为兆赫兹(MHz)。 Wherein, the first frequency may be called frequency rage 1, or FR1. The frequency range of the first frequency is f 4 to f 3 . The second frequency may be called frequency rage 2, or FR2, or FR2-1, or FR2-2. The frequency range of the second frequency is f 5 to f 6 . The present application does not limit the size of f 4 , f 3 , f 6 and f 5 , f 6 >f 5 , and f 3 >f 4 . For example, f 4 =410, f 3 =7125, f 5 =24250, f 6 =52600; or, f 5 =52600, f 6 =71000, the unit is megahertz (MHz).
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000085
和
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000086
分别为第一频率和第二频率对应的可选的移频值f Δ。且移频值f Δ在不同的频率范围内可能存在相同的数值。b和d分别为第一频率和第二频率对应的可选的移频值f Δ的数量，b和d的取值可以为相等或不等的正整数。在一种可能的示例中，b＝1，且
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000087
或者d＝1，且
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000088
即移频值在对应的情况下为0，表示不需要进行移频。
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000085
and
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000086
are optional frequency shift values f Δ corresponding to the first frequency and the second frequency, respectively. And the frequency shift value f Δ may have the same value in different frequency ranges. b and d are respectively the number of optional frequency shift values f Δ corresponding to the first frequency and the second frequency, and the values of b and d may be equal or unequal positive integers. In one possible example, b=1, and
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000087
or d=1, and
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000088
That is, the frequency shift value is 0 in a corresponding situation, indicating that no frequency shift is required.
如表4所示，若中继的频率范围属于f 4到f 3，则可从
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000089
的b个数值中选取移频值f Δ。若中继的频率范围属于f 5到f 6，则可从
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000090
的d个数值中选取移频值f Δ。 As shown in Table 4, if the frequency range of the relay belongs to f 4 to f 3 , it can be obtained from
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000089
Select the frequency shift value f Δ from the b values of . If the frequency range of the repeater belongs to f 5 to f 6 , it can be obtained from
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000090
Select the frequency shift value f Δ from the d values of .
应注意，表4中的示例以2档频率范围进行说明，实际中可以是其它任意档数，或者扩展到其它频段，以取得不同的灵活性和指示开销/性能之间的折中。It should be noted that the example in Table 4 is described with 2 frequency ranges, but in practice, it can be any other frequency range, or be extended to other frequency bands, so as to achieve different flexibility and compromise between indication overhead/performance.
又例如，请参照表5A和表5B，以移频值f Δ的取值与移频放大转发的信号类型有关进行举例说明。 For another example, please refer to Table 5A and Table 5B, and illustrate with an example that the value of the frequency shift value f Δ is related to the signal type for frequency shift amplification and forwarding.
表5ATable 5A
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000091
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000091
表5BTable 5B
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000092
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000092
其中，a、c、x和y为对应上行信号、下行信号、广播信号和其它信号的可选移频值的数量，其取值可以为相等或不等的正整数。且移频值f Δ在不同信号类型中可能存在相同的数值。如表5A所示，若中继支持的移频放大转发的信号类型为上行信号，则可从
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000093
的a个数值中选取移频值f Δ。若中继支持的移频放大转发的信号类型为下行信号，则可从
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000094
的c个数值中选取移频值f Δ。如表5B所示，若中继支持的移频放大转发的信号类型为广播信号，则可从
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000095
的x个数值中选取移频值f Δ。若中继支持的移频放大转发的信号类型为其它信号，则可从
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000096
的y个数值中选取移频值f Δ。 Wherein, a, c, x and y are the numbers of optional frequency shift values corresponding to uplink signals, downlink signals, broadcast signals and other signals, and their values may be equal or unequal positive integers. And the frequency shift value f Δ may have the same value in different signal types. As shown in Table 5A, if the signal type supported by the relay is an uplink signal, it can be transmitted from
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000093
Select the frequency shift value f Δ from the a values of . If the type of signal forwarded by frequency shift amplification supported by the relay is a downlink signal, it can be accessed from
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000094
Select the frequency shift value f Δ from the c values of . As shown in Table 5B, if the signal type supported by the relay is a broadcast signal, it can be transmitted from
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000095
Select the frequency shift value f Δ from the x values of . If the type of signal forwarded by frequency shift amplification supported by the relay is other signals, it can be accessed from
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000096
Select the frequency shift value f Δ from the y values of .
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000097
和
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000098
两两之间可能存在相同的数值。在一种可能的示例中，a＝1，且
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000099
或者c＝1，且
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000100
或者x＝1，且
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000101
或者y＝1，且
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000102
即移频值在对应的情况下为0，表示不需要进行移频。
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000097
and
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000098
The same value may exist between any two. In one possible example, a=1, and
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000099
or c=1, and
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000100
or x=1, and
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000101
or y=1, and
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000102
That is, the frequency shift value is 0 in a corresponding situation, indicating that no frequency shift is required.
应注意，表5A和表5B分别以不同分类的信号类型进行举例说明，实际中可以是其它任意一种中继支持的信号类型和该信号类型对应的移频值，且每一信号类型可以对应至少一种对应的移频值，以取得不同的灵活性和指示开销/性能之间的折中。It should be noted that Table 5A and Table 5B are examples of signal types of different classifications. In practice, it can be any other signal type supported by the relay and the frequency shift value corresponding to the signal type, and each signal type can correspond to At least one corresponding frequency shift value to achieve different flexibility and to indicate trade-off between overhead/performance.
在一种实现方式中，有些信号默认不支持(或不需要)移频转发，有些信号可以(或需 要)配置为移频转发。例如，下行信号不支持(或不需要)移频转发，上行信号可以(或需要)移频转发(例如，移频转发的工作方法如本发明中任意一种实现方式所描述)。In an implementation manner, some signals do not support (or do not need) frequency shift forwarding by default, and some signals can (or need) be configured as frequency shift forwarding. For example, the downlink signal does not support (or does not need) frequency shift forwarding, but the uplink signal can (or needs) frequency shift forwarding (for example, the working method of frequency shift forwarding is as described in any implementation mode of the present invention).
本申请实施中以频率范围和信号类型为例进行说明，实际上可以将其替换成中继支持的最大放大倍数、功率余量、放大倍数余量、中继支持的最大输出功率、中继接收信号的功率、中继移频值取值的范围中的任意一个或者多个，以形成更多类似实施例。In the implementation of this application, the frequency range and signal type are used as examples for illustration. In fact, they can be replaced by the maximum amplification factor supported by the relay, power margin, amplification factor margin, maximum output power supported by the relay, and the relay receiving Any one or more of the signal power and the value range of the relay frequency shift value can form more similar embodiments.
若移频值的可选值的数量为多个，则可以选取多个可选值中的最大公倍数，或者选取多个可选值的最大值或最小值等。若该可选值与一个配置信息对应，则可以选取配置信息对应的多个可选值中的最大值。若该可选值与多个配置信息对应，可以选取多个配置信息中的预设顺序，从预设顺序最靠前的配置信息中选取移频值等，本申请对于选取移频值的方法不做限定。If there are multiple optional values for the frequency shift value, the greatest common multiple of the multiple optional values may be selected, or the maximum or minimum value of the multiple optional values may be selected. If the optional value corresponds to a piece of configuration information, the maximum value among the multiple optional values corresponding to the configuration information may be selected. If the optional value corresponds to a plurality of configuration information, the preset order in the plurality of configuration information can be selected, and the frequency shift value can be selected from the configuration information with the highest preset order, etc. The method for selecting the frequency shift value in this application No limit.
S202：基站根据所述移频值对第一信号进行相位补偿，得到第二信号。S202: The base station performs phase compensation on the first signal according to the frequency shift value to obtain a second signal.
在一种可能的示例中，所述第一信号为A和所述第二信号B满足
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000103
其中，所述f Δ为所述移频值，所述
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000104
为所述第一信号的相位补偿值。 In a possible example, the first signal is A and the second signal B satisfies
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000103
Wherein, the f Δ is the frequency shift value, the
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000104
is the phase compensation value of the first signal.
在本申请实施例中，相位补偿值
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000105
可以与以下至少一个参数相关：与移频值f Δ和OFDM符号索引l、网络设备(例如，基站)的发送频率f 0、所述中继的移频值f Δ、所述中继接收信号的频率f rn,rx、所述中继移频后的频率f rn,tx。如此，可以以上参数获取第一信号的相位补偿值，并基于该相位补偿值进行相位补偿，使得中继转发的信号与发送端待发送的信号之间的各个符号的相位相同，可提高解调的成功率。 In the embodiment of this application, the phase compensation value
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000105
It may be related to at least one of the following parameters: frequency shift value f Δ and OFDM symbol index l, transmission frequency f 0 of network equipment (for example, base station), frequency shift value f Δ of the relay, signal received by the relay The frequency f rn,rx of , the frequency f rn,tx of the relay after frequency shifting. In this way, the phase compensation value of the first signal can be obtained with the above parameters, and phase compensation is performed based on the phase compensation value, so that the phase of each symbol between the signal forwarded by the relay and the signal to be transmitted by the transmitting end is the same, which can improve demodulation success rate.
一个子帧的时间长度可以为1毫秒。在一种可能的示例中，若中继接收信号的频率f rn,rx与基站的发送频率f 0相同，则f rn,rx＝f 0。下行通信中的中继的移频值f Δ＝f rn,tx-f 0。 The duration of one subframe may be 1 millisecond. In a possible example, if the frequency f rn,rx of the signal received by the relay is the same as the transmission frequency f 0 of the base station, then f rn,rx =f 0 . The frequency shift value f Δ =f rn,tx −f 0 of the relay in the downlink communication.
相位补偿值
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000106
中的
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000107
可以满足以下至少一项： Phase compensation value
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000106
middle
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000107
At least one of the following can be met:
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000108
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000108
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000109
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000109
则相位补偿值
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000110
可以满足以下至少一项： Then the phase compensation value
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000110
At least one of the following can be met:
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000111
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000111
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000112
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000112
其中，
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000113
为时域起始位置，
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000114
为循环前缀长度，μ为子载波间隔索引，T c为采样间隔。 in,
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000113
is the starting position of the time domain,
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000114
is the cyclic prefix length, μ is the subcarrier spacing index, and T c is the sampling interval.
OFDM符号索引l和第一信号的子载波间隔索引μ可以确定时域起始位置
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000115
和循环前缀长度
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000116
在一种可能的示例中，相位补偿值可以与时域起始位置
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000117
循环前缀长度
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000118
采样间隔T c和移频值相关。 The OFDM symbol index l and the subcarrier spacing index μ of the first signal can determine the time domain starting position
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000115
and the cyclic prefix length
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000116
In one possible example, the phase compensation value can be related to the time domain starting position
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000117
cyclic prefix length
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000118
The sampling interval T c is related to the frequency shift value.
在本申请实施例中，对信号进行相位补偿可以理解为对信号进行加权或预处理。其中“相位补偿值”还可以称为加权值、预处理值，或者其它术语，在此不作限定。In this embodiment of the present application, performing phase compensation on a signal may be understood as performing weighting or preprocessing on a signal. The "phase compensation value" may also be called a weighted value, a preprocessing value, or other terms, which are not limited herein.
在本申请实施例中，第一信号可以为待发送的信号。待发送的信号可以包括下行通信时基站进行调制和上转化之后的OFDM基带信号(以下简称为待发送的OFDM基带信号)，或者基站未进行OFDM调制和上转换的基带信号。In this embodiment of the present application, the first signal may be a signal to be sent. The signal to be transmitted may include an OFDM baseband signal modulated and up-converted by the base station during downlink communication (hereinafter referred to as the OFDM baseband signal to be transmitted), or a baseband signal not subjected to OFDM modulation and up-conversion by the base station.
在一种可能的示例中，第一信号可以为待发送的OFDM基带信号，则经过OFDM调制和上转换之后，基站(发送端)可以对根据移频值对第一信号进行相位(预)补偿得到第二信号。再将第二信号发送给中继。In a possible example, the first signal may be an OFDM baseband signal to be transmitted, and after OFDM modulation and up-conversion, the base station (transmitter) may perform phase (pre) compensation on the first signal according to the frequency shift value Get the second signal. Then send the second signal to the relay.
在下行通信时，基站(发送端)的天线端口号为p，基站发送信号的频率为f 0，基站的发送信号的发送时间为t，基站进行上转换后的第一信号可以满足如下至少一种： During downlink communication, the antenna port number of the base station (transmitter) is p, the frequency of the base station’s signal transmission is f 0 , the transmission time of the base station’s signal transmission is t, and the first signal after the base station performs up-conversion can satisfy at least one of the following kind:
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000119
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000119
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000120
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000120
其中，
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000121
为基站(发送端)的基带信号，其形式可以参照表2的描述。在一种可能的示例中，第一信号为待发送的OFDM基带信号，中继转发给终端(接收端)的信号的频率f rn,tx与中继从基站接收到的信号的频率f rn,rx之间的移频值为f Δ。对第一信号进行相位补偿之后，得到的第二信号可以满足如下至少一种： in,
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000121
It is the baseband signal of the base station (transmitter), and its form can refer to the description in Table 2. In a possible example, the first signal is an OFDM baseband signal to be sent, and the frequency f rn,tx of the signal forwarded by the relay to the terminal (receiving end) and the frequency f rn ,tx of the signal received by the relay from the base station The frequency shift value between rx is f Δ . After phase compensation is performed on the first signal, the obtained second signal may satisfy at least one of the following conditions:
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000122
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000122
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000123
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000123
再例如，Another example,
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000124
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000124
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000125
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000125
再例如，Another example,
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000126
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000126
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000127
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000127
再例如，Another example,
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000128
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000128
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000129
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000129
上述的相位补偿值
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000130
可以作用于
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000131
可以满足下表6A或表6B中的形式。表6A和表6B中的参数可参照表2的描述，在此不再赘述。且当t＝0时，
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000132
的表达式满足式(3)，
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000133
的表达式满足式(4)。 The phase compensation value above
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000130
can act on
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000131
The form in Table 6A or Table 6B below may be satisfied. The parameters in Table 6A and Table 6B can refer to the description in Table 2, and will not be repeated here. And when t=0,
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000132
The expression of satisfies formula (3),
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000133
The expression of satisfies formula (4).
表6ATable 6A
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000134
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000134
表6BTable 6B
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000135
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000135
在另一种可能的示例中，第一信号可以是下行通信时未进行OFDM调制和上转换的基带信号，则基站(发送端)可以根据移频值对第一信号进行相位(预)补偿之后得到第二信号，再对第二信号进行OFDM调制和上转换等处理，再发送给中继。如此，第一信号可以满足表2所示的基带信号
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000136
第二信号可以为
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000137
第二信号进行调制和上转化后的OFDM基带信号可以满足如下至少一种： In another possible example, the first signal may be a baseband signal that is not subjected to OFDM modulation and up-conversion during downlink communication, then the base station (transmitter) may perform phase (pre) compensation on the first signal according to the frequency shift value The second signal is obtained, and the second signal is subjected to OFDM modulation, up-conversion and other processing, and then sent to the relay. In this way, the first signal can satisfy the baseband signal shown in Table 2
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000136
The second signal can be
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000137
The OFDM baseband signal after the second signal is modulated and up-converted may satisfy at least one of the following:
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000138
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000138
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000139
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000139
再例如，Another example,
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000140
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000141
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000140
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000141
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000142
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000142
再例如，Another example,
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000143
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000143
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000144
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000144
再例如，Another example,
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000145
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000145
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000146
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000146
在下行通信时，中继的天线端口号为q，中继从基站(发送端)接收到的接收信号为
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000147
中继移频后的信号可以满足如下至少一种： In downlink communication, the antenna port number of the relay is q, and the received signal received by the relay from the base station (transmitter) is
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000147
The signal after the frequency shift of the relay can meet at least one of the following requirements:
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000148
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000148
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000149
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000149
子载波索引为k，在下行通信时，终端(接收端)接收信号的天线端口号为p′。假设基站(发送端)经过中继到终端(接收端)的等效信道系数为
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000150
噪声和干扰为
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000151
终端(接收端)基于频率f 2接收中继转发的下行信号之后，对该下行信号进行下转化得到的信号
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000152
可以满足以下至少一种表达式： The subcarrier index is k, and during downlink communication, the antenna port number of the terminal (receiving end) receiving the signal is p'. Assume that the equivalent channel coefficient from the base station (transmitter) to the terminal (receiver) through the relay is
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000150
Noise and interference are
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000151
After the terminal (receiving end) receives the downlink signal forwarded by the relay based on the frequency f2 , the downlink signal is converted to a signal obtained by downlinking the signal
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000152
At least one of the following expressions can be satisfied:
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000153
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000153
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000154
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000154
其中，
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000155
为基站(发送端)的发送信号。从上面的
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000156
可以看出，中继的移频值、基站的发送频率和终端的接收频率之间的偏差体现为(f 0+f Δ-f 2)/Δf。由于在终端侧没有与时间相关的相位误差，信号可以正常接收。 in,
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000155
It is the signal sent by the base station (transmitter). from above
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000156
It can be seen that the deviation between the frequency shift value of the relay, the transmitting frequency of the base station and the receiving frequency of the terminal is expressed as (f 0 +f Δ -f 2 )/Δf. Since there is no time-related phase error on the terminal side, the signal can be received normally.
在另一种可能的示例中，第一信号可以为从中继接收的信号，即上行通信时未进行OFDM解调和下变频的信号。也就是说，基站(接收端)从中继接收到终端(发送端)的转发信号，基站(接收端)可以先根据移频值对第一信号进行处理，得到第二信号。再进行OFDM解调和下变频等处理，以恢复终端发送的信号。In another possible example, the first signal may be a signal received from the relay, that is, a signal not subjected to OFDM demodulation and frequency down-conversion during uplink communication. That is to say, the base station (receiving end) receives the forwarded signal of the terminal (sending end) from the relay, and the base station (receiving end) may first process the first signal according to the frequency shift value to obtain the second signal. Then OFDM demodulation and frequency down conversion are performed to restore the signal sent by the terminal.
在上行通信时，终端(发送端)的天线端口为p，终端的发送时间为t，终端发送信号的频率为f 0，则终端进行上转换后的信号，请参考式(6a)和式(6b)，可满足如下至少一种： In uplink communication, the antenna port of the terminal (transmitter) is p, the transmission time of the terminal is t, and the frequency of the signal sent by the terminal is f 0 , then the signal after the terminal is up-converted, please refer to formula (6a) and formula ( 6b), at least one of the following can be met:
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000157
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000157
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000158
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000158
在上行通信时，中继的天线端口号为q，中继从终端(发送端)接收到的接收信号为
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000159
中继转发给基站(接收端)的信号的频率f rn,tx与中继从终端接收到的信号的频率f rn,rx之间的频率偏移值为f Δ，中继移频后的信号可以满足如下至少一种： In uplink communication, the antenna port number of the relay is q, and the received signal received by the relay from the terminal (transmitter) is
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000159
The frequency offset between the frequency f rn,tx of the signal forwarded by the relay to the base station (receiving end) and the frequency f rn,rx of the signal received by the relay from the terminal is f Δ , and the frequency shifted signal of the relay At least one of the following can be satisfied:
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000160
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000160
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000161
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000161
在上行通信时，基站(接收端)接收信号的天线端口号为p′，基站的接收信号为
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000162
基站基于频率f 2接收中继转发的上行信号之后，对该信号进行下变换得到的信号
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000163
可以满足： In uplink communication, the antenna port number of the base station (receiving end) receiving the signal is p′, and the receiving signal of the base station is
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000162
After the base station receives the uplink signal forwarded by the relay based on frequency f2 , the signal is obtained by down-converting the signal
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000163
Can satisfy:
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000164
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000164
假设终端(发送端)经过中继到基站(接收端)的等效信道系数为
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000165
噪声和干扰为
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000166
则。基站对接收到的信号进行下转化得到的
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000167
可以满足以下至少一种表达式： Assume that the equivalent channel coefficient from the terminal (transmitter) to the base station (receiver) through the relay is
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000165
Noise and interference are
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000166
but. The base station down-converts the received signal to get
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000167
At least one of the following expressions can be satisfied:
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000168
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000168
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000169
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000169
其中，
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000170
为发送端的基带信号(例如，调制后的信号，或者调制且进行DFT之后的信号，或者经过调制、DFT、预编码至少一项的基带信号等)。从上面的
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000171
可以看出，中继的移频值、基站的接收频率和终端的发送频率之间的偏差体现为(f 0+f Δ-f 2)/Δf。由于在基站侧没有与时间相关的相位误差，信号可以正常接收。 in,
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000170
is the baseband signal at the transmitting end (for example, a modulated signal, or a signal after modulation and DFT, or a baseband signal after at least one item of modulation, DFT, and precoding, etc.). from above
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000171
It can be seen that the deviation between the frequency shift value of the relay, the receiving frequency of the base station and the transmitting frequency of the terminal is expressed as (f 0 +f Δ -f 2 )/Δf. Since there is no time-related phase error on the base station side, the signal can be received normally.
举例来说，在下行通信时，基站先根据偏移值对第一信号进行相位(预)补偿。如此，进行相位预补偿，使得终端从中继接收到的转发信号与基站发送的信号之间的各个符号的相位相同，可提高解调的成功率。For example, during downlink communication, the base station first performs phase (pre) compensation on the first signal according to the offset value. In this way, phase pre-compensation is performed so that the phases of each symbol between the forwarded signal received by the terminal from the relay and the signal sent by the base station are the same, which can improve the success rate of demodulation.
又例如，在上行通信时，基站从中继到接收经过移频、放大和转发等处理的第一信号。基站根据移频值对该第一信号进行相位补偿，使得基站进行解调的信号与终端发送的信号之间的各个符号的相位相同，可提高解调的成功率。For another example, during uplink communication, the base station goes from relaying to receiving the first signal processed by frequency shifting, amplifying and forwarding. The base station performs phase compensation on the first signal according to the frequency shift value, so that the phase of each symbol between the signal demodulated by the base station and the signal sent by the terminal is the same, which can improve the success rate of demodulation.
在图10所示的方法，基站获取中继的移频值，并根据该移频值进行相位补偿，使得接收端接收的信号和发送端发送的信号之间的各个符号的相位相同，可提高解调的成功率。而且，通过基站预补偿移频造成的相位，使得网络中已有的终端也能正常工作，即支持前向兼容。In the method shown in Figure 10, the base station obtains the frequency shift value of the relay, and performs phase compensation according to the frequency shift value, so that the phases of each symbol between the signal received by the receiving end and the signal sent by the sending end are the same, which can improve demodulation success rate. Moreover, by pre-compensating the phase caused by the frequency shift by the base station, existing terminals in the network can also work normally, that is, forward compatibility is supported.
中继也可参照图10所示的方法，根据中继的移频值对移频后的信号进行相位补偿。该移频值可以为中继根据基站发送的配置信息确定的移频值或相位补偿值，或者可以按照预先设置的算法进行移频得到的中继实际工作的移频值。该配置信息可以参照图10或S104的描述，在此不再赘述。The relay may also refer to the method shown in FIG. 10 to perform phase compensation on the frequency-shifted signal according to the frequency shift value of the relay. The frequency shift value may be a frequency shift value or a phase compensation value determined by the relay according to configuration information sent by the base station, or an actual working frequency value of the relay obtained by performing frequency shift according to a preset algorithm. For the configuration information, reference may be made to FIG. 10 or the description of S104, which will not be repeated here.
中继的相位补偿值
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000172
可以与以下至少一个参数相关：与移频值f Δ和OFDM符号索引l、所述中继的移频值f Δ、所述中继接收信号的频率f rn,rx、所述中继移频后的频率f rn,tx。如此，可以以上参数获取待转发信号的相位补偿值，并基于该相位补偿值进行相位补偿，使得中继转发的信号与发送端待发送的信号之间的各个符号的相位相同，可提高解调的成功率。 The phase compensation value of the relay
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000172
may be related to at least one of the following parameters: frequency shift value f Δ and OFDM symbol index l, frequency shift value f Δ of the relay, frequency f rn,rx of the signal received by the relay, frequency shift of the relay The subsequent frequency f rn,tx . In this way, the phase compensation value of the signal to be forwarded can be obtained with the above parameters, and phase compensation is performed based on the phase compensation value, so that the phase of each symbol between the signal forwarded by the relay and the signal to be transmitted by the transmitting end is the same, which can improve demodulation success rate.
一个子帧的时间长度可以为1毫秒。相位补偿值
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000173
中的
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000174
可以满足以下至少一项： The duration of one subframe may be 1 millisecond. Phase compensation value
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000173
middle
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000174
At least one of the following can be met:
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000175
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000175
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000176
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000176
则相位补偿值
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000177
可以满足以下至少一项： Then the phase compensation value
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000177
At least one of the following can be met:
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000178
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000178
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000179
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000179
其中，
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000180
为时域起始位置，
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000181
为循环前缀长度，μ为子载波间隔索引，T c为采样间 隔。 in,
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000180
is the starting position of the time domain,
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000181
is the cyclic prefix length, μ is the subcarrier spacing index, and T c is the sampling interval.
在一种可能的示例中，中继获取待转发信号的时域起始位置、移频值、子载波间隔索引、循环前缀长度；根据所述时域起始位置、所述移频值、所述子载波间隔索引、所述循环前缀长度，以及采样间隔确定所述中继的相位补偿值；根据所述相位补偿值对所述待转发信号进行相位补偿，并进行移频放大转发。如此，中继进行相位补偿，可使接收端接收到的信号和发送端发送的信号之间的各个符号的相位相同，可提高接收端解调的成功率。且可以使得基站和终端都不需要进行额外的相位补偿，且不受移频造成各个符号上的相位不相同的影响。In a possible example, the relay acquires the time-domain start position, frequency shift value, subcarrier interval index, and cyclic prefix length of the signal to be forwarded; according to the time-domain start position, the frequency shift value, the The subcarrier interval index, the cyclic prefix length, and the sampling interval determine the phase compensation value of the relay; perform phase compensation on the signal to be forwarded according to the phase compensation value, and perform frequency shift amplification and forwarding. In this way, the relay performs phase compensation, so that the phases of each symbol between the signal received by the receiving end and the signal sent by the transmitting end are the same, and the success rate of demodulation at the receiving end can be improved. Moreover, neither the base station nor the terminal needs to perform additional phase compensation, and is not affected by the different phases on each symbol caused by the frequency shift.
中继的天线端口号为q，中继从发送端接收到的接收信号为
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000182
中继进行相位补偿之后的信号可以满足如下至少一种： The antenna port number of the relay is q, and the received signal received by the relay from the sender is
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000182
The signal after phase compensation is performed by the relay may satisfy at least one of the following conditions:
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000183
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000183
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000184
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000184
与式(10)进行对比可知，中继对移频值进行相位补偿之后的信号，可使得接收端接收到的信号和发送端发送的信号之间的各个符号的相位相同，可提高接收端解调的成功率。Comparing with Equation (10), it can be seen that the phase compensation of the frequency shift value by the relay can make the phases of each symbol between the signal received by the receiving end and the signal sent by the sending end the same, which can improve the resolution of the receiving end. Tuning success rate.
举例来说，中继从发送端接收到发送信号之后，进行移频和放大等处理。且在转发信号之前，再根据信号的移频值进行相位补偿。如此，可使接收端接收到的信号和发送端发送的信号之间的各个符号的相位相同，可提高接收端解调的成功率。且中继进行相位补偿，可以使得基站和终端都不需要进行额外的相位补偿，且不受移频造成各个符号上的相位不相同的影响。在现有的通信***中，也可以部署这种中继，从而提升现有网络的覆盖能力。For example, after the relay receives the transmitted signal from the transmitting end, it performs processing such as frequency shifting and amplification. And before the signal is forwarded, phase compensation is performed according to the frequency shift value of the signal. In this way, the phases of each symbol between the signal received by the receiving end and the signal sent by the transmitting end can be made the same, and the success rate of demodulation at the receiving end can be improved. Moreover, the relay performs phase compensation, so that neither the base station nor the terminal needs to perform additional phase compensation, and is not affected by the different phases on each symbol caused by frequency shift. In the existing communication system, this kind of relay can also be deployed to improve the coverage of the existing network.
终端也可参照图10所示的方法，终端根据中继的移频值对待发送信号，或从所述中继接收的信号进行相位补偿。该移频值可以为终端根据中继发送的移频值进行获取，或者可以根据中继的发送信号的频率f rn,tx和中继的接收信号的频率f rn,rx进行获取。 The terminal may also refer to the method shown in FIG. 10 , and the terminal performs phase compensation on the signal to be transmitted or the signal received from the relay according to the frequency shift value of the relay. The frequency shift value can be obtained by the terminal according to the frequency shift value sent by the relay, or can be obtained according to the frequency f rn,tx of the signal transmitted by the relay and the frequency f rn,rx of the received signal of the relay.
相位补偿值
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000185
可以与以下至少一个参数相关：与移频值f Δ和OFDM符号索引l、网络设备(例如，基站)的发送频率f 0、所述中继的移频值f Δ、所述中继接收信号的频率f rn,rx、所述中继移频后的频率f rn,tx。如此，可以以上参数获取第一信号的相位补偿值，并基于该相位补偿值进行相位补偿，使得中继转发的信号与发送端待发送的信号之间的各个符号的相位相同，可提高解调的成功率。 Phase compensation value
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000185
It may be related to at least one of the following parameters: frequency shift value f Δ and OFDM symbol index l, transmission frequency f 0 of network equipment (for example, base station), frequency shift value f Δ of the relay, signal received by the relay The frequency f rn,rx of , the frequency f rn,tx of the relay after frequency shifting. In this way, the phase compensation value of the first signal can be obtained with the above parameters, and phase compensation is performed based on the phase compensation value, so that the phase of each symbol between the signal forwarded by the relay and the signal to be transmitted by the transmitting end is the same, which can improve demodulation success rate.
一个子帧的时间长度可以为1毫秒。在一种可能的示例中，若中继接收信号的频率f rn,rx与基站的发送频率f 0相同，则f rn,rx＝f 0。下行通信中的中继的移频值f Δ＝f rn,tx-f 0。 The duration of one subframe may be 1 millisecond. In a possible example, if the frequency f rn,rx of the signal received by the relay is the same as the transmission frequency f 0 of the base station, then f rn,rx =f 0 . The frequency shift value f Δ =f rn,tx −f 0 of the relay in the downlink communication.
相位补偿值
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000186
中的
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000187
可以满足以下至少一项： Phase compensation value
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000186
middle
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000187
At least one of the following can be met:
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000188
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000188
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000189
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000189
则相位补偿值
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000190
可以满足以下至少一项： Then the phase compensation value
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000190
At least one of the following can be met:
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000191
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000191
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000192
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000192
其中，
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000193
为时域起始位置，
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000194
为循环前缀长度，μ为子载波间隔索引，T c为采样间隔。 in,
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000193
is the starting position of the time domain,
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000194
is the cyclic prefix length, μ is the subcarrier spacing index, and T c is the sampling interval.
在一种可能的示例中，终端进行相位(预)补偿的信号可以是上行通信时进行调制和上转化之后的OFDM基带信号(以下可简称为待发送的OFDM基带信号)，则经过OFDM调制和上转换之后，终端(发送端)可以对根据移频值对待发送的OFDM基带信号进行相位(预)补偿得到第二信号。再将第二信号发送给中继。In a possible example, the signal for the terminal to perform phase (pre)compensation may be the OFDM baseband signal after modulation and upconversion during uplink communication (hereinafter referred to as the OFDM baseband signal to be sent), then after OFDM modulation and After the up-conversion, the terminal (transmitter) can perform phase (pre) compensation on the OFDM baseband signal to be transmitted according to the frequency shift value to obtain the second signal. Then send the second signal to the relay.
在上行通信时，终端(发送端)的天线端口号为p，终端发送信号的频率为f 0，终端的发送时间为t，待发送的OFDM基带信号可以满足如下至少一种： During uplink communication, the antenna port number of the terminal (sending end) is p, the frequency of the terminal sending the signal is f 0 , the sending time of the terminal is t, and the OFDM baseband signal to be sent can satisfy at least one of the following:
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000195
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000195
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000196
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000196
其中，
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000197
为终端(发送端)的基带信号，其形式可以参照表2的描述。在一种可能的示例中，中继转发给基站(接收端)的信号的频率f rn,tx与中继从终端接收到的信号的频率f rn,rx之间的频率偏移值为f Δ，对待发送的OFDM基带信号进行相位补偿之后，得到的信号可以满足如下至少一种： in,
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000197
It is the baseband signal of the terminal (transmitter), and its form can refer to the description in Table 2. In a possible example, the frequency offset between the frequency f rn,tx of the signal forwarded by the relay to the base station (receiving end) and the frequency f rn,rx of the signal received by the relay from the terminal is f Δ , after performing phase compensation on the OFDM baseband signal to be transmitted, the obtained signal can satisfy at least one of the following:
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000198
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000198
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000199
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000199
再例如，Another example,
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000200
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000200
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000201
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000201
再例如，Another example,
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000202
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000202
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000203
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000203
再例如，Another example,
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000204
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000204
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000205
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000205
上述的相位补偿值
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000206
可以作用于
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000207
可以满足表6A或表6B中的形式。 The phase compensation value above
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000206
can act on
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000207
Forms in Table 6A or Table 6B may be met.
在另一种可能的示例中，终端进行相位补偿的信号可以是上行通信时未进行OFDM调制和上转换的基带信号，则终端(发送端)可以根据移频值对该信号进行相位(预)补偿之后得到的信号，进行OFDM调制和上转换等处理，再发送给中继。如此，进行相位补偿的信号可以满足表2所示的基带信号
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000208
相位补偿之后的信号可以为
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000209
该信号进行调制和上转化后的OFDM基带信号可以满足如下至少一种： In another possible example, the signal for which the terminal performs phase compensation may be a baseband signal that has not undergone OFDM modulation and upconversion during uplink communication, and the terminal (transmitter) may perform phase (pre)phase compensation on the signal according to the frequency shift value. The signal obtained after compensation is processed by OFDM modulation and up-conversion, and then sent to the relay. In this way, the signal for phase compensation can satisfy the baseband signal shown in Table 2
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000208
The signal after phase compensation can be
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000209
The OFDM baseband signal after the signal is modulated and up-converted can satisfy at least one of the following:
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000210
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000210
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000211
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000211
再例如，Another example,
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000212
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000212
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000213
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000213
再例如，Another example,
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000214
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000214
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000215
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000215
再例如，Another example,
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000216
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000216
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000217
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000217
在上行通信时，中继的天线端口记为q，中继从终端(发送端)接收到的接收信号为
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000218
中继移频后的信号可以满足如下至少一种： In uplink communication, the antenna port of the relay is denoted as q, and the received signal received by the relay from the terminal (transmitter) is
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000218
The signal after the frequency shift of the relay can meet at least one of the following requirements:
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000219
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000219
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000220
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000220
在上行通信时，基站(接收端)接收信号的天线端口号为p′。假设终端(发送端)经过中继到基站(接收端)的等效信道系数为
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000221
噪声和干扰为
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000222
基站(接收端)基于频率f 2接收中继转发的上行信号之后，对该上行信号进行下转化之后得到的信号
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000223
可以表示为如下至少一种： During uplink communication, the antenna port number of the base station (receiving end) receiving signals is p'. Assume that the equivalent channel coefficient from the terminal (transmitter) to the base station (receiver) through the relay is
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000221
Noise and interference are
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000222
After the base station (receiving end) receives the uplink signal forwarded by the relay based on frequency f2 , the signal obtained after down-converting the uplink signal
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000223
Can be expressed as at least one of the following:
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000224
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000224
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000225
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000225
其中，
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000226
为终端(发送端)的发送信号。从上面的
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000227
可以看出，中继的移频值、终端的发送频率和基站的接收频率之间的偏差体现为(f 0+f Δ-f 2)/Δf。由于在基站侧没有与时间相关的相位误差，信号可以正常接收。 in,
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000226
It is the sending signal of the terminal (transmitter). from above
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000227
It can be seen that the deviation between the frequency shift value of the relay, the transmitting frequency of the terminal and the receiving frequency of the base station is expressed as (f 0 +f Δ -f 2 )/Δf. Since there is no time-related phase error on the base station side, the signal can be received normally.
在另一种可能的示例中，终端进行相位补偿的信号可以为从中继接收的信号，即下行通信时未进行OFDM解调和下变频的信号。也就是说，终端(接收到)从中继接收到基站(发送端)的转发信号，先根据移频值对该信号进行处理，再进行OFDM解调和下变频等处理，以恢复基站发送的信号。In another possible example, the signal for which the terminal performs phase compensation may be a signal received from a relay, that is, a signal that is not subjected to OFDM demodulation and frequency downconversion during downlink communication. That is to say, the terminal (received) receives the forwarded signal from the base station (transmitter) from the relay, first processes the signal according to the frequency shift value, and then performs OFDM demodulation and down conversion to restore the signal sent by the base station .
在下行通信时，基站(发送端)的天线端口为p，基站的发送时间为t，基站发送信号的频率为f 0，则基站进行上转换后的信号，请参考式(6a)和式(6b)，可满足如下至少一种： In downlink communication, the antenna port of the base station (transmitter) is p, the sending time of the base station is t, and the frequency of the base station sending signal is f 0 , then the signal after the base station performs up-conversion, please refer to formula (6a) and formula ( 6b), at least one of the following can be met:
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000228
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000228
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000229
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000229
在下行通信时，中继的天线端口记为q，子载波间隔索引μ，中继从基站(发送端)接收到的接收信号为
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000230
中继转发给终端(接收端)的信号的载波频率f rn,tx与中继从基站(发送端)接收到的信号的频率f rn,rx之间的频率偏移值为f Δ，中继移频后的信号可以满足如下至少一种： In downlink communication, the antenna port of the relay is denoted as q, the subcarrier spacing index μ, and the received signal received by the relay from the base station (transmitter) is
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000230
The frequency offset value between the carrier frequency f rn,tx of the signal forwarded by the relay to the terminal (receiving end) and the frequency f rn,rx of the signal received by the relay from the base station (sending end) is f Δ , the relay The frequency-shifted signal can satisfy at least one of the following conditions:
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000231
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000231
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000232
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000232
在下行通信时，终端(接收端)接收信号的天线端口号为p′，OFDM符号索引为l，终端的接收信号为
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000233
终端基于频率f 2接收中继转发的下行信号之后，对该信号进行下变换得到的信号可以满足： In the downlink communication, the antenna port number of the terminal (receiving terminal) receiving the signal is p′, the OFDM symbol index is l, and the signal received by the terminal is
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000233
After the terminal receives the downlink signal forwarded by the relay based on frequency f2 , the signal obtained by down-converting the signal can satisfy:
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000234
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000234
子载波索引为k，假设基站(发送端)经过中继到终端(接收端)的等效信道系数为
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000235
噪声和干扰为
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000236
则终端对接收到的信号进行下转化得到的
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000237
可以满足如下至少一种： The subcarrier index is k, assuming that the equivalent channel coefficient from the base station (transmitter) to the terminal (receiver) through the relay is
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000235
Noise and interference are
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000236
Then the terminal down-converts the received signal to get
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000237
At least one of the following can be satisfied:
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000238
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000238
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000239
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000239
其中，
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000240
为基站(发送端)的基带信号(例如，调制后的信号，或者调制且进行DFT之后的信号，或者经过调制、DFT、预编码至少一项的基带信号等)。从上面的
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000241
可以看出，中继的移频值、终端的接收频率和基站的发送频率之间的偏差体现为(f 0+f Δ-f 2)/Δf。由于在终端侧没有与时间相关的相位误差，信号可以正常接收。 in,
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000240
It is the baseband signal of the base station (transmitter) (for example, a modulated signal, or a signal after modulation and DFT, or a baseband signal after at least one item of modulation, DFT, and precoding, etc.). from above
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000241
It can be seen that the deviation between the frequency shift value of the relay, the receiving frequency of the terminal and the transmitting frequency of the base station is expressed as (f 0 +f Δ -f 2 )/Δf. Since there is no time-related phase error on the terminal side, the signal can be received normally.
举例来说，在下行通信时，中继从基站接收到发送信号之后，进行移频、放大和转发等处理后。中继向终端发送的信号与发送信号之间的频率不同，且差值为移频值。终端根据该移频值对从终端接收到的信号进行相位补偿，以使相位补偿之后的信号和发送端发送的信号之间的各个符号的相位相同，可提高解调的成功率。For example, in downlink communication, after the relay receives the transmitted signal from the base station, it performs frequency shifting, amplification and forwarding processing. The frequency of the signal sent by the relay to the terminal is different from that of the sent signal, and the difference is a frequency shift value. The terminal performs phase compensation on the signal received from the terminal according to the frequency shift value, so that the phase of each symbol between the signal after phase compensation and the signal sent by the transmitting end is the same, which can improve the success rate of demodulation.
又例如，在上行通信时，终端向中继发送信号之前，先根据中继的移频值进行相位补偿。如此，进行相位预补偿，使得基站从中继接收到的转发信号与终端发送的信号之间的各个符号的相位相同，可提高解调的成功率。且终端进行相位补偿，使得中继移频操作不影响现有网络中部署的基站解调信号，同时也简化新部署的基站实现复杂度(支持中继移频转发)。For another example, during uplink communication, before sending a signal to the relay, the terminal performs phase compensation according to the frequency shift value of the relay. In this way, phase pre-compensation is performed so that the phases of each symbol between the forwarded signal received by the base station from the relay and the signal sent by the terminal are the same, which can improve the success rate of demodulation. And the terminal performs phase compensation, so that the relay frequency shift operation does not affect the demodulation signal of the base station deployed in the existing network, and also simplifies the implementation complexity of the newly deployed base station (supports relay frequency shift forwarding).
在一种可能的示例中，基站向中继和终端发送指示信息，用于指示执行相位补偿的节点。例如，指示信息为0时，相位补偿由基站进行；指示信息为1时，相位补偿由中继进行；指示信息为2时，相位补偿由终端进行；指示信息为3时，不需要相位补偿。相应地，其它节点不会进行相位补偿操作，或者其它节点不感知移频以及移频带来相位补偿。In a possible example, the base station sends indication information to the relay and the terminal, so as to indicate the node performing phase compensation. For example, when the indication information is 0, the phase compensation is performed by the base station; when the indication information is 1, the phase compensation is performed by the relay; when the indication information is 2, the phase compensation is performed by the terminal; when the indication information is 3, no phase compensation is required. Correspondingly, other nodes do not perform phase compensation operations, or other nodes do not perceive frequency shift and phase compensation brought about by frequency shift.
在一种可能的示例中，相位补偿
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000242
满足以下公式(11)，相位补偿值对应
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000243
的值为1。在此条件下，等价可以认为网络设备、中继和终端设备均可以不进行相位补偿或相位预补偿。 In one possible example, phase compensating
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000242
Satisfying the following formula (11), the phase compensation value corresponds to
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000243
The value is 1. Under this condition, equivalently, it can be considered that the network equipment, the relay and the terminal equipment do not need to perform phase compensation or phase pre-compensation.
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000244
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000244
其中，k′为任一个整数。Wherein, k' is any integer.
根据式(11)和
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000245
可以得到下式以及式(12)。 According to formula (11) and
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000245
The following formula and formula (12) can be obtained.
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000246
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000246
则but
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000247
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000247
基于表2中
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000248
则结合公式(3)和公式(4)可得到公式(13)。 Based on Table 2
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000248
Then formula (13) can be obtained by combining formula (3) and formula (4).
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000249
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000249
考虑到
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000250
和
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000251
之间的关系满足公式(14)，且
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000252
则可以得到
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000253
和
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000254
之间的关系式(15)。 considering
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000250
and
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000251
The relationship between satisfies formula (14), and
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000252
then you can get
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000253
and
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000254
The relationship between (15).
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000255
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000255
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000256
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000256
式(15)可以写成式(16)Formula (15) can be written as formula (16)
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000257
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000257
根据式(16)和式(11)，可以得到(17)According to formula (16) and formula (11), we can get (17)
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000258
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000258
基于T c为常数，式(17)可以写成式(18) Based on T c being a constant, formula (17) can be written as formula (18)
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000259
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000259
可知(5·l+1),0≤l≤12·2 μ-1的最大公约数为1，
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000260
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000261
的最大公约数为1。因此，当满足式(19)和式(20)时，存在k′，使得
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000262
It can be seen that (5·l+1), the greatest common divisor of 0≤l≤12·2 μ -1 is 1,
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000260
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000261
The greatest common divisor of is 1. Therefore, when equations (19) and (20) are satisfied, there exists k' such that
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000262
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000263
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000263
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000264
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000264
在本申请实施例中，K可以为任一整数。In the embodiment of the present application, K may be any integer.
基于式(19)，可得到如表7所示的子载波间隔索引μ和移频值f Δ之间的映射关系。 Based on formula (19), the mapping relationship between the subcarrier spacing index μ and the frequency shift value f Δ shown in Table 7 can be obtained.
表7Table 7
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000265
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000265
在一种可能的示例中，如表8所示，以资源元素或者子载波的数量为单位表示移频值f Δ。 In a possible example, as shown in Table 8, the frequency shift value f Δ is expressed in units of resource elements or the number of subcarriers.
表8Table 8
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000266
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000266
在另一种可能的示例中，如表9所示，以资源块为单位表示移频值f Δ。 In another possible example, as shown in Table 9, the frequency shift value f Δ is expressed in units of resource blocks.
表9Table 9
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000267
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000267
在另一种可能的示例中，如表10所示，以半个资源块(即6个资源元素构成的资源元素组)为单位表示移频值f Δ。 In another possible example, as shown in Table 10, the frequency shift value f Δ is expressed in units of half a resource block (that is, a resource element group composed of 6 resource elements).
表10Table 10
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000268
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000268
基于此，请参照图11，图11为本申请提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图。该方法可应用于如图1所示的***中的网络设备。该方法以基站为网络设备，以终端设备为终端进行举例说明，该方法中的中继可执行图9所示的通信方法。该方法可包括步骤S301：基站向中继发送指示信息。Based on this, please refer to FIG. 11 , which is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by the present application. The method can be applied to network devices in the system shown in FIG. 1 . The method is described by using a base station as a network device and a terminal device as a terminal. The relay in this method can execute the communication method shown in FIG. 9 . The method may include step S301: the base station sends indication information to the relay.
其中，所述指示信息用于确定所述中继的移频值的大小为32·K个资源块，所述K为整数。若移频值采用正常循环前缀，则参照上述的表8、表9、和表10，在一种可能的示例中，该指示信息可用于指示中继的移频值的大小为64·K个半个资源块，32·K个资源块，或者128·K个资源元素或者子载波的数量。Wherein, the indication information is used to determine that the size of the frequency shift value of the relay is 32·K resource blocks, and the K is an integer. If the frequency shift value adopts a normal cyclic prefix, refer to the above-mentioned Table 8, Table 9, and Table 10. In a possible example, the indication information can be used to indicate that the size of the frequency shift value of the relay is 64K Half a resource block, 32·K resource blocks, or 128·K resource elements or the number of subcarriers.
若移频值采用扩展循环前缀，在一种可能的示例中，参照上述的表8、表9和表10，该指示信息可用于指示中继的移频值的大小为2·K个半个资源块，K个资源块，或者4·K个资 源元素或者子载波的数量。If the frequency shift value adopts the extended cyclic prefix, in a possible example, referring to the above-mentioned Table 8, Table 9 and Table 10, the indication information can be used to indicate that the size of the frequency shift value of the relay is 2·K half Resource block, K resource blocks, or 4·K resource elements or the number of subcarriers.
在另外一种实现中，移频值和参数μ有关，参数μ可以为与子载波间隔Δf相关的子载波间隔索引。请参照表11A，以移频值f Δ的取值与子载波间隔索引(μ＝0、1、2、3)有关进行举例说明。在实际应用中，μ还可以为其他数值，例如，4、5、6、7、8、9等。 In another implementation, the frequency shift value is related to a parameter μ, and the parameter μ may be a subcarrier spacing index related to the subcarrier spacing Δf. Please refer to Table 11A, and illustrate with an example that the value of the frequency shift value f Δ is related to the subcarrier spacing index (μ=0, 1, 2, 3). In practical applications, μ can also be other numerical values, for example, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and so on.
表11ATable 11A
μmu f Δ的取值 The value of f Δ
00 K i,i∈{0,1,…,n} K i ,i∈{0,1,…,n}
11 L j,j∈{0,1,…,l} L j ,j∈{0,1,…,l}
22 M x,x∈{0,1,…,m} M x ,x∈{0,1,…,m}
33 N z,z∈{0,1,…,q} N z ,z∈{0,1,…,q}
…… ……
其中，n为子载波间隔索引μ＝0对应的可选的移频值f Δ的数量。l为子载波间隔索引μ＝1对应的可选的移频值f Δ的数量。m为子载波间隔索引μ＝2对应的可选的移频值f Δ的数量。q为子载波间隔索引μ＝3对应的可选的移频值f Δ的数量。n、l、m和q的取值可以为相等或不等的整数。K i、L j、M j和N z中可能存在相同的数值。在一种可能的示例中，i＝0，且K 0＝0；或者j＝0，且L 0＝0；或者m＝0，且M 0＝0；或者q＝0，且N 0＝0。即移频值在对应的情况下为0，表示不需要进行移频。 Wherein, n is the number of optional frequency shift values f Δ corresponding to the subcarrier spacing index μ=0. l is the number of optional frequency shift values f Δ corresponding to the subcarrier spacing index μ=1. m is the number of optional frequency shift values f Δ corresponding to the subcarrier spacing index μ=2. q is the number of optional frequency shift values f Δ corresponding to the subcarrier spacing index μ=3. The values of n, l, m and q can be equal or unequal integers. The same numerical value may exist in K i , L j , M j and N z . In a possible example, i=0, and K 0 =0; or j=0, and L 0 =0; or m=0, and M 0 =0; or q=0, and N 0 =0 . That is, the frequency shift value is 0 in a corresponding situation, indicating that no frequency shift is required.
可选地，K i、L j、M x和N z均为128的倍数，单位为资源元素或者子载波的数量。或者，K i、L j、M x和N z均为32的倍数，单位为资源块。或者，K i、L j、M x和N z均为64的倍数，单位为半个资源块。或者，K i、L j、M x和N z均为1920的倍数，单位为kHz。若以上的K i、L j、M x和N z对应的相位补偿值
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000269
等于1，则网络设备、中继和终端设备均可以不进行相位补偿或相位预补偿。 Optionally, K i , L j , M x and N z are all multiples of 128, and the unit is the number of resource elements or subcarriers. Alternatively, K i , L j , M x and N z are all multiples of 32, and the unit is a resource block. Alternatively, K i , L j , M x and N z are all multiples of 64, and the unit is half a resource block. Alternatively, K i , L j , M x and N z are all multiples of 1920 in kHz. If the above K i , L j , M x and N z correspond to the phase compensation value
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000269
is equal to 1, then the network equipment, the relay and the terminal equipment do not need to perform phase compensation or phase pre-compensation.
又例如，请参照表11B，以移频值f Δ的取值与网络设备指定的索引值(index)(μ＝0、1、2、3)有关进行举例说明。在实际应用中，index还可以为其他数值，例如，4、5、6、7、8、9等。 For another example, please refer to Table 11B, and illustrate by taking the value of the frequency shift value f Δ as related to the index value (index) (μ=0, 1, 2, 3) specified by the network device. In practical applications, the index may also be other values, for example, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and so on.
表11BTable 11B
indexindex f Δ的取值 The value of f Δ
00 K 0 K 0
11 K 1 K 1
22 K 2 K 2
33 K 3 K 3
…… ……
其中，K 0、K 1、K 2和K 3可以为128的倍数，单位为资源元素或者子载波的数量。或者，K 0、K 1、K 2和K 3可以为32的倍数，单位为资源块。或者，K 0、K 1、K 2和K 3可以为64的倍数，单位为半个资源块。或者，K 0、K 1、K 2和K 3可以为1920的倍数，单位为kHz。若以上的K 0、K 1、K 2和K 3对应的相位补偿值
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000270
等于1，则网络设备、中继和终端设备均可以不进行相位补偿或相位预补偿。 Wherein, K 0 , K 1 , K 2 and K 3 may be multiples of 128, and the unit is the number of resource elements or subcarriers. Alternatively, K 0 , K 1 , K 2 and K 3 may be a multiple of 32, and the unit is a resource block. Alternatively, K 0 , K 1 , K 2 and K 3 may be a multiple of 64, and the unit is half a resource block. Alternatively, K 0 , K 1 , K 2 and K 3 may be multiples of 1920, in kHz. If the phase compensation values corresponding to the above K 0 , K 1 , K 2 and K 3
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000270
is equal to 1, then the network equipment, the relay and the terminal equipment do not need to perform phase compensation or phase pre-compensation.
若一个频率范围内有多个子载波间隔，且每一子载波间隔对应至少一个移频值，则存在多个移频值的可选值。中继的移频值可以选取多个可选值中的最大公倍数，或者可以选取最小子载波间隔对应的可选值，或者可以选取最大子载波间隔对应的可选值等。If there are multiple subcarrier intervals within a frequency range, and each subcarrier interval corresponds to at least one frequency shift value, there are multiple optional values for the frequency shift value. The frequency shift value of the relay may be selected from the greatest common multiple among multiple optional values, or may be selected from an optional value corresponding to the smallest subcarrier spacing, or may be selected from an optional value corresponding to the largest subcarrier spacing.
在图11所示的方法中，若基站向中继发送指示信息，则中继可以根据该指示信息对从发送端接收的信号进行移频放大转发，以控制移频值的大小不会引起发送端和接收端之间的信号的相位发生变化。因此，发送端、中继和接收端均可以不对中继的移频值进行相位补偿或相位预补偿，提高了通信效率。In the method shown in Figure 11, if the base station sends indication information to the relay, the relay can perform frequency shift, amplify and forward the signal received from the sender according to the indication information, so as to control the magnitude of the frequency shift value so as not to cause transmission The phase of the signal between the end and the receiver changes. Therefore, the sending end, the relay and the receiving end may not perform phase compensation or phase pre-compensation on the frequency shift value of the relay, which improves communication efficiency.
在一种可能的示例中，若移频值的大小满足预设条件，则在执行步骤S201之后，不会执行步骤S202。其中，预设条件可以为上述的32·K个资源块、64·K个半个资源块、128·K个 资源元素或者子载波的数量中的至少一项。可以理解，若移频值的大小满足预设条件，则中继进行移频处理的信号的相位不会产生变化，因此，不需要进行相位补偿或相位预补偿。In a possible example, if the magnitude of the frequency shift value satisfies a preset condition, step S202 will not be executed after step S201 is executed. Wherein, the preset condition may be at least one of the above-mentioned 32·K resource blocks, 64·K half resource blocks, 128·K resource elements or the number of subcarriers. It can be understood that if the magnitude of the frequency shift value satisfies the preset condition, the phase of the relayed signal subjected to frequency shift processing will not change, therefore, no phase compensation or phase pre-compensation is required.
在一种可能的示例中，中继向终端或基站发送指示信息，用于指示终端或基站不用对移频处理之后的信号进行相位补充。In a possible example, the relay sends instruction information to the terminal or the base station, which is used to instruct the terminal or the base station not to perform phase supplementation on the signal after frequency shift processing.
在一种可能的示例中，所述方法还包括：向所述中继发送配置信息，所述配置信息用于指示所述中继进行移频放大转发。需要说明的是，该配置信息可以包括指示信息，也可不包括指示信息。如此，中继可以基于网络设备发送的配置信息进行移频放大转发，可提高移频的准确率。In a possible example, the method further includes: sending configuration information to the relay, where the configuration information is used to instruct the relay to perform frequency shift amplification and forwarding. It should be noted that the configuration information may or may not include indication information. In this way, the relay can perform frequency shifting amplification and forwarding based on the configuration information sent by the network device, which can improve the accuracy of frequency shifting.
在一种可能的示例中，所述移频值自以下至少一项信息获取：所述中继接收信号对应的子载波间隔、所述中继接收信号的频率范围、所述中继发送信号的频率范围、所述中继支持的最大放大倍数、所述中继的功率余量、所述中继的放大倍数余量、所述中继支持的最大输出功率、所述中继接收信号的功率、所述中继的发送信号天线到所述中继接收信号天线之间的路损、所述中继放大转发信号的信号类型、所述中继的移频范围、所述中继的实际放大倍数、所述中继的能力信息。可参考前面的描述，在此不再赘述。如此，中继可基于以上信息进行移频，可提高相位补偿的效果和移频的灵活性。In a possible example, the frequency shift value is obtained from at least one of the following information: the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay sent signal Frequency range, maximum amplification factor supported by the relay, power margin of the relay, amplification factor margin of the relay, maximum output power supported by the relay, power of the signal received by the relay , the path loss between the transmitting signal antenna of the relay and the receiving signal antenna of the relay, the signal type of the amplified and forwarded signal of the relay, the frequency shift range of the relay, and the actual amplification of the relay Multiple, the capability information of the relay. Reference may be made to the foregoing description, and details are not repeated here. In this way, the relay can perform frequency shift based on the above information, which can improve the effect of phase compensation and the flexibility of frequency shift.
在一种可能的示例中，所述指示信息还用于指示所述移频值和至少一个信息之间的映射关系或根据所述信息确定所述移频值的算法。上述的信息可以包括以下至少一项：所述中继接收信号对应的子载波间隔、所述中继接收信号的频率范围、所述中继发送信号的频率范围、所述中继支持的最大放大倍数、所述中继的功率余量、所述中继的放大倍数余量、所述中继支持的最大输出功率、所述中继接收信号的功率、所述中继的发送信号天线到所述中继接收信号天线之间的路损、所述中继放大转发信号的信号类型、所述中继的移频范围、所述中继的实际放大倍数、所述中继的能力信息。可参考前面的描述，在此不再赘述。In a possible example, the indication information is further used to indicate a mapping relationship between the frequency shift value and at least one piece of information or an algorithm for determining the frequency shift value according to the information. The above information may include at least one of the following: the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay sent signal, the maximum amplification supported by the relay multiplier, the power margin of the relay, the amplification factor margin of the relay, the maximum output power supported by the relay, the power of the signal received by the relay, the transmission signal antenna of the relay to the The path loss between the antennas of the relay receiving signal, the signal type of the relay amplifying and forwarding the signal, the frequency shift range of the relay, the actual amplification factor of the relay, and the capability information of the relay. Reference may be made to the foregoing description, and details are not repeated here.
可以理解，在基站发送指示信息之后，中继和终端可以根据该指示信息确定中继的移频值的大小，且该移频值的大小对应的相位补偿值为1，从而不需要对中继的移频值进行相位补偿或相位预补偿，提高了通信效率。It can be understood that after the base station sends the indication information, the relay and the terminal can determine the magnitude of the frequency shift value of the relay according to the indication information, and the phase compensation value corresponding to the magnitude of the frequency shift value is 1, so that there is no need to The phase compensation or phase pre-compensation is performed according to the frequency shift value, which improves the communication efficiency.
以该指示信息中的映射关系如表3所示进行举例说明。假设中继的实际放大倍数α 0≤α<α 1，则中继的移频值f Δ的取值可以从
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000271
的h个数值中选取满足32·K个资源块的移频值。 The mapping relationship in the indication information is shown in Table 3 as an example for illustration. Assuming the actual magnification factor of the relay α 0 ≤α<α 1 , the value of the frequency shift value f Δ of the relay can be obtained from
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000271
Select the frequency shift value that satisfies 32·K resource blocks from the h values of .
若满足32·K个资源块的移频值的可选值的数量为多个，则可以选取多个可选值中的最大公倍数，或者选取多个可选值的最大值或最小值等。若该可选值与一个信息对应，则可以选取该信息对应的多个可选值中的最大值。若该可选值与多个信息对应，可以选取多个信息中的预设顺序，从预设顺序最靠前的信息中选取移频值等，本申请对于选取移频值的方法不做限定。If the number of optional values satisfying the frequency shift value of 32·K resource blocks is multiple, the greatest common multiple of the multiple optional values may be selected, or the maximum or minimum value of the multiple optional values may be selected. If the optional value corresponds to a piece of information, the maximum value among the multiple optional values corresponding to the information may be selected. If the optional value corresponds to multiple pieces of information, you can select the preset order in the multiple pieces of information, and select the frequency shift value from the information with the highest preset order, etc. This application does not limit the method of selecting the frequency shift value .
请参照图12，图12为本申请提供的一种信号处理的方法的流程示意图。该方法可应用于如图1所示的***中的中继。该方法以基站为网络设备，以终端设备为终端进行举例说明。其中：Please refer to FIG. 12 , which is a schematic flowchart of a signal processing method provided in the present application. The method can be applied to relays in the system shown in FIG. 1 . The method is illustrated by taking the base station as a network device and the terminal device as a terminal. in:
S401：中继从基站接收指示信息。S401: The relay receives indication information from the base station.
其中，所述指示信息用于确定所述中继的移频值的大小为32·K个资源块，所述K为整数。若移频值采用正常循环前缀，则参照上述的表8、表9和表10，在一种可能的示例中，该指示信息还可用于指示中继的移频值的大小为64·K个半个资源块，32·K个资源块，或者128·K个资源元素或者子载波的数量。Wherein, the indication information is used to determine that the size of the frequency shift value of the relay is 32·K resource blocks, and the K is an integer. If the frequency shift value adopts a normal cyclic prefix, refer to the above-mentioned Table 8, Table 9 and Table 10. In a possible example, the indication information can also be used to indicate that the size of the frequency shift value of the relay is 64 K Half a resource block, 32·K resource blocks, or 128·K resource elements or the number of subcarriers.
若移频值采用扩展循环前缀，在一种可能的示例中，参照上述的表8、表9和表10，该 指示信息还可用于指示中继的移频值的大小为2·K个半个资源块，或者K个资源块，或者4·K个资源元素或者子载波的数量。If the frequency shift value adopts the extended cyclic prefix, in a possible example, referring to the above-mentioned Table 8, Table 9 and Table 10, the indication information can also be used to indicate that the size of the frequency shift value of the relay is 2·K half resource blocks, or K resource blocks, or 4·K resource elements or the number of subcarriers.
S402：中继根据所述指示信息对从发送端接收的信号进行移频放大转发。S402: The relay performs frequency shifting, amplifying and forwarding the signal received from the sending end according to the indication information.
在一种可能的示例中，所述中继的发送信号满足
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000272
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000273
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000274
其中，所述
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000275
为所述中继的接收信号，所述q为所述中继的天线端口，所述t为所述发送信号的发送时间，所述μ为子载波间隔索引，所述l为OFDM符号索引，所述f Δ为所述移频值。 In a possible example, the transmitted signal of the relay satisfies
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000272
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000273
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000274
Among them, the
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000275
is the received signal of the relay, the q is the antenna port of the relay, the t is the transmission time of the transmitted signal, the μ is the subcarrier spacing index, and the l is the OFDM symbol index, The f Δ is the frequency shift value.
在一种可能的示例中，所述移频值自以下至少一项信息获取：所述中继接收信号对应的子载波间隔、所述中继接收信号的频率范围、所述中继发送信号的频率范围、所述中继支持的最大放大倍数、所述中继的功率余量、所述中继的放大倍数余量、所述中继支持的最大输出功率、所述中继接收信号的功率、所述中继的发送信号天线到所述中继接收信号天线之间的路损、所述中继放大转发信号的信号类型、所述中继的移频范围、所述中继的实际放大倍数、所述中继的能力信息。如此，中继可基于以上信息进行移频，可提高相位补偿的效果和移频的灵活性。In a possible example, the frequency shift value is obtained from at least one of the following information: the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay sent signal Frequency range, maximum amplification factor supported by the relay, power margin of the relay, amplification factor margin of the relay, maximum output power supported by the relay, power of the signal received by the relay , the path loss between the transmitting signal antenna of the relay and the receiving signal antenna of the relay, the signal type of the amplified and forwarded signal of the relay, the frequency shift range of the relay, and the actual amplification of the relay Multiple, the capability information of the relay. In this way, the relay can perform frequency shift based on the above information, which can improve the effect of phase compensation and the flexibility of frequency shift.
在一种可能的示例中，所述方法还包括：向所述中继发送配置信息，所述配置信息用于指示所述中继进行移频放大转发。需要说明的是，该配置信息可以包括指示信息，也可不包括指示信息。如此，中继可以基于网络设备发送的配置信息进行移频放大转发，可提高移频的准确率。In a possible example, the method further includes: sending configuration information to the relay, where the configuration information is used to instruct the relay to perform frequency shift amplification and forwarding. It should be noted that the configuration information may or may not include indication information. In this way, the relay can perform frequency shifting amplification and forwarding based on the configuration information sent by the network device, which can improve the accuracy of frequency shifting.
在图12所示的方法中，若基站向中继发送指示信息，则中继可以根据该指示信息对从发送端接收的信号进行移频放大转发，以控制移频值的大小不会引起发送端和接收端之间的信号的相位发生变化。因此，发送端、中继和接收端均可以不对中继的移频值进行相位补偿或相位预补偿，提高了通信效率。In the method shown in Figure 12, if the base station sends indication information to the relay, the relay can frequency-shift, amplify and forward the signal received from the transmitting end according to the indication information, so as to control the magnitude of the frequency shift value so as not to cause transmission The phase of the signal between the end and the receiver changes. Therefore, the sending end, the relay and the receiving end may not perform phase compensation or phase pre-compensation on the frequency shift value of the relay, which improves communication efficiency.
上述详细阐述了本申请实施例的方法，下面提供了本申请实施例的装置。The method of the embodiment of the present application has been described in detail above, and the device of the embodiment of the present application is provided below.
请参见图13，图13是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图，该通信装置600可以包括处理单元601和通信单元602。若通信装置600为网络设备，则所述处理单元601用于获取中继的移频值；根据所述移频值对第一信号进行相位补偿，得到第二信号，所述第一信号为从所述中继接收的信号，或者待发送的信号。Please refer to FIG. 13 . FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 600 may include a processing unit 601 and a communication unit 602 . If the communication device 600 is a network device, the processing unit 601 is configured to obtain a frequency shift value of the relay; perform phase compensation on the first signal according to the frequency shift value to obtain a second signal, and the first signal is a slave The signal received by the relay, or the signal to be sent.
在一种可能的示例中，所述中继的移频值自以下至少一项信息获取：所述中继接收信号对应的子载波间隔、所述中继接收信号的频率范围、所述中继发送信号的频率范围、所述中继支持的最大放大倍数、所述中继的功率余量、所述中继的放大倍数余量、所述中继支持的最大输出功率、所述中继接收信号的功率、所述中继的发送信号天线到所述中继接收信号天线之间的路损、所述中继放大转发信号的类型、所述中继的移频范围。In a possible example, the frequency shift value of the relay is obtained from at least one of the following information: the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the signal received by the relay, the frequency range of the signal received by the relay, the The frequency range of the transmitted signal, the maximum amplification factor supported by the relay, the power headroom of the relay, the amplification factor headroom of the relay, the maximum output power supported by the relay, the reception of the relay The power of the signal, the path loss between the transmitting signal antenna of the relay and the receiving signal antenna of the relay, the type of amplified and forwarded signal of the relay, and the frequency shift range of the relay.
在一种可能的示例中，所述处理单元601具体用于根据中继的实际放大倍数获取所述中继的移频值。In a possible example, the processing unit 601 is specifically configured to acquire the frequency shift value of the relay according to the actual amplification factor of the relay.
在一种可能的示例中，所述通信单元602还用于从中继接收所述中继的能力信息，其中，所述能力信息包括以下至少一项：支持的移频放大转发的信号类型、移频范围、移频取值、信号放大倍数、功率参数、工作带宽、工作载频；所述处理单元601具体用于根据所述能力信息获取所述中继的移频值。In a possible example, the communication unit 602 is further configured to receive capability information of the relay from the relay, where the capability information includes at least one of the following: supported signal types for frequency shift amplification and forwarding, shift frequency range, frequency shift value, signal amplification factor, power parameter, working bandwidth, and working carrier frequency; the processing unit 601 is specifically configured to acquire the frequency shift value of the relay according to the capability information.
在一种可能的示例中，所述通信单元602用于向所述中继发送所述中继的移频参数，其中，所述移频参数用于所述中继确定以下至少一个信息：所述中继接收信号的频率和所述中 继发送信号的频率，和/或所述中继的移频值。In a possible example, the communication unit 602 is configured to send a frequency shift parameter of the relay to the relay, where the frequency shift parameter is used for the relay to determine at least one of the following information: The frequency of the signal received by the relay and the frequency of the signal sent by the relay, and/or the frequency shift value of the relay.
在一种可能的示例中，所述第一信号为A和所述第二信号B满足
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000276
其中，所述f Δ为所述移频值，所述
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000277
为所述第一信号A的相位补偿值，所述相位补偿值与以下至少一个参数相关：OFDM符号索引l、网络设备的发送频率f 0、所述中继的移频值f Δ、所述中继接收信号的频率f rn,rx、所述中继移频后的频率f rn,tx。 In a possible example, the first signal is A and the second signal B satisfies
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000276
Wherein, the f Δ is the frequency shift value, the
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000277
is the phase compensation value of the first signal A, and the phase compensation value is related to at least one of the following parameters: OFDM symbol index l, transmission frequency f 0 of network equipment, frequency shift value f Δ of the relay, the The frequency f rn,rx of the signal received by the relay, and the frequency f rn,tx after the frequency shift of the relay.
在一种可能的示例中，所述第一信号为待发送的OFDM基带信号，所述第二信号满足
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000278
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000279
其中，所述
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000280
为所述网络设备的基带信号，所述p为所述网络设备的天线端口，所述t为所述网络设备的发送时间，所述μ为所述子载波间隔索引，所述
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000281
为所述时域起始位置，所述
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000282
为循环前缀长度，所述T c为采样间隔，所述f 0为所述发送频率。 In a possible example, the first signal is an OFDM baseband signal to be sent, and the second signal satisfies
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000278
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000279
Among them, the
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000280
is the baseband signal of the network device, the p is the antenna port of the network device, the t is the transmission time of the network device, the μ is the subcarrier spacing index, the
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000281
is the starting position of the time domain, the
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000282
is the cyclic prefix length, the T c is the sampling interval, and the f 0 is the sending frequency.
在一种可能的示例中，所述通信单元602还用于向所述中继发送配置信息，所述配置信息用于指示所述中继进行移频放大转发。In a possible example, the communication unit 602 is further configured to send configuration information to the relay, where the configuration information is used to instruct the relay to perform frequency shift amplification and forwarding.
若通信装置600为网络设备，则所述通信单元602用于向中继发送指示信息，所述指示信息用于确定所述中继的移频值的大小为32·K个资源块，所述K为整数。If the communication device 600 is a network device, the communication unit 602 is configured to send indication information to the relay, the indication information is used to determine that the size of the frequency shift value of the relay is 32·K resource blocks, the K is an integer.
在一种可能的示例中，所述移频值自以下至少一项信息获取：所述中继接收信号对应的子载波间隔、所述中继接收信号的频率范围、所述中继发送信号的频率范围、所述中继支持的最大放大倍数、所述中继的功率余量、所述中继的放大倍数余量、所述中继支持的最大输出功率、所述中继接收信号的功率、所述中继的发送信号天线到所述中继接收信号天线之间的路损、所述中继放大转发信号的信号类型、所述中继的移频范围、所述中继的实际放大倍数、所述中继的能力信息。In a possible example, the frequency shift value is obtained from at least one of the following information: the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay sent signal Frequency range, maximum amplification factor supported by the relay, power margin of the relay, amplification factor margin of the relay, maximum output power supported by the relay, power of the signal received by the relay , the path loss between the transmitting signal antenna of the relay and the receiving signal antenna of the relay, the signal type of the amplified and forwarded signal of the relay, the frequency shift range of the relay, and the actual amplification of the relay Multiple, the capability information of the relay.
在一种可能的示例中，所述通信单元602还用于向所述中继发送配置信息，所述配置信息用于指示所述中继进行移频放大转发。In a possible example, the communication unit 602 is further configured to send configuration information to the relay, where the configuration information is used to instruct the relay to perform frequency shift amplification and forwarding.
若通信装置600为中继，则通信单元602用于从网络设备接收指示信息，所述指示信息用于确定中继的移频值的大小为32·K个资源块，所述K为整数；处理单元601用于根据所述指示信息对从所述网络设备接收的信号进行移频放大转发。If the communication device 600 is a relay, the communication unit 602 is configured to receive indication information from the network device, the indication information is used to determine that the size of the frequency shift value of the relay is 32 K resource blocks, and K is an integer; The processing unit 601 is configured to frequency-shift, amplify, and forward the signal received from the network device according to the indication information.
在一种可能的示例中，所述中继的发送信号满足
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000283
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000284
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000285
其中，所述
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000286
为所述中继的接收信号，所述q为所述中继的天线端口，所述t为所述发送信号的发送时间，所述μ为子载波间隔索引，所述l为OFDM符号索引，所述f Δ为所述移频值。 In a possible example, the transmitted signal of the relay satisfies
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000283
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000284
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000285
Among them, the
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000286
is the received signal of the relay, the q is the antenna port of the relay, the t is the transmission time of the transmitted signal, the μ is the subcarrier spacing index, and the l is the OFDM symbol index, The f Δ is the frequency shift value.
在一种可能的示例中，所述移频值自以下至少一项信息获取：所述中继接收信号对应的子载波间隔、所述中继接收信号的频率范围、所述中继发送信号的频率范围、所述中继支持的最大放大倍数、所述中继的功率余量、所述中继的放大倍数余量、所述中继支持的最大输出功率、所述中继接收信号的功率、所述中继的发送信号天线到所述中继接收信号天线之间的路损、所述中继放大转发信号的信号类型、所述中继的移频范围、所述中继的实际放大倍数、所述中继的能力信息。In a possible example, the frequency shift value is obtained from at least one of the following information: the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay sent signal Frequency range, maximum amplification factor supported by the relay, power margin of the relay, amplification factor margin of the relay, maximum output power supported by the relay, power of the signal received by the relay , the path loss between the transmitting signal antenna of the relay and the receiving signal antenna of the relay, the signal type of the amplified and forwarded signal of the relay, the frequency shift range of the relay, and the actual amplification of the relay Multiple, the capability information of the relay.
在一种可能的示例中，所述通信单元602还用于从所述网络设备接收配置信息，所述配置信息用于指示所述中继进行移频放大转发。In a possible example, the communication unit 602 is further configured to receive configuration information from the network device, where the configuration information is used to instruct the relay to perform frequency shift amplification and forwarding.
若通信装置600为中继，所述处理单元601用于根据中继的移频值对从移频后的信号进行相位补偿。如此，使得中继转发给接收端的信号与发送端待发送的信号之间的各个符号的相位相同，可提高接收端解调的成功率。且中继进行相位补偿，可以使得基站和终端都不需要进行额外的相位补偿，且不受移频造成各个符号上的相位不相同的影响。在现有的通信***中，也可以部署这种中继，从而提升现有网络的覆盖能力。If the communication device 600 is a relay, the processing unit 601 is configured to perform phase compensation on the frequency-shifted signal according to the frequency shift value of the relay. In this way, the phases of each symbol between the signal forwarded by the relay to the receiving end and the signal to be sent by the sending end are the same, which can improve the demodulation success rate of the receiving end. Moreover, the relay performs phase compensation, so that neither the base station nor the terminal needs to perform additional phase compensation, and is not affected by the different phases on each symbol caused by frequency shift. In the existing communication system, this kind of relay can also be deployed to improve the coverage of the existing network.
在一种可能的示例中，所述处理单元601还用于获取待转发信号的时域起始位置、移频值、子载波间隔索引、循环前缀长度；根据所述时域起始位置、所述移频值、所述子载波间隔索引、所述循环前缀长度，以及采样间隔确定所述中继的相位补偿值；根据所述相位补偿值对所述待转发信号进行相位补偿，并进行移频放大转发。如此，中继补偿移频带来的相位偏差，可提高解调的成功率。In a possible example, the processing unit 601 is further configured to obtain the time domain start position, frequency shift value, subcarrier spacing index, and cyclic prefix length of the signal to be forwarded; according to the time domain start position, the The frequency shift value, the subcarrier interval index, the cyclic prefix length, and the sampling interval determine the phase compensation value of the relay; perform phase compensation on the signal to be forwarded according to the phase compensation value, and perform a shift Frequency amplification and forwarding. In this way, the relay compensates for the phase deviation caused by the frequency shift, which can improve the success rate of demodulation.
在一种可能的示例中，所述中继的发送信号满足
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000287
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000288
其中，所述
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000289
为所述中继的接收信号，所述q为所述中继的天线端口，所述t为所述发送信号的发送时间，所述μ为所述子载波间隔索引，所述l为OFDM符号索引，所述f Δ为所述移频值，所述
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000290
为所述时域起始位置，所述
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000291
为所述循环前缀长度，所述T c为所述采样间隔。 In a possible example, the transmitted signal of the relay satisfies
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000287
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000288
Among them, the
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000289
is the received signal of the relay, the q is the antenna port of the relay, the t is the transmission time of the transmitted signal, the μ is the subcarrier spacing index, and the l is an OFDM symbol index, the f Δ is the frequency shift value, the
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000290
is the starting position of the time domain, the
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000291
is the cyclic prefix length, and the T c is the sampling interval.
在一种可能的示例中，所述移频值自以下至少一项信息获取：所述中继接收信号对应的子载波间隔、所述中继接收信号的频率范围、所述中继发送信号的频率范围、所述中继支持的最大放大倍数、所述中继的功率余量、所述中继的放大倍数余量、所述中继支持的最大输出功率、所述中继接收信号的功率、所述中继的发送信号天线到所述中继接收信号天线之间的路损、所述中继放大转发信号的信号类型、所述中继的移频范围、所述中继的实际放大倍数、所述中继的能力信息。In a possible example, the frequency shift value is obtained from at least one of the following information: the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay sent signal Frequency range, maximum amplification factor supported by the relay, power margin of the relay, amplification factor margin of the relay, maximum output power supported by the relay, power of the signal received by the relay , the path loss between the transmitting signal antenna of the relay and the receiving signal antenna of the relay, the signal type of the amplified and forwarded signal of the relay, the frequency shift range of the relay, and the actual amplification of the relay Multiple, the capability information of the relay.
在一种可能的示例中，所述通信单元602用于从所述网络设备接收配置信息，所述配置信息用于指示所述中继进行移频放大转发。In a possible example, the communication unit 602 is configured to receive configuration information from the network device, where the configuration information is used to instruct the relay to perform frequency shift amplification and forwarding.
若通信装置600为终端设备，所述处理单元601用于根据中继的移频值对待发送信号或从所述中继接收的信号进行相位补偿。如此，使得中继转发的信号与发送端待发送的信号之间的各个符号的相位相同，可提高解调的成功率。且终端进行相位补偿，使得中继移频操作不影响现有网络中部署的基站解调信号，同时也简化新部署的基站实现复杂度(支持中继移频转发)。If the communication device 600 is a terminal device, the processing unit 601 is configured to perform phase compensation on a signal to be sent or a signal received from the relay according to a frequency shift value of the relay. In this way, the phases of each symbol between the signal forwarded by the relay and the signal to be transmitted by the transmitting end are made the same, which can improve the success rate of demodulation. And the terminal performs phase compensation, so that the relay frequency shift operation does not affect the demodulation signal of the base station deployed in the existing network, and also simplifies the implementation complexity of the newly deployed base station (supports relay frequency shift forwarding).
需要说明的是，各个单元的实现还可以对应参照图10，或图11，或图12所示的方法实施例的相应描述。It should be noted that the implementation of each unit may also refer to the corresponding description of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 10 , or FIG. 11 , or FIG. 12 .
请参见图14，图14是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置，该通信装置700包括处理器701、存储器702和通信接口703，所述处理器701、存储器702和通信接口703通过总线704相互连接。存储器702包括但不限于是随机存储记忆体(random access memory，RAM)、只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read only memory，EPROM)、或便携式只读存储器(compact disc read-only memory，CD-ROM)，该存储器702用于相关指令及数据。通信接口703用于接收和发送数据。处理器701可以是一个或多个中央处理器(central processing unit，CPU)，在处理器701是一个CPU的情况下，该CPU可以是单核CPU或者多核CPU。Please refer to FIG. 14. FIG. 14 is another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 700 includes a processor 701, a memory 702, and a communication interface 703. 704 are interconnected. Memory 702 includes, but is not limited to, random access memory (random access memory, RAM), read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable programmable read only memory, EPROM), or Portable read-only memory (compact disc read-only memory, CD-ROM), the memory 702 is used for relevant instructions and data. The communication interface 703 is used to receive and send data. The processor 701 may be one or more central processing units (central processing unit, CPU). In the case where the processor 701 is a CPU, the CPU may be a single-core CPU or a multi-core CPU.
若通信装置700包括网络设备，则处理器701用于读取所述存储器702中存储的程序代码，执行以下操作：If the communication device 700 includes a network device, the processor 701 is configured to read the program code stored in the memory 702, and perform the following operations:
获取中继的移频值；Obtain the frequency shift value of the relay;
根据所述移频值对第一信号进行相位补偿，得到第二信号，所述第一信号为从所述中继接收的信号，或者待发送的信号。Perform phase compensation on the first signal according to the frequency shift value to obtain a second signal, where the first signal is a signal received from the relay or a signal to be sent.
在一种可能的示例中，所述中继的移频值自以下至少一项信息获取：所述中继接收信号对应的子载波间隔、所述中继接收信号的频率范围、所述中继发送信号的频率范围、所述中 继支持的最大放大倍数、所述中继的功率余量、所述中继的放大倍数余量、所述中继支持的最大输出功率、所述中继接收信号的功率、所述中继的发送信号天线到所述中继接收信号天线之间的路损、所述中继放大转发信号的类型、所述中继的移频范围。In a possible example, the frequency shift value of the relay is obtained from at least one of the following information: the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the signal received by the relay, the frequency range of the signal received by the relay, the The frequency range of the transmitted signal, the maximum amplification factor supported by the relay, the power headroom of the relay, the amplification factor headroom of the relay, the maximum output power supported by the relay, the reception of the relay The power of the signal, the path loss between the transmitting signal antenna of the relay and the receiving signal antenna of the relay, the type of amplified and forwarded signal of the relay, and the frequency shift range of the relay.
在一种可能的示例中，在所述获取中继的移频值方面，所述处理器701具体用于执行以下操作：In a possible example, in terms of acquiring the frequency shift value of the relay, the processor 701 is specifically configured to perform the following operations:
根据中继的实际放大倍数获取所述中继的移频值。The frequency shift value of the relay is obtained according to the actual amplification factor of the relay.
在一种可能的示例中，所述获取中继的移频值之前，所述处理器701还用于执行以下操作：In a possible example, before acquiring the frequency shift value of the relay, the processor 701 is further configured to perform the following operations:
从中继接收所述中继的能力信息，其中，所述能力信息包括以下至少一项：支持的移频放大转发的信号类型、移频范围、移频取值、信号放大倍数、功率参数、工作带宽、工作载频；Receive the capability information of the relay from the relay, wherein the capability information includes at least one of the following: supported signal type for frequency shift amplification and forwarding, frequency shift range, frequency shift value, signal amplification factor, power parameter, working Bandwidth, working carrier frequency;
在所述获取中继的移频值方面，所述处理器701具体用于执行以下操作：In terms of acquiring the frequency shift value of the relay, the processor 701 is specifically configured to perform the following operations:
根据所述能力信息获取所述中继的移频值。Acquiring the frequency shift value of the relay according to the capability information.
在一种可能的示例中，所述处理器701还用于执行以下操作：In a possible example, the processor 701 is further configured to perform the following operations:
向所述中继发送所述中继的移频参数，其中，所述移频参数用于所述中继确定以下至少一个信息：所述中继接收信号的频率和所述中继发送信号的频率，和/或所述中继的移频值。Sending the frequency shift parameter of the relay to the relay, where the frequency shift parameter is used for the relay to determine at least one of the following information: the frequency of the signal received by the relay and the frequency of the signal sent by the relay frequency, and/or the frequency shift value of the relay.
在一种可能的示例中，所述第一信号为A和所述第二信号B满足In a possible example, the first signal is A and the second signal B satisfies
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000292
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000292
其中，所述f Δ为所述移频值，所述
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000293
为所述第一信号A的相位补偿值，所述相位补偿值与以下至少一个参数相关：OFDM符号索引l、网络设备的发送频率f 0、所述中继的移频值f Δ、所述中继接收信号的频率f rn,rx、所述中继移频后的频率f rn,tx。 Wherein, the f Δ is the frequency shift value, the
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000293
is the phase compensation value of the first signal A, and the phase compensation value is related to at least one of the following parameters: OFDM symbol index l, transmission frequency f 0 of network equipment, frequency shift value f Δ of the relay, the The frequency f rn,rx of the signal received by the relay, and the frequency f rn,tx after the frequency shift of the relay.
在一种可能的示例中，所述第一信号为待发送的OFDM基带信号，所述第二信号满足In a possible example, the first signal is an OFDM baseband signal to be sent, and the second signal satisfies
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000294
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000294
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000295
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000295
其中，所述
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000296
为所述网络设备的基带信号，所述p为所述网络设备的天线端口，所述t为所述网络设备的发送时间，所述μ为所述子载波间隔索引，所述
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000297
为所述时域起始位置，所述
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000298
为循环前缀长度，所述T c为采样间隔，所述f 0为所述发送频率。 Among them, the
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000296
is the baseband signal of the network device, the p is the antenna port of the network device, the t is the transmission time of the network device, the μ is the subcarrier spacing index, the
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000297
is the starting position of the time domain, the
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000298
is the cyclic prefix length, the T c is the sampling interval, and the f 0 is the sending frequency.
在一种可能的示例中，在所述获取中继的移频值之前，所述处理器701还用于执行以下操作：In a possible example, before the acquiring the frequency shift value of the relay, the processor 701 is further configured to perform the following operations:
向所述中继发送配置信息，所述配置信息用于指示所述中继进行移频放大转发。Send configuration information to the relay, where the configuration information is used to instruct the relay to perform frequency shift amplification and forwarding.
若通信装置700为网络设备，则处理器701执行以下操作：If the communication device 700 is a network device, the processor 701 performs the following operations:
向中继发送指示信息，所述指示信息用于确定所述中继的移频值的大小为32·K个资源块，所述K为整数。Send indication information to the relay, where the indication information is used to determine that the size of the frequency shift value of the relay is 32·K resource blocks, where K is an integer.
在一种可能的示例中，所述移频值自以下至少一项信息获取：所述中继接收信号对应的子载波间隔、所述中继接收信号的频率范围、所述中继发送信号的频率范围、所述中继支持的最大放大倍数、所述中继的功率余量、所述中继的放大倍数余量、所述中继支持的最大输出功率、所述中继接收信号的功率、所述中继的发送信号天线到所述中继接收信号天线之间的路损、所述中继放大转发信号的信号类型、所述中继的移频范围、所述中继的实际放大倍数、所述中继的能力信息。In a possible example, the frequency shift value is obtained from at least one of the following information: the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay sent signal Frequency range, maximum amplification factor supported by the relay, power margin of the relay, amplification factor margin of the relay, maximum output power supported by the relay, power of the signal received by the relay , the path loss between the transmitting signal antenna of the relay and the receiving signal antenna of the relay, the signal type of the amplified and forwarded signal of the relay, the frequency shift range of the relay, and the actual amplification of the relay Multiple, the capability information of the relay.
在一种可能的示例中，所述处理器701还用于执行以下操作：In a possible example, the processor 701 is further configured to perform the following operations:
向所述中继发送配置信息，所述配置信息用于指示所述中继进行移频放大转发。Send configuration information to the relay, where the configuration information is used to instruct the relay to perform frequency shift amplification and forwarding.
若通信装置700为中继，则处理器701用于执行以下操作：If the communication device 700 is a relay, the processor 701 is configured to perform the following operations:
从网络设备接收指示信息，所述指示信息用于确定中继的移频值的大小为32·K个资源块，所述K为整数；receiving indication information from the network device, where the indication information is used to determine that the size of the frequency shift value of the relay is 32 K resource blocks, where K is an integer;
根据所述指示信息对从所述网络设备接收的信号进行移频放大转发。performing frequency shifting, amplifying and forwarding the signal received from the network device according to the indication information.
在一种可能的示例中，所述中继的发送信号满足
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000299
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000300
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000301
其中，所述
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000302
为所述中继的接收信号，所述q为所述中继的天线端口，所述t为所述发送信号的发送时间，所述μ为子载波间隔索引，所述l为OFDM符号索引，所述f Δ为所述移频值。 In a possible example, the transmitted signal of the relay satisfies
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000299
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000300
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000301
Among them, the
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000302
is the received signal of the relay, the q is the antenna port of the relay, the t is the transmission time of the transmitted signal, the μ is the subcarrier spacing index, and the l is the OFDM symbol index, The f Δ is the frequency shift value.
在一种可能的示例中，所述移频值自以下至少一项信息获取：所述中继接收信号对应的子载波间隔、所述中继接收信号的频率范围、所述中继发送信号的频率范围、所述中继支持的最大放大倍数、所述中继的功率余量、所述中继的放大倍数余量、所述中继支持的最大输出功率、所述中继接收信号的功率、所述中继的发送信号天线到所述中继接收信号天线之间的路损、所述中继放大转发信号的信号类型、所述中继的移频范围、所述中继的实际放大倍数、所述中继的能力信息。In a possible example, the frequency shift value is obtained from at least one of the following information: the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay sent signal Frequency range, maximum amplification factor supported by the relay, power margin of the relay, amplification factor margin of the relay, maximum output power supported by the relay, power of the signal received by the relay , the path loss between the transmitting signal antenna of the relay and the receiving signal antenna of the relay, the signal type of the amplified and forwarded signal of the relay, the frequency shift range of the relay, and the actual amplification of the relay Multiple, the capability information of the relay.
在一种可能的示例中，所述处理器701还用于执行以下操作：In a possible example, the processor 701 is further configured to perform the following operations:
从所述网络设备接收配置信息，所述配置信息用于指示所述中继进行移频放大转发。Receive configuration information from the network device, where the configuration information is used to instruct the relay to perform frequency shift amplification and forwarding.
若通信装置700为中继，则处理器701用于执行以下操作：If the communication device 700 is a relay, the processor 701 is configured to perform the following operations:
根据中继的移频值对移频后的信号进行相位补偿。Phase compensation is performed on the frequency shifted signal according to the frequency shift value of the relay.
在一种可能的示例中，所述方法还包括：获取待转发信号的时域起始位置、移频值、子载波间隔索引、循环前缀长度；根据所述时域起始位置、所述移频值、所述子载波间隔索引、所述循环前缀长度，以及采样间隔确定所述中继的相位补偿值；根据所述相位补偿值对所述待转发信号进行相位补偿，并进行移频放大转发。In a possible example, the method further includes: acquiring a time-domain starting position, a frequency shift value, a subcarrier spacing index, and a cyclic prefix length of the signal to be forwarded; according to the time-domain starting position, the shifting Frequency value, the subcarrier interval index, the cyclic prefix length, and the sampling interval determine the phase compensation value of the relay; perform phase compensation on the signal to be forwarded according to the phase compensation value, and perform frequency shift amplification Forward.
在一种可能的示例中，所述中继的发送信号满足
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000303
或者
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000304
其中，所述
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000305
为所述中继的接收信号，所述q为所述中继的天线端口，所述t为所述发送信号的发送时间，所述μ为所述子载波间隔索引，所述l为OFDM符号索引，所述f Δ为所述移频值，所述
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000306
为所述时域起始位置，所述
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000307
为所述循环前缀长度，所述T c为所述采样间隔。 In a possible example, the transmitted signal of the relay satisfies
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000303
or
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000304
Among them, the
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000305
is the received signal of the relay, the q is the antenna port of the relay, the t is the transmission time of the transmitted signal, the μ is the subcarrier spacing index, and the l is an OFDM symbol index, the f Δ is the frequency shift value, the
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000306
is the starting position of the time domain, the
Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-000307
is the cyclic prefix length, and the T c is the sampling interval.
若通信装置700为终端设备，则处理器701用于执行以下操作：If the communication device 700 is a terminal device, the processor 701 is configured to perform the following operations:
根据中继的移频值对待发送信号或从所述中继接收的信号进行相位补偿。Phase compensation is performed on the signal to be transmitted or the signal received from the relay according to the frequency shift value of the relay.
需要说明的是，各个操作的实现还可以对应参照所示的方法实施例的相应描述。It should be noted that, the implementation of each operation may refer to corresponding descriptions of the shown method embodiments.
本申请实施例还提供第一种芯片，包括处理器和存储器，所述处理器用于从所述存储器中调用并运行所述存储器中存储的指令，使得安装有所述芯片的设备执行图10，或图11，或图12所示的方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a first chip, including a processor and a memory, the processor is used to call and execute instructions stored in the memory from the memory, so that the device installed with the chip executes Figure 10, Or Figure 11, or the method shown in Figure 12.
本申请实施例还提供第二种芯片，包括：输入接口、输出接口和处理电路，其中，所述输入接口、所述输出接口与所述处理电路之间通过内部连接通路相连，所述处理电路用于执行图10，或图11，或图12所示的方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a second chip, including: an input interface, an output interface, and a processing circuit, wherein the input interface, the output interface, and the processing circuit are connected through an internal connection path, and the processing circuit It is used to execute the method shown in FIG. 10 , or FIG. 11 , or FIG. 12 .
本申请实施例还提供第三种芯片，包括：输入接口、输出接口、处理器，可选的，还包括存储器，其中，所述输入接口、所述输出接口、所述处理器以及所述存储器之间通过内部连接通路相连，所述处理器用于执行所述存储器中的代码，当所述代码被执行时，所述处理器用于执行图10，或图11，或图12所示的方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a third chip, including: an input interface, an output interface, a processor, and optionally a memory, wherein the input interface, the output interface, the processor, and the memory are connected through internal connection paths, the processor is used to execute the code in the memory, and when the code is executed, the processor is used to execute the method shown in FIG. 10 , or FIG. 11 , or FIG. 12 .
本申请实施例还提供一种芯片***，所述芯片***包括至少一个处理器，存储器和接口 电路，所述存储器、所述收发器和所述至少一个处理器通过线路互联，所述至少一个存储器中存储有指令；所述指令被所述处理器执行时，图10，或图11，或图12所示的方法流程得以实现。The embodiment of the present application also provides a chip system, the chip system includes at least one processor, memory and interface circuit, the memory, the transceiver and the at least one processor are interconnected by wires, the at least one memory Instructions are stored in; when the instructions are executed by the processor, the method flow shown in FIG. 10, or FIG. 11, or FIG. 12 is realized.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，图10，或图11，或图12所示的方法流程得以实现。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer-readable storage medium is run on a computer, the method flow shown in FIG. 10 , or FIG. 11 , or FIG. 12 is implemented. accomplish.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品用于存储计算机程序，当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时，图10，或图11，或图12所示的方法流程得以实现。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, the computer program product is used to store a computer program, and when the computer program is run on a computer, the method flow shown in Figure 10, or Figure 11, or Figure 12 is obtained accomplish.
本申请实施例还提供一种芯片***，所述芯片***包括至少一个处理器，存储器和接口电路，所述存储器、所述收发器和所述至少一个处理器通过线路互联，所述至少一个存储器中存储有指令；所述指令被所述处理器执行时，图10，或图11，或图12所示的方法流程得以实现。The embodiment of the present application also provides a chip system, the chip system includes at least one processor, memory and interface circuit, the memory, the transceiver and the at least one processor are interconnected by wires, the at least one memory Instructions are stored in; when the instructions are executed by the processor, the method flow shown in FIG. 10, or FIG. 11, or FIG. 12 is realized.
综上所述，通过实施本申请实施例，根据中继的移频值对接收到的信号进行相位补偿，或对待发送的信号进行相位预补偿。如此，使得中继转发的信号与发送端待发送的信号之间的各个符号的相位相同，可提高解调的成功率。而且，通过网络设备预补偿移频造成的相位，使得网络中已有的终端设备保持正常工作，即支持前向兼容。通过中继进行相位补偿，可以使得网络设备和终端设备都不需要进行额外的相位补偿，且不受移频造成各个符号上的相位不相同的影响。在现有的通信***中，也可以部署这种中继，从而提升现有网络的覆盖能力。通过终端设备进行相位补偿，使得中继移频操作不影响现有网络中部署的网络设备解调信号，同时也简化新部署的网络设备实现复杂度(支持中继移频转发)。To sum up, by implementing the embodiments of the present application, phase compensation is performed on the received signal according to the frequency shift value of the relay, or phase pre-compensation is performed on the signal to be transmitted. In this way, the phases of each symbol between the signal forwarded by the relay and the signal to be transmitted by the transmitting end are made the same, which can improve the success rate of demodulation. Moreover, the network equipment pre-compensates the phase caused by the frequency shift, so that the existing terminal equipment in the network can maintain normal operation, that is, it supports forward compatibility. The phase compensation is performed through the relay, so that neither the network device nor the terminal device needs to perform additional phase compensation, and is not affected by the different phases of each symbol caused by the frequency shift. In the existing communication system, this kind of relay can also be deployed to improve the coverage of the existing network. Phase compensation is performed by the terminal equipment, so that the relay frequency shift operation does not affect the demodulation signal of the network equipment deployed in the existing network, and also simplifies the implementation complexity of the newly deployed network equipment (supports the relay frequency shift forwarding).
另一方面，通过网络设备向中继发送指示信息，以使中继能够根据该指示信息控制移频值的大小满足预设条件，导致中继转发的信号的相位和接收端接收的信号的相位补偿值为1。如此，网络设备、中继和终端设备均可以不对中继的移频值进行相位补偿，提高了通信效率。On the other hand, the network device sends indication information to the relay, so that the relay can control the size of the frequency shift value to meet the preset conditions according to the indication information, resulting in the phase of the signal forwarded by the relay and the phase of the signal received by the receiving end. The offset value is 1. In this way, the network equipment, the relay, and the terminal equipment do not need to perform phase compensation on the frequency shift value of the relay, which improves communication efficiency.
在上述实施例中，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以全部或部分地以计算机指令产品的形式实现。在计算机上加载和执行该计算机指令时，可以全部或部分地实现本申请实施例所描述的流程或功能。该计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其它可编程装置。该计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者通过计算机可读存储介质进行传输。该计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。可用介质可以是磁性介质，(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如，DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如，固态硬盘(solid state disk，SSD))等。In the above embodiments, all or part of them may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented in software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a product of computer instructions. When the computer instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application may be realized in whole or in part. The computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted via a computer-readable storage medium. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, or a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (solid state disk, SSD)) and the like.
本申请方法实施例中的步骤可以根据实际需要进行顺序调整、合并和删减。The steps in the method embodiments of the present application can be adjusted, combined and deleted according to actual needs.
本申请装置实施例中的模块可以根据实际需要进行合并、划分和删减。The modules in the device embodiment of the present application can be combined, divided and deleted according to actual needs.

Claims (33)

  1. 一种信号处理的方法，其特征在于，包括：A signal processing method, characterized in that, comprising:
    获取中继的移频值；Obtain the frequency shift value of the relay;
    根据所述移频值对第一信号进行相位补偿，得到第二信号，所述第一信号为从所述中继接收的信号，或者待发送的信号。Perform phase compensation on the first signal according to the frequency shift value to obtain a second signal, where the first signal is a signal received from the relay or a signal to be sent.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述中继的移频值自以下至少一项信息获取：所述中继接收信号对应的子载波间隔、所述中继接收信号的频率范围、所述中继发送信号的频率范围、所述中继支持的最大放大倍数、所述中继的功率余量、所述中继的放大倍数余量、所述中继支持的最大输出功率、所述中继接收信号的功率、所述中继的发送信号天线到所述中继接收信号天线之间的路损、所述中继放大转发信号的信号类型、所述中继的移频范围。The method according to claim 1, wherein the frequency shift value of the relay is obtained from at least one of the following information: the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay received signal , the frequency range of the signal sent by the relay, the maximum amplification factor supported by the relay, the power headroom of the relay, the headroom of the amplification factor of the relay, the maximum output power supported by the relay, The power of the relay receiving signal, the path loss between the relay sending signal antenna and the relay receiving signal antenna, the signal type of the relay amplifying and forwarding signal, and the frequency shift range of the relay .
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述获取中继的移频值，还包括：The method according to claim 1, wherein said obtaining the frequency shift value of the relay further comprises:
    根据中继的实际放大倍数获取所述中继的移频值。The frequency shift value of the relay is obtained according to the actual amplification factor of the relay.
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述获取中继的移频值之前，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 1, wherein before acquiring the frequency shift value of the relay, the method further comprises:
    从中继接收所述中继的能力信息，其中，所述能力信息包括以下至少一项：支持的移频放大转发的信号类型、移频范围、移频取值、信号放大倍数、功率参数、工作带宽、工作载频；Receive the capability information of the relay from the relay, wherein the capability information includes at least one of the following: supported signal type for frequency shift amplification and forwarding, frequency shift range, frequency shift value, signal amplification factor, power parameter, working Bandwidth, working carrier frequency;
    所述获取中继的移频值，包括：The acquisition of the frequency shift value of the relay includes:
    根据所述能力信息获取所述中继的移频值。Acquiring the frequency shift value of the relay according to the capability information.
  5. 根据权利要求1-4中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to any one of claims 1-4, wherein the method further comprises:
    向所述中继发送所述中继的移频参数，其中，所述移频参数用于所述中继确定以下至少一个信息：所述中继接收信号的频率和所述中继发送信号的频率、所述中继的移频值。Sending the frequency shift parameter of the relay to the relay, where the frequency shift parameter is used for the relay to determine at least one of the following information: the frequency of the signal received by the relay and the frequency of the signal sent by the relay Frequency, the frequency shift value of the relay.
  6. 根据权利要求1-5中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一信号为A和所述第二信号B满足The method according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein the first signal is A and the second signal B satisfies
    Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-100001
    Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-100001
    其中，所述f Δ为所述移频值，所述
    Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-100002
    为所述第一信号A的相位补偿值，所述相位补偿值与以下至少一个参数相关：OFDM符号索引l、网络设备的发送频率f 0、所述中继的移频值f Δ、所述中继接收信号的频率f rn,rx、所述中继移频后的频率f rn,tx。     Wherein, the f Δ is the frequency shift value, the
    Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-100002
    is the phase compensation value of the first signal A, and the phase compensation value is related to at least one of the following parameters: OFDM symbol index l, transmission frequency f 0 of network equipment, frequency shift value f Δ of the relay, the The frequency f rn,rx of the signal received by the relay, and the frequency f rn,tx after the frequency shift of the relay.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一信号为OFDM基带信号，所述第二信号满足The method according to claim 6, wherein the first signal is an OFDM baseband signal, and the second signal satisfies
    Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-100003
    或者
    Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-100003
    or
    Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-100004
    Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-100004
    其中，所述
    Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-100005
    为所述网络设备的基带信号，所述p为所述网络设备的天线端口，所述t为所述网络设备的发送时间，所述μ为所述子载波间隔索引，所述
    Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-100006
    为所述时域起始位置，所述
    Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-100007
    为循环前缀长度，所述T c为采样间隔，所述f 0为所述发送频率。     Among them, the
    Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-100005
    is the baseband signal of the network device, the p is the antenna port of the network device, the t is the transmission time of the network device, the μ is the subcarrier spacing index, the
    Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-100006
    is the starting position of the time domain, the
    Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-100007
    is the cyclic prefix length, the T c is the sampling interval, and the f 0 is the sending frequency.
  8. 根据权利要求1-7中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述获取中继的移频值之前，所述方法还包括：The method according to any one of claims 1-7, wherein before acquiring the frequency shift value of the relay, the method further comprises:
    向所述中继发送配置信息，所述配置信息用于指示所述中继进行移频放大转发。Send configuration information to the relay, where the configuration information is used to instruct the relay to perform frequency shift amplification and forwarding.
  9. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：A communication method, characterized in that, comprising:
    向中继发送指示信息，所述指示信息用于确定所述中继的移频值的大小为32·K个资源块，所述K为整数。Send indication information to the relay, where the indication information is used to determine that the size of the frequency shift value of the relay is 32·K resource blocks, where K is an integer.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的通信方法，其特征在于，所述移频值自以下至少一项信息获取：所述中继接收信号对应的子载波间隔、所述中继接收信号的频率范围、所述中继发送信号的频率范围、所述中继支持的最大放大倍数、所述中继的功率余量、所述中继的放大倍数余量、所述中继支持的最大输出功率、所述中继接收信号的功率、所述中继的发送信号天线到所述中继接收信号天线之间的路损、所述中继放大转发信号的信号类型、所述中继的移频范围、所述中继的实际放大倍数、所述中继的能力信息。The communication method according to claim 9, wherein the frequency shift value is obtained from at least one of the following information: the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay received signal, the The frequency range of the signal sent by the relay, the maximum amplification factor supported by the relay, the power headroom of the relay, the headroom of the amplification factor of the relay, the maximum output power supported by the relay, the The power of the signal received by the relay, the path loss between the transmitting antenna of the relay and the antenna of the receiving signal of the relay, the signal type of the amplified and forwarded signal of the relay, the frequency shift range of the relay, the The actual magnification factor of the relay and the capability information of the relay.
  11. 根据权利要求9或10所述的通信方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The communication method according to claim 9 or 10, wherein the method further comprises:
    向所述中继发送配置信息，所述配置信息用于指示所述中继进行移频放大转发。Send configuration information to the relay, where the configuration information is used to instruct the relay to perform frequency shift amplification and forwarding.
  12. 一种信号处理的方法，其特征在于，包括：A signal processing method, characterized in that, comprising:
    从网络设备接收指示信息，所述指示信息用于确定中继的移频值的大小为32·K个资源块，所述K为整数；receiving indication information from the network device, where the indication information is used to determine that the size of the frequency shift value of the relay is 32 K resource blocks, where K is an integer;
    根据所述指示信息对从发送端接收的信号进行移频放大转发。Frequency-shifting, amplifying, and forwarding the signal received from the sending end according to the indication information.
  13. 根据权利要求1或12所述的方法，其特征在于，所述中继的发送信号满足The method according to claim 1 or 12, wherein the transmitted signal of the relay satisfies
    Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-100008
    或者
    Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-100008
    or
    Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-100009
    Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-100009
    其中，所述
    Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-100010
    为所述中继的接收信号，所述q为所述中继的天线端口，所述t为所述发送信号的发送时间，所述μ为子载波间隔索引，所述l为OFDM符号索引，所述f Δ为所述移频值。     Among them, the
    Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-100010
    is the received signal of the relay, the q is the antenna port of the relay, the t is the transmission time of the transmitted signal, the μ is the subcarrier spacing index, and the l is the OFDM symbol index, The f Δ is the frequency shift value.
  14. 根据权利要求12或13所述的方法，其特征在于，所述移频值自以下至少一项信息获取：所述中继接收信号对应的子载波间隔、所述中继接收信号的频率范围、所述中继发送信号的频率范围、所述中继支持的最大放大倍数、所述中继的功率余量、所述中继的放大倍数余量、所述中继支持的最大输出功率、所述中继接收信号的功率、所述中继的发送信号天线到所述中继接收信号天线之间的路损、所述中继放大转发信号的信号类型、所述中继的移频范围、所述中继的实际放大倍数、所述中继的能力信息。The method according to claim 12 or 13, wherein the frequency shift value is obtained from at least one of the following information: the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay received signal, The frequency range of the signal sent by the relay, the maximum amplification factor supported by the relay, the power headroom of the relay, the headroom of the amplification factor of the relay, the maximum output power supported by the relay, the The power of the relay receiving signal, the path loss between the relay sending signal antenna and the relay receiving signal antenna, the signal type of the relay amplifying and forwarding signal, the frequency shift range of the relay, The actual magnification factor of the relay, and the capability information of the relay.
  15. 根据权利要求12-14中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to any one of claims 12-14, wherein the method further comprises:
    从所述网络设备接收配置信息，所述配置信息用于指示所述中继进行移频放大转发。Receive configuration information from the network device, where the configuration information is used to instruct the relay to perform frequency shift amplification and forwarding.
  16. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：A communication device, characterized by comprising:
    处理单元，用于获取中继的移频值；以及根据所述移频值对第一信号进行相位补偿，得到第二信号，所述第一信号为从所述中继接收的信号，或者待发送的信号。A processing unit, configured to obtain a frequency shift value of the relay; and perform phase compensation on the first signal according to the frequency shift value to obtain a second signal, the first signal is a signal received from the relay, or to be The signal sent.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的装置，其特征在于，所述中继的移频值自以下至少一项信息获取：所述中继接收信号对应的子载波间隔、所述中继接收信号的频率范围、所述中继发送信号的频率范围、所述中继支持的最大放大倍数、所述中继的功率余量、所述中继的放大倍数余量、所述中继支持的最大输出功率、所述中继接收信号的功率、所述中继的发送信号天线到所述中继接收信号天线之间的路损、所述中继放大转发信号的类型、所述中继的移频范围。The device according to claim 16, wherein the frequency shift value of the relay is obtained from at least one of the following information: the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay received signal , the frequency range of the signal sent by the relay, the maximum amplification factor supported by the relay, the power headroom of the relay, the amplification factor headroom of the relay, the maximum output power supported by the relay, The power of the relay receiving signal, the path loss between the relay sending signal antenna and the relay receiving signal antenna, the type of the relay amplifying and forwarding signal, and the frequency shift range of the relay.
  18. 根据权利要求16所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理单元具体用于根据中继的实际放大倍数获取所述中继的移频值。The device according to claim 16, wherein the processing unit is specifically configured to acquire the frequency shift value of the relay according to the actual magnification of the relay.
  19. 根据权利要求16所述的装置，其特征在于，所述装置还包括通信单元，用于从中继 接收所述中继的能力信息，其中，所述能力信息包括以下至少一项：支持的移频放大转发的信号类型、移频范围、移频取值、信号放大倍数、功率参数、工作带宽、工作载频；The device according to claim 16, further comprising a communication unit configured to receive capability information of the relay from the relay, wherein the capability information includes at least one of the following: supported frequency shift Amplified and forwarded signal type, frequency shift range, frequency shift value, signal amplification factor, power parameter, working bandwidth, working carrier frequency;
    所述处理单元具体用于根据所述能力信息获取所述中继的移频值。The processing unit is specifically configured to acquire the frequency shift value of the relay according to the capability information.
  20. 根据权利要求16-19中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述装置还包括通信单元，用于向所述中继发送所述中继的移频参数，其中，所述移频参数用于所述中继确定以下至少一个信息：所述中继接收信号的频率和所述中继发送信号的频率、所述中继的移频值。The device according to any one of claims 16-19, characterized in that the device further comprises a communication unit, configured to send the frequency shift parameter of the relay to the relay, wherein the frequency shift The parameter is used for the relay to determine at least one of the following information: a frequency of a signal received by the relay, a frequency of a signal sent by the relay, and a frequency shift value of the relay.
  21. 根据权利要求16-20中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一信号为A和所述第二信号B满足The device according to any one of claims 16-20, wherein the first signal is A and the second signal B satisfies
    Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-100011
    Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-100011
    其中，所述f Δ为所述移频值，所述
    Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-100012
    为所述第一信号A的相位补偿值，所述相位补偿值与以下至少一个参数相关：OFDM符号索引l、网络设备的发送频率f 0、所述中继的移频值f Δ、所述中继接收信号的频率f rn,rx、所述中继移频后的频率f rn,tx。     Wherein, the f Δ is the frequency shift value, the
    Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-100012
    is the phase compensation value of the first signal A, and the phase compensation value is related to at least one of the following parameters: OFDM symbol index l, transmission frequency f 0 of network equipment, frequency shift value f Δ of the relay, the The frequency f rn,rx of the signal received by the relay, and the frequency f rn,tx after the frequency shift of the relay.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一信号为待发送的OFDM基带信号，所述第二信号满足The device according to claim 21, wherein the first signal is an OFDM baseband signal to be transmitted, and the second signal satisfies
    Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-100013
    或者
    Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-100013
    or
    Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-100014
    Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-100014
    其中，所述
    Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-100015
    为所述网络设备的基带信号，所述p为所述网络设备的天线端口，所述t为所述网络设备的发送时间，所述μ为所述子载波间隔索引，所述
    Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-100016
    为所述时域起始位置，所述
    Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-100017
    为循环前缀长度，所述T c为采样间隔，所述f 0为所述发送频率。     Among them, the
    Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-100015
    is the baseband signal of the network device, the p is the antenna port of the network device, the t is the transmission time of the network device, the μ is the subcarrier spacing index, the
    Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-100016
    is the starting position of the time domain, the
    Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-100017
    is the cyclic prefix length, the T c is the sampling interval, and the f 0 is the sending frequency.
  23. 根据权利要求16-22中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述通信装置还包括通信单元，用于向所述中继发送配置信息，所述配置信息用于指示所述中继进行移频放大转发。The device according to any one of claims 16-22, wherein the communication device further comprises a communication unit configured to send configuration information to the relay, the configuration information is used to indicate that the relay Perform frequency shift amplification and forwarding.
  24. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：A communication device, characterized by comprising:
    通信单元，用于向中继发送指示信息，所述指示信息用于确定所述中继的移频值的大小为32·K个资源块，所述K为整数。The communication unit is configured to send indication information to the relay, where the indication information is used to determine that the size of the frequency shift value of the relay is 32·K resource blocks, where K is an integer.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的装置，其特征在于，所述移频值自以下至少一项信息获取：所述中继接收信号对应的子载波间隔、所述中继接收信号的频率范围、所述中继发送信号的频率范围、所述中继支持的最大放大倍数、所述中继的功率余量、所述中继的放大倍数余量、所述中继支持的最大输出功率、所述中继接收信号的功率、所述中继的发送信号天线到所述中继接收信号天线之间的路损、所述中继放大转发信号的信号类型、所述中继的移频范围、所述中继的实际放大倍数、所述中继的能力信息。The device according to claim 24, wherein the frequency shift value is obtained from at least one of the following information: the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay received signal, the The frequency range of the signal sent by the relay, the maximum amplification factor supported by the relay, the power margin of the relay, the amplification factor margin of the relay, the maximum output power supported by the relay, the The power of the relay receiving signal, the path loss between the relay sending signal antenna and the relay receiving signal antenna, the signal type of the relay amplifying and forwarding signal, the frequency shift range of the relay, the The actual magnification of the relay, and the capability information of the relay.
  26. 根据权利要求24或25所述的装置，其特征在于，所述通信单元还用于向所述中继发送配置信息，所述配置信息用于指示所述中继进行移频放大转发。The device according to claim 24 or 25, wherein the communication unit is further configured to send configuration information to the relay, and the configuration information is used to instruct the relay to perform frequency shift amplification and forwarding.
  27. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括A communication device, characterized in that it includes
    通信单元，用于从网络设备接收指示信息，所述指示信息用于确定中继的移频值的大小为32·K个资源块，所述K为整数；The communication unit is configured to receive indication information from the network device, the indication information is used to determine that the size of the frequency shift value of the relay is 32 K resource blocks, and the K is an integer;
    处理单元，用于根据所述指示信息对从发送端接收的信号进行移频放大转发。A processing unit, configured to frequency-shift, amplify, and forward the signal received from the sending end according to the indication information.
  28. 根据权利要求16或27所述的装置，其特征在于，所述中继的发送信号满足The device according to claim 16 or 27, wherein the transmitted signal of the relay satisfies
    Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-100018
    或者
    Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-100018
    or
    Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-100019
    Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-100019
    其中，所述
    Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-100020
    为所述中继的接收信号，所述q为所述中继的天线端口，所述t为所述发送信号的发送时间，所述μ为子载波间隔索引，所述l为OFDM符号索引，所述f Δ为所述移 频值。     Among them, the
    Figure PCTCN2022110610-appb-100020
    is the received signal of the relay, the q is the antenna port of the relay, the t is the transmission time of the transmitted signal, the μ is the subcarrier spacing index, and the l is the OFDM symbol index, The f Δ is the frequency shift value.
  29. 根据权利要求27或28所述的装置，其特征在于，所述移频值自以下至少一项信息获取：所述中继接收信号对应的子载波间隔、所述中继接收信号的频率范围、所述中继发送信号的频率范围、所述中继支持的最大放大倍数、所述中继的功率余量、所述中继的放大倍数余量、所述中继支持的最大输出功率、所述中继接收信号的功率、所述中继的发送信号天线到所述中继接收信号天线之间的路损、所述中继放大转发信号的信号类型、所述中继的移频范围、所述中继的实际放大倍数、所述中继的能力信息。The device according to claim 27 or 28, wherein the frequency shift value is obtained from at least one of the following information: the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the relay received signal, the frequency range of the relay received signal, The frequency range of the signal sent by the relay, the maximum amplification factor supported by the relay, the power margin of the relay, the amplification factor margin of the relay, the maximum output power supported by the relay, the The power of the relay receiving signal, the path loss between the relay sending signal antenna and the relay receiving signal antenna, the signal type of the relay amplifying and forwarding signal, the frequency shift range of the relay, The actual magnification factor of the relay, and the capability information of the relay.
  30. 根据权利要求27-29中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述通信单元还用于从所述网络设备接收配置信息，所述配置信息用于指示所述中继进行移频放大转发。The device according to any one of claims 27-29, wherein the communication unit is further configured to receive configuration information from the network device, the configuration information is used to instruct the relay to perform frequency shift amplification Forward.
  31. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括至少一个处理器和通信接口，所述至少一个处理器用于调用至少一个存储器中存储的计算机程序，以使得所述通信装置实现如权利要求1-15中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that it includes at least one processor and a communication interface, the at least one processor is used to invoke at least one computer program stored in a memory, so that the communication device implements any of claims 1-15 one of the methods described.
  32. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序，当所述计算机程序在一个或多个处理器上运行时，实现如权利要求1-15中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program is run on one or more processors, any one of claims 1-15 can be implemented. one of the methods described.
  33. 一种计算机程序产品，其特征在于，所述计算机程序产品在一个或多个处理器上运行时，实现如权利要求1-15中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, wherein the computer program product implements the method according to any one of claims 1-15 when running on one or more processors.
PCT/CN2022/110610 2021-08-31 2022-08-05 Communication method, signal processing method, and related devices WO2023029883A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202111015630.2A CN115733534A (en) 2021-08-31 2021-08-31 Communication method, signal processing method and related device
CN202111015630.2 2021-08-31

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023029883A1 true WO2023029883A1 (en) 2023-03-09

Family

ID=85291615

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/110610 WO2023029883A1 (en) 2021-08-31 2022-08-05 Communication method, signal processing method, and related devices

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115733534A (en)
WO (1) WO2023029883A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101959325A (en) * 2009-07-14 2011-01-26 上海德通能源环保科技有限公司 Method for frequency shift of frequency shift repeater
US20130028169A1 (en) * 2011-07-26 2013-01-31 Research In Motion Limited Smart Relay Network
CN107919899A (en) * 2017-12-27 2018-04-17 成都西科微波通讯有限公司 Cloud relay communications system
JP2019021978A (en) * 2017-07-12 2019-02-07 ソフトバンク株式会社 Radio communication apparatus and mobile body
CN111416651A (en) * 2020-04-28 2020-07-14 卡斯柯信号有限公司 Frequency shift relay device for wireless shunting locomotive signal and monitoring system

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101959325A (en) * 2009-07-14 2011-01-26 上海德通能源环保科技有限公司 Method for frequency shift of frequency shift repeater
US20130028169A1 (en) * 2011-07-26 2013-01-31 Research In Motion Limited Smart Relay Network
JP2019021978A (en) * 2017-07-12 2019-02-07 ソフトバンク株式会社 Radio communication apparatus and mobile body
CN107919899A (en) * 2017-12-27 2018-04-17 成都西科微波通讯有限公司 Cloud relay communications system
CN111416651A (en) * 2020-04-28 2020-07-14 卡斯柯信号有限公司 Frequency shift relay device for wireless shunting locomotive signal and monitoring system

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115733534A (en) 2023-03-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11882570B2 (en) Signal indication for flexible new radio (NR) long term evolution (LTE) coexistence
US10652002B2 (en) Method and apparatus for re mapping and rate matching for 5G next radio system
CN107926069B (en) Method and apparatus for communication in wireless communication system
EP3890409A1 (en) Power control method and power control apparatus
JP2022101612A (en) System and method for communicating orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (ofdm) frame format
CN110972265B (en) Resource determination method and device
WO2018171491A1 (en) Wireless communication method, network device and terminal device
US9820286B2 (en) Secondary cell activation delay indication
CN116868656A (en) Method and apparatus for unified design of paging early indication based on PDCCH and RS
WO2021106837A1 (en) Terminal device, base station device, and communication method
WO2018205976A1 (en) Method and apparatus for provisioning physical signals and channels in a wireless network
CN108141425A (en) A kind of transmission device of reference signal, method and system
WO2020238991A1 (en) State information sending method and apparatus, and state information receiving method and apparatus
WO2019015445A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
AU2016390356A1 (en) Device and method
WO2020088417A1 (en) Bylink resource configuration method and device
WO2019192589A1 (en) Communication method, communication apparatus, and computer-readable storage medium
WO2023029883A1 (en) Communication method, signal processing method, and related devices
WO2022104650A1 (en) Method for reporting direct current carrier location, terminal device, and network device
WO2020199983A1 (en) Power control method and device
CN115695125A (en) Communication processing method and communication processing device
KR20230008705A (en) Method for transmitting and receiving data in a wireless communication system supporting full-duplex communication and apparatus therefor
US20240049197A1 (en) Resource identification for repeaters
WO2022257646A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
US11895538B2 (en) Improving Wi-Fi spectrum efficiency

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22863024

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE